Epson AL M300-M400 SM

SERVICE MANUAL
A4 Monochrome Laser Printer
AL- M300 Series

AL- M400 Series
Confidential
SEPG12006
Notice:
The purpose of this manual is to provide the product knowledge and the technical information required for repair or maintenance of Epson AL-C300 Series/AL-C400 Series.
 All rights reserved. No part of this manual may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic, mechanical, photocopying, or
otherwise, without the prior written permission of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION
 This manual contains confidential information and sensitive matters, special care should be taken when handling the manual.
 The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice as a result of continuing improvements to the product’s performance and functions.
Some of the descriptions or the appearance of some parts in this manual may differ from those on an actual product.
Other product names used herein are for identification purpose only and may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
EPSON disclaims any and all rights in those marks.
Copyright © SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION 2013.

PRINTER CS QUALITY ASSURANCE DEPARTMENT
Confidential
Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or
Manual Configuration condition that, if not strictly observed, would result in injury or loss
of life.
This manual consists of the following seven chapters:

CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in injury or loss
Describes the main features, basic specifications, consumable products, of life.
periodic replacement parts, and controller interface of the product.
CHAPTER 2 OPERATING PRINCIPLES Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or
Describes each mechanism configurations and explains fundamental condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in personal
operating principle of major components including the control system. injury or may cause damage to, or destruction of equipment.
CHAPTER 3 TROUBLESHOOTING
Describes the troubleshooting procedures that can help you diagnose and
resolve problems. The problems are sorted by displayed error codes and Indicates a prohibited action during maintenance work.
phenomena of abnormal image output.
CHAPTER 4 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Describes the step-by-step procedures for disassembling and assembling
of the product. Indicates a mandatory action during maintenance work.
CHAPTER 5 ADJUSTMENT
Describes the settings and the adjustments to be performed during the
maintenance work.
CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE C H E C K  Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or
P O IN T condition that is necessary to accomplish a task efficiently.
Describes preventive maintenance procedures.
 Provides additional information that is related to a specific
CHAPTER 7 APPENDIX subject, or comment on the results achieved through a previous
Provides the additional information such as panel operations, connector action.
pin layouts, parts list, and exploded diagrams for reference.
Indicates a product reassembly procedure, practice or condition
that must be executed in accordance with the specified standards to
maintain the product’s quality.
Symbols Used in this Manual A D J U S T M E N T

R E Q U IR E D
condition that must be executed in accordance with the specified
Various symbols are used throughout this manual either to provide additional standards to maintain the product’s quality.
information on a specific topic or to warn of possible danger present during a
procedure or an action. Be sure to read and understand the information with these
symbols.
Confidential
Safety Equipment
Safety
Never deactivate the safety equipment installed on the product for
Safety-related Symbols any reason whatsoever. (e.g. Making a connection circuit bypasses
the safety equipment.)

condition that, if not strictly observed, would result in injury or loss
of life.
 List of Safety Equipment
Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or Name Function/Purpose

condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in injury or loss Detects the opening/closing state of the COVER
of life. Front Interlock Switch FRONT. Interrupts the DC power to the PWBA MCU
(+24VDC) when the COVER FRONT is opened.
Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or Detects the opening/closing state of the COVER
ASSY-REAR. Interrupts the DC power to the PWBA
condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in personal Rear Interlock Switch
MCU (+24VDC) when the COVER ASSY-REAR is
injury or may cause damage to, or destruction of equipment.
opened.
Confidential
 Location of Safety Equipment
Rear Interlock Switch
Front Interlock Switch

ZaS01004EA
Confidential
 Safety System Diagram  Safety System Diagram
 AL-M300 Series  AL-M400 Series
Confidential
Power source Driving units
Keep the power plug disconnected during the maintenance operation to prevent electric When servicing gears or other driving units, be sure to turn off the power switch and
shock, burns and other damages. unplug the power cord. Drive them manually when required.
If the power supply should be kept connected to measure voltage or for other similar
reasons, take sufficient care to prevent electric shock, by following the procedures in Do not do the print work removing the cover of the printer to
this manual. confirm the operation of driving part.
 While the printer is on, never touch live parts if not required.
 Power is supplied to the power switch / inlet even while the
printer is off. Never touch its live components.
 Do not touch live parts unless otherwise specified.
High-temperature units
When servicing high-temperature units (securing unit, etc.), be sure to turn them off to
prevent burns, injuries and other troubles. Remove the power plug and start service
processes after they have cooled down sufficiently.
Because high-temperature units are still hot after they complete an

operation, wait at least 30 minutes before starting maintenance
service.
ZaS01001AA
Confidential
Laser Beam
 Never power on the printer with the REAR COVER removed.

 If your eyes are exposed to laser beams, you may lose your ROS ASSY PWBA SOS
eyesight.
 Never open the cover of the ROS.
 Before disassembling and reassembling this laser printer, be
sure to turn it OFF.
 When servicing this laser printer while it is running, be sure to
follow the procedures specified in this manual.
 You should be well aware that the laser beams are capable of
injuring you and other people near the printer.
To protect the service engineer from laser radiation risks, this

printer is designed to have a structure that does not allow the
components (except for consumables and periodic replacement
parts) to be removed if the REAR COVER is not removed. The
REAR COVER is provided with a switch that cuts off laser
radiation upon opening of the REAR COVER. PWBA LDD
Laser beams have features as follows:

 Frequencies are smaller in width than other beams (sun and
electric bulbs) and phases are uniform so that high
monochromatic and convergence performance can be obtained
and thin beams of light can reach places at a long distance. Motor Porygon Assy
 Being highly converged, the laser beams exert a heating action
that may be harmful to human body.
ZaS01001EA
NOTE : The laser beams of this laser printer are invisible rays.
Confidential
Warning/Caution Labels  Caution label for fuser unit and cover RH (AL-M400 Series)
Warning labels and caution labels are attached to this laser printer to prevent accidents.
Check those labels for their peeling or stains when servicing the printer.
 Caution label for fuser unit and cover RH (AL-M300 Series)
Confidential
 Caution label for toner cartridge (AL-M300 Series)  Caution label for toner cartridge (AL-M400 Series)
ZaS01008EB
ZaS01007EB
Confidential
 Caution label for photoconductor unit  Caution label for ROS
ZaS01009EA
ZaS01010EB
Confidential
Prohibited Matters
 Never deactivate the safety equipment installed on the product for any reason
whatsoever. Connect the printer to an electrical outlet that matches the printer’s
rated voltage and power requirements.
 Never modify the safety equipment or replace it with part not approved by
EPSON. Doing so may cause the safety functions to stop working properly, and
may result in fire or injury.
Do not connect any other devices to the electrical outlet supplying
 Never modify the product. If you are instructed to do so, however, fully the printer. Doing so can cause overloading of the electrical circuit
understand the instruction and perform the modification. and may cause a fire.
Do not use extension cords or power adapters to plug multiple

devices into the same outlet. Power plug and electrical outlet should
be free from dust or foreign objects.
To prevent an electric shock, burn, injury, etc., always turn the
printer off and unplug the power cord before starting maintenance The printer should be properly grounded to prevent electric shock.
work. When the power supply cable must be connected to measure The grounding terminal should be one of the followings:
voltage or for any other task, strictly follow the instructions and use a. One of the electrical outlet
extreme caution in working on electronic components. b. One that is grounded by a D-type grounding construction.
Pay particular attention to the high-voltage part indicated with the (The former third-type grounding construction; grounding
symbol on the left. resistance under 100 Ω).
Power cord should not be deformed or damaged. If the cord is
damaged, replace it with a new one dedicated for the product.
Do not touch the high temperature parts indicated with the symbol
on the left. Those parts are extremely hot immediately after use. If
you need to replace those parts, leave the printer until it cools. After replacing the Fuser Unit or any other parts to which AC
voltage is applied, be sure to check the part is properly installed and
Use the specified service parts for repair and maintenance. the connecting cables are not caught between metal parts.
Otherwise a fire or an electric shock may occur.
Fuse on the Power Supply Unit must not be replaced under any
circumstances.
When using compressed air products; such as air duster, for
cleaning during repair and maintenance, the use of such products
containing flammable gas is prohibited.
Confidential
Revision Status
Revision Date of Issue Description
A April 1, 2013 First release
Confidential
Contents
Chapter 1 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2.4 Drive Transmission Route................................................................................... 59
2.4.1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN ................................................................................. 59
1.1 Product Specifications ......................................................................................... 18 2.4.2 MOTOR DISP ............................................................................................ 59
1.1.1 Basic Specifications.................................................................................... 18 2.4.3 MOTOR ASSY OPTION (AL-M300 Series) ............................................ 60
1.1.2 Paper Specifications.................................................................................... 25 2.4.4 MOTOR ASSY OPTION (AL-M400 Series) ............................................ 60
1.1.3 Replacement Parts ...................................................................................... 29
2.5 Operation Mode................................................................................................... 61
1.1.4 Controller Specifications ............................................................................ 30
2.6 Print Data Flow ................................................................................................... 62
2.7 Life Control ......................................................................................................... 63
Chapter 2 OPERATING PRINCIPLES
2.1 Print Process ........................................................................................................ 32 Chapter 3 TROUBLESHOOTING
2.1.1 Print Process Overview............................................................................... 32
2.1.2 Charging ..................................................................................................... 33 3.1 Troubleshooting Procedure ................................................................................ 67
2.1.3 Exposure ..................................................................................................... 34 3.2 Initial Checks..................................................................................................... 67
2.1.4 Development............................................................................................... 36 3.3 Component Locations......................................................................................... 68
2.1.5 Transfer....................................................................................................... 38 3.4 Symptoms.......................................................................................................... 69
2.1.6 Neutralization/Peeling ................................................................................ 39 3.4.1 Paper Paths and Main Components ........................................................... 76
2.1.7 Fusing ......................................................................................................... 40 3.4.2 Remedy for Paper Jam............................................................................... 77
2.1.8 Cleaning ...................................................................................................... 41 3.4.3 Points to be checked when a paper jam occurs frequently ........................ 86
2.2 Paper Feeding ...................................................................................................... 42 3.5 Troubleshooting.................................................................................................. 91
2.2.1 Paper Path Layout....................................................................................... 42 3.5.1 Troubleshooting by Error Message .......................................................... 91
2.2.2 Paper Feeding from the MSI....................................................................... 43 3.5.2 Image Quality Problem Troubleshooting ................................................ 132
2.2.3 Paper Feeding from Paper Cassettes........................................................... 44 3.5.3 Other Problems ........................................................................................ 156
2.2.4 Transfer/Fusing/Paper Ejection .................................................................. 46
3.6 Self Diagnostic Function .................................................................................. 159
2.2.5 Duplex Feeding........................................................................................... 47
3.6.1 Operating Procedure ................................................................................ 159
2.3 Functions of Major Components ......................................................................... 48 3.6.2 Maintenance Menu .................................................................................. 160
2.3.1 Paper Feeder ............................................................................................... 48
2.3.2 Charging / Cleaning .................................................................................... 49
2.3.3 ROS............................................................................................................. 50
Chapter 4 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
2.3.4 Development............................................................................................... 51 4.1 Preliminary Check............................................................................................. 170
2.3.5 Transfer/Drive............................................................................................. 53 4.1.1 Tool List ................................................................................................... 170
2.3.6 Fusing/Paper Ejection ................................................................................. 54 4.1.2 Parts/Units that Should Not be Disassembled .......................................... 170
2.3.7 Electrical Components................................................................................ 56 4.1.3 How to Read this Chapter......................................................................... 171
2.3.8 Optional 250 Sheet Feeder (AL-M300 Series) ........................................... 57 4.2 List of Disassembly/Reassembly Parts/Units.................................................... 173
2.3.9 Optional 550 Sheet Feeder (AL-M400 Series) ........................................... 58
Confidential
4.3 Disassembly/Reassembly - Main Unit .............................................................. 175 7.3.4 Xero/HVPS ............................................................................................... 399
4.3.1 Group 1 ..................................................................................................... 175 7.3.5 Fusing / Exit.............................................................................................. 400
4.3.2 Group 2 ..................................................................................................... 181 7.3.6 Controller.................................................................................................. 401
4.3.3 Group 3 ..................................................................................................... 186 7.3.7 Optional 250 Sheet Feeder (Low Model) ................................................. 402
4.3.4 Group 4 ..................................................................................................... 192 7.3.8 Optional 550 Sheet Feeder (Mid Model).................................................. 403
4.3.5 Group 5 ..................................................................................................... 196 7.4 Control Panel Special Operations...................................................................... 404
4.3.6 Group 6 ..................................................................................................... 206 7.4.1 Functions & How to Start......................................................................... 404
4.3.7 Group 7 ..................................................................................................... 225 7.4.2 Special Menu ............................................................................................ 406
4.3.8 Group 8 ..................................................................................................... 249 7.5 Information Sheet .............................................................................................. 411
4.3.9 Group 9 ..................................................................................................... 273 7.5.1 Configuration Status Sheet ....................................................................... 411
4.3.10 Group 10 ................................................................................................. 295 7.5.2 Supplies Status Sheet................................................................................ 412
4.3.11 Group 11 ................................................................................................. 320 7.5.3 Usage History Sheet ................................................................................. 413
4.3.12 Group 12 ................................................................................................. 329 7.5.4 Support Status Sheet................................................................................. 414
4.3.13 Group 13 ................................................................................................. 334 7.5.5 Maintenance Status Sheet......................................................................... 415
4.3.14 Group 14 ................................................................................................. 339
7.6 Exploded Diagram / Parts List .......................................................................... 419
4.3.15 Group 15 ................................................................................................. 346
7.6.1 AL-M300D Main Unit.............................................................................. 419
4.3.16 Group 16 ................................................................................................. 351
7.6.2 AL-M300DN Main Unit........................................................................... 458
4.3.17 Group 17 ................................................................................................. 360
7.6.3 AL-M400DN Main Unit........................................................................... 497
7.6.4 AL-M300 Series 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit ..................................... 538
Chapter 5 ADJUSTMENT 7.6.5 AL-M400 Series 550-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit ..................................... 543
5.1 Adjustment Item ................................................................................................ 370
5.2 Adjustment ........................................................................................................ 371
5.2.1 Reset Life Counter .................................................................................... 371
5.2.2 Writing USB-ID........................................................................................ 372
5.3 Updating Firmware............................................................................................ 375
Chapter 6 MAINTENANCE
6.1 Cleaning............................................................................................................. 382
Chapter 7 APPENDIX
7.1 Connector Locations.......................................................................................... 386
7.2 Wiring Diagrams ............................................................................................... 392
7.2.1 Overall Connection Wiring Diagrams ...................................................... 392
7.3 Wiring Diagrams of Components...................................................................... 394
7.3.1 Power ........................................................................................................ 396
7.3.2 Drive ......................................................................................................... 397
7.3.3 ROS........................................................................................................... 398
Confidential
CHAPTER
1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Confidential
Epson AL-M300/AL-M400 Series Revision A
1.1 Product Specifications Table 1-1. General

Specification
Item
AL-M300 Series AL-M400 Series
1.1.1 Basic Specifications
Up to 27 mm thick Up to 59.4 mm thick
plain paper stack, or up to 250 stack, or up to 550
GENERAL
sheets (80 g/m2) sheets (80 g/m2)
Table 1-1. General Up to a 10 mm thick Up to a 20 mm thick
Standard lower labels
Specification stack stack
Item paper cassette
AL-M300 Series AL-M400 Series Up to a 27 mm thick Up to a 59.4 mm thick
semi thick paper
stack stack
Laser beam scanning and dry electrophotographic
Printing method Up to a 10 mm thick Up to a 20 mm thick
process thick paper
stack stack
Resolution 600 x 600 dpi, 1200 x 1200 dpi
Standard lower Up to a 10 mm thick Up to a 20 mm thick
Up to 35 pages per Up to 45 pages per extra thick paper
Continuous printing speed *1 paper cassette stack stack
minute on A4 size paper minute on A4 size paper
Up to 27 mm thick Up to 59.4 mm thick
Paper feed Automatic or manual feed
plain paper stack, or up to 250 stack, or up to 550
Paper feed alignment Center alignment for all sizes sheets (80 g/m2) sheets (80 g/m2)
Input paper supply Up to a 10 mm thick Up to a 20 mm thick
labels
Up to a 5.5 mm thick Up to 16.5 mm thick stack stack
plain paper stack, or up to 50 sheets stack, or up to 150 Optional paper
Up to a 27 mm thick Up to a 59.4 mm thick
(80g/m2) sheets (80 g/m2) cassette unit semi thick paper
stack stack
envelopes Up to 5.5 mm Up to 10 mm Up to a 10 mm thick Up to a 20 mm thick
thick paper
labels Up to 5.5 mm Up to 10 mm stack stack
MP tray Up to a 5.5 mm thick Up to a 16.5 mm thick Up to a 10 mm thick Up to a 20 mm thick
semi thick paper extra thick paper
stack stack stack stack
Up to a 5.5 mm thick Up to a 10 mm thick For all paper types and For all paper types and
thick paper Paper output Face-down tray
stack stack sizes sizes
Up to a 5.5 mm thick Up to a 10 mm thick Paper output Up to 150 sheets of Up to 250 sheets of
extra thick paper Face-down tray
stack stack capacity plain paper (80 g/m2) plain paper (80 g/m2)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 18

Confidential
Table 1-1. General ELECTRICAL

Specification
Item  AL-M300 Series
ECP/Page Table 1-3. Electrical
ESC/P 2 24-pin printer emulation (ESC/P 2 mode) Specification
Item
ESC/P 9-pin printer emulation (FX mode) 110 - 127 V 220 - 240 V
Printer language IBM Proprinter emulation (I239X mode) Rated voltage 110 V - 127 V 220 V - 240 V
Adobe PostScript3 (PS3 mode) Rated frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz 50 Hz/60 Hz
PCL6/PCL5 emulation (PCL mode) Rated current 11.0 A 6.0 A
PDF 1.6 *2
During Average 431 W 439 W
84 scalable fonts, and 7 bitmap fonts for ESC/Page printing MAX 870 W 940 W
95 scalable fonts, and 5 bitmap for PCL5 Power During ready mode 37 W 39 W
Resident fonts
80 scalable fonts, and 1 bitmap for PCL6 consumption During sleep mode * 2.65 W 2.63 W
136 scalable fonts for PostScript3
During deep sleep mode 0.98 W 1.01 W
128 MB, expandable up to 1152 MB by adding an
RAM During power off mode 0W 0W
optional 1024 MB RAM DIMM
*: Values represent power consumption while all operations are completely suspended.
*1 : Printing speed varies by paper type or other conditions. Power consumption varies depending on operating conditions.
*2 : Available only when used over a network and equipped with a memory module that has
 AL-M400 Series
128 MB or more.
Table 1-4. Electrical
ENVIRONMENTAL Specification
Item
Table 1-2. Environmental 110 - 127 V 220 - 240 V
Item Specification Rated voltage 110 V - 127 V 220 V - 240 V
In use 5 to 32°C (41 to 89.6°F) Rated frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz 50 Hz/60 Hz
Temperature
Not in use -20 to 40°C (-4 to 104°F) Rated current 11.0 A 6.0 A
In use 15 to 85% RH During Average 466 W 454 W
Humidity
Not in use 5 to 85% RH printing MAX 900 W 960 W
Altitude 3,100 meters (10,171 feet) maximum Power During ready mode 44 W 52 W
consumption During sleep mode * 2.73 W 2.80 W
During deep sleep mode 0.99 W 1.02 W
During power off mode 0W 0W
*: Values represent power consumption while all operations are completely suspended.
Power consumption varies depending on operating conditions.

Confidential
OPTIONAL PAPER CASSETTE UNIT * MEMORY MODULES
 AL-M300 Series Table 1-7. Memory modules

Item Specification
Table 1-5. Optional paper cassette unit
Memory size 128 MB, 256 MB, 512 MB, 1024 MB
Item Specification
Product code C12C802761
A4, A5, B5, Letter (LT), Half Letter (HLT), Legal (LGL),
Paper size Government Letter (GLT), Government Legal (GLG),
Executive (EXE), F4
Paper weight 60 to 216 g/m2 (16 to 57.5 lb)
One optional paper cassette unit can be installed.
Paper feed Automatic feed delivery system
Cassette capacity up to 250 sheets
Plain paper, Semi thick paper, Preprinted paper, Letterhead,
Paper types Recycled paper, Color paper, Thick paper, Extra thick paper,
Labels, Special
 AL-M400 Series
Table 1-6. Optional paper cassette unit
Item Specification
Product code C12C802771
A4, A5, B5, Letter (LT), Half Letter (HLT), Legal (LGL),
Paper size Government Letter (GLT), Government Legal (GLG),
Executive (EXE), F4
Paper weight 60 to 216 g/m2 (16 to 57.5 lb)
Three optional paper cassette units can be installed.
Paper feed Automatic feed delivery system
Cassette capacity up to 550 sheets
Plain paper, Semi thick paper, Preprinted paper, Letterhead,
Paper types Recycled paper, Color paper, Thick paper, Extra thick paper,
Labels, Special
*: This product conforms to CE marking requirements in accordance with EC Directive
2004/108/EC.

Confidential
EXTERNAL VIEW AND PART NAMES Table 1-9. Rear view

Table 1-8. Front view Fig. Name Fig. Name
a security slot b USB interface connector
Fig. Name Fig. Name
parallel interface connector Ethernet interface connector
a control panel b face-down tray c d
(For AL-M300D only) (For AL-M300DN/AL-M400 Series)
c paper support d standard lower paper cassette
e power switch f left side cover
g AC inlet h cover B
i lever B
a b a b
AL-M300 Series
AL-M300D AL-M300DN
c c
d d i h g fe c i h g fe
Figure 1-1. Front view
AL-M400 Series
b
d
i h g fe
Figure 1-2. Rear view

Confidential
Table 1-10. Inside the printer Table 1-11. Control panel

Fig. Name Fig. Name Fig. Name Fig. Name
a MP tray b cover A a Data light (Green) b LCD panel
c photoconductor unit d toner cartridge c Wakeup/Sleep button (Green) d Pause/Release button
e Right button f Down button
g Left button h OK button
AL-M300 Series AL-M400 Series i Up button j Error light (Orange)
a b c d a b c d k Ready light (Green)
k a
j
b
Figure 1-3. Inside the printer
i c
h
d
g f e
Figure 1-4. Control panel

Confidential
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT
The following figure shows the dimensions and weight of the printer.
 AL-M300 Series  AL-M400 Series
D
No. 5
D No. 4
No. 3
H No. 1 No. 3
No. 2
No. 1 No. 2
H
W
W
Figure 1-5. Dimensions and Weight Figure 1-6. Dimensions and Weight
Table 1-12. Dimensions and Weight List Table 1-13. Dimensions and Weight List
Configuration Configuration
No. W D* H Weight
Main Unit 250 Cassette
550 Cassette
550 Cassette
550 Cassette
Main Unit
11.8 or No. W D* H Weight
1 √ 393 426 277
less
2 √ 393 399 64.5 3
3 √ √ 393 426 342 15 1 √ 393 426 324
13.7 or
less
Unit: dimensions; mm / weight; kg
2 √ 393 399 96.3 4
*: With MP tray cover closed, and with the protrusion (27 mm) on the rear of the rear fan 3 √ √ 393 426 421 18
Note: Manufacturing tolerance is ± 5 mm in dimensions and ± 0.5 kg in weight. 4 √ √ √ 393 426 518 22
Consumable items are not included in the weight of the printer.
5 √ √ √ √ 393 426 615 26
Unit: dimensions; mm / weight; kg
*: With MP tray cover closed, and with the protrusion (27 mm) on the rear of the rear fan
Note: Manufacturing tolerance is ± 5 mm in dimensions and ± 0.5 kg in weight.
Consumable items are not included in the weight of the printer.

Confidential
INSTALLATION SPACE REQUIREMENTS
The following figure shows the dimensions of the space required around the printer. Be
sure to provide the space for installation, operation, and maintenance.
AL-M300 Series
400 mm
400 mm
600 mm
900 mm
AL-M400 Series
400 mm
400 mm
600 mm
900 mm
Figure 1-7. Installation Space Requirements

Confidential
1.1.2 Paper Specifications

SUPPORTED PAPERS
 AL-M300 Series
Table 1-14. Supported Papers
Paper Feeder Paper Type Paper Size Capacity/Height Weight
Standard, Plain, Recycled A4, A5, A6, B5, LT, HLT, LGL, GLT, GLG, EXE, F4 50 sheets 60 - 80 g/m2
Fine A4, A5, A6, B5, LT, HLT, LGL, GLT, GLG, EXE, F4 5.5 mm 81 - 105 g/m2
Post card Post card, Double post card 20 sheets, 5.5 mm 190 g/m2
Labels 30 sheets, 5.5 mm ---
MP tray
Thick A4, A5, A6, B5, LT, HLT, LGL, GLT, GLG, EXE, F4 5.5 mm 106 - 216 g/m2
Envelope C6, DL, Monarch 5 sheets, 5.5 mm ---
Width: 76.2 to 215.9 mm 60 - 80 g/m2
User defined size 50 sheets/5.5 mm
Length: 127 to 355.6 mm 81 - 216 g/m2
Standard
Fine A4, A5, A6, B5, LT, HLT, LGL, GLT, GLG, EXE, F4 27 mm 81 - 105 g/m2
Post card Post card, Double post card 10 mm 190 g/m2
Standard lower paper cassette Labels 10 mm ---
Thick A4, A5, A6, B5, LT, HLT, LGL, GLT, GLG, EXE, F4 10 mm 106 - 216 g/m2
Width: 76.2 to 215.9 mm 27 mm 60 - 105 g/m2
User defined size
Length: 127 to 355.6 mm 10 mm 106 - 216 g/m2
Duplex unit --- A4, A5, B5, LT, HLT, LGL, GLT, GLG, EXE, F4 --- 60 - 163 g/m2
Standard, Plain, Recycled A4, A5, B5, LT, HLT, LGL, GLT, GLG, EXE, F4 250 sheets 60 - 80 g/m2
Fine A4, A5, B5, LT, HLT, LGL, GLT, GLG, EXE, F4 27 mm 81 - 105 g/m2
Optional paper cassette Labels 10 mm ---
Option
(250 sheets) Thick A4, A5, B5, LT, HLT, LGL, GLT, GLG, EXE, F4 10 mm 106 - 216 g/m2
Width: 139.7 to 215.9 mm 27 mm 60 - 105 g/m2
User defined size
Length: 210.0 to 355.6 mm 10 mm 106 - 216 g/m2

Confidential
 AL-M400 Series
Table 1-15. Supported Papers
Paper Feeder Paper Type Paper Size Capacity/Height Weight
Post card Post card, Double post card 35 sheets, 10 mm 190 g/m2
Labels 50 sheets, 10 mm ---
MP tray Thick A4, A5, A6, B5, LT, HLT, LGL, GLT, GLG, EXE, F4 10 mm 106 - 216 g/m2
Envelope C6, DL, Monarch 10 sheets, 10 mm ---
Width: 76.2 to 215.9 mm 60 - 80 g/m2

150 sheets/16.5 mm/
User defined size 81 - 105 g/m2
Length: 127 to 355.6 mm 10 mm
Standard 106 - 216 g/m2
Post card Post card, Double post card 20 mm 190 g/m2
Standard lower paper cassette Labels 20 mm ---
Thick A4, A5, A6, B5, LT, HLT, LGL, GLT, GLG, EXE, F4 20 mm 106 - 216 g/m2
Width: 76.2 to 215.9 mm 59.4 mm 60 - 105 g/m2
User defined size
Length: 127 to 355.6 mm 20 mm 106 - 216 g/m2
Duplex unit --- A4, A5, B5, LT, HLT, LGL, GLT, GLG, EXE, F4 --- 60 - 163 g/m2
Standard, Plain, Recycled A4, A5, B5, LT, HLT, LGL, GLT, GLG, EXE, F4 550 sheets 60 - 80 g/m2
Fine A4, A5, B5, LT, HLT, LGL, GLT, GLG, EXE, F4 59.4 mm 81 - 105 g/m2
Optional paper cassette Labels 20 mm ---
Option
(550 sheets) Thick A4, A5, B5, LT, HLT, LGL, GLT, GLG, EXE, F4 20 mm 106 - 216 g/m2
Width: 139.7 to 215.9 mm 59.4 mm 60 - 105 g/m2
User defined size
Length: 210.0 to 355.6 mm 20 mm 106 - 216 g/m2

Confidential
UNSUITABLE PAPERS
The following types of paper should not be used, otherwise decreased print quality,
paper misfeeds, or damage to the printer may occur.
 Specially-treated papers, such as carbon-backed, non-carbon, heat-sensitive,
pressure-sensitive, or acid paper
 Printouts printed by a heat-transfer printer or an inkjet printer
 Extremely thick or extremely thin papers
 Damp paper
 Art paper, coated paper for color printers
 Extremely smooth or extremely rough paper, or paper with uneven surface
 Perforated paper or paper with punched hole
 Paper of a non-standard shape (not rectangular)
 Label that peels off easily
 Papers with glue, staples, or paper clips
 Inkjet printer paper (Photo Quality Ink Jet Paper, Glossy Paper, Glossy Film, etc.)
 Printouts printed by another color/black-and-white laser printer or a photocopier
 Sheets of paper stuck together using glue or the like
 Folded, curled, wrinkled, or torn paper
 Transparency for other color laser printers or color photocopiers
 Postcards for inkjet printers
 Iron-on Transfer Paper (for inkjet printers or laser printers)
 Paper that deteriorates or discolors at 180°C (AL-M300 Series)/195° (AL-M400
Series) or lower
 When using illustrated postcards, paper feed rollers may be soiled with paper dust
and these cards may not be fed properly. In this case, clean the rollers with
reference to Chapter 6 ?MAINTENANCE? (p.381).

Confidential
PRINTABLE AREA ENVELOPE ORIENTATION
 Maximum print area (Printing is guaranteed) Envelope Size DL, C6, Monarch,
Paper width: 210.9 mm x Length: 351.6 mm Feeding

 Guaranteed print area (The area which guarantees both quality and printing) Direction
↑
Paper width: 207.9 mm x Length: 347.6 mm
Area excluding 4-mm margins on all four edges
4 mm 4 mm
 Load envelopes on the MP Tray with the side to be printed

downward.
 Load envelopes on the standard lower paper cassette or the
4 mm
optional paper cassette unit with the side to be printed up.

 Do not use envelopes that have a tape or glue.
 Printing on the backside of envelope (glued flap side) is not
guaranteed.
4 mm
Figure 1-8. Guaranteed Print Area

Confidential
1.1.3 Replacement Parts

PAPER EJECT/CAPACITY
CONSUMABLES/PERIODIC REPLACEMENT PARTS
 Paper eject: Face down
 Capacity:  AL-M300 Series
Table 1-16. Capacity Table 1-17. AL-M300 Series
Paper Type AL-M300 Series AL-M400 Series Category Due Name Life
Standard 150 sheets 250 sheets Toner Cartridge (Included item) 2,000 pages
Paper of other types 90 sheets 150 sheets Consumables User Standard Capacity Toner Cartridge 2,700 pages *1
Thick 30 sheets 50 sheets High Capacity Toner Cartridge 10,000 pages *1
Envelope, Labels 12 sheets 20 sheets Photoconductor unit 120,000 pages

User
Periodic Fuser Unit *2 100,000 pages
replacement Feed roller *3 (for Cassette) 100,000 pages
parts Service
personnel Feed roller kit *4
100,000 pages
(for MP tray)
 AL-M400 Series
 Make sure to lift the extension for paper ejection, and also
expand the folded portion inside the extension. Table 1-18. AL-M400 Series
 Because curls on thick paper or envelopes are larger than other
Category Due Name Life
type paper, the exit sensor may detect the full status when just a
few sheets are ejected. Toner Cartridge (Included item) 6,000 pages
 AL-M400 Series are equipped with the exit sensor for full Standard Capacity Toner Cartridge 12,000 pages *1
Consumables User
status detection for paper ejection. High Capacity Toner Cartridge 23,700 pages *1
Photoconductor unit 120,000 pages
Maintenance Unit
User 200,000 pages
(Transfer Unit + Fuser Unit *2)
Periodic
Feed roller kit *4
replacement 100,000 pages
Service (for MP tray)
parts
personnel Feed roller kit *4
200,000 pages
(for Cassette)
Note1: Print pages when printing ISO19752 pattern continuously

2: Replace the part after it becomes cool enough.
3: The roller on the front edge of the cassette.
4: A kit of Feed roll, Nudger roll, and Retard roll.

Confidential
1.1.4 Controller Specifications

BASIC SPECIFICATIONS EXTERNAL INTERFACES
Table 1-19. Basic Specifications Table 1-20. External Interfaces
Specification AL-M300 Series AL-M400
Item Interface
AL-M300 Series AL-M400 Series AL-M300D AL-M300DN Series
ARM Cortex-A9MP x 2 Parallel Compliant with IEEE 1284 √
CPU ARM946 (256 MHz)
(600 MHz) 10 BASE-Te/100BASE-TX/
Ethernet √ √
RIT (600 dpi only) 1000BASE-T
Enhanced Technology NPGI (600 dpi: AAM screen; 1200 dpi: AM screen) USB USB 2.0 High speed √ √ √
* In 1200 dpi operation, RIT, PGI are invalid.
Type DDR2 SDRAM CL = 5.0 (Max. 1,152 MB) AL-M300 Series AL-M300D AL-M300DN
RAM Standard 128 MB (S0 slot)
Expansion SO DIMM of 128 MB, 256 MB, 512 MB or 1024 MB
Type 4-bit width (Serial Quad, 3.3 V) Parallel Interface
AL-M300D: 20 MB Flash
Program 32 MB Flash
AL-M300DN: 32 MB Flash
ROM USB
Font Included in the program
Interface
SSL Certificate
Included in the program
Data
Extended ROM None Ethernet
EEPROM Serial type 256 Kbit Interface
AL-M400 Series
Control Panel LCD 22 digits 5 lines with four LEDs and seven buttons
LCD backlight No Yes
Printer Setting (Panel
EJL, PJL, HTTP, SNMP, ENPC
Setting)
ESC/Page, ESC/PageS-04, FX, ESCP2, I239X, PCL5c, PCL6,
Control Code
Adobe PostScript3, PDF1.6 USB Interface
 Configuration Status Sheet  Support Status Sheet Ethernet Interface
 Supplies Status Sheet  Maintenance Status Sheet
Auxiliary software
 Usage History Sheet  Form overlay List
Figure 1-9. External Interfaces
 Network Status Sheet  Reserve Job List

Confidential
CHAPTER
2
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
Confidential
2.1 Print Process By rotating the drum, the drum surface goes through each step from charging,
exposure, development, transfer, peeling, and cleaning. On the way, the toner image is
formed on the drum surface and transferred onto paper. Paper is fed by the paper feed
2.1.1 Print Process Overview mechanism, and goes through each step from transfer, peeling, and fusing. On the way,
the toner image is transferred from the drum surface onto the paper, and fixed on it by
This printer is a monochrome laser printer that uses the principle of fusing.
electrophotographic recording.
The outline of the printing process is shown in the figure below.
The electrophotography system is composed of the following seven basic steps
from forming a toner image on the drum surface, transferring the image to
paper, through fusing the transferred toner image to paper.
: Paper flow
1. Charging: The drum surface is electrically charged. : Laser Beam
2. Exposure: The image is formed on the drum surface by a laser beam.

3. Development: The image is developed with toner. Cleaning Blade
[ 7. Cleaning ]
4. Transfer: The toner image on the drum is transferred onto paper. BCR Pressure Belt
[ 1. Charging] [ 6. Fusing ]
5. Peeling: The paper is peeled from the drum surface.
Heat Roll
6. Fusing: The toner is fixed to the paper by heat and pressure. Cleaning Roll [ 6. Fusing ]
[ 7. Cleaning ]
7. Cleaning: The drum is cleaned. Eliminator
[ 5. Neutralization/
ROS Removal ]
[ 2. Exposure ]
Paper feed BTR
[ 4. Transfer ]
Drum
1.Charging 2. Exposure 3. Development 4. Transfer
Magnet Roll
7. Cleaning 5. Peeling [ 3. Development ]
Next print cycle
ZaS10001AC
6. Fusing Figure 2-1. Print Process
: Paper path Paper output

: Transfer process
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Print Process 32

Confidential
2.1.2 Charging
㪑㩷㪧㫆㫊㫀㫋㫀㫍㪼㩷㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫀㪺㩷㪺㪿㪸㫉㪾㪼
In the charging process, the surface of the drum rotating at a constant speed is 㪧㪿㫆㫋㫆㫉㪼㪺㪼㫇㫋㫆㫉
㪑㩷㪥㪼㪾㪸㫋㫀㫍㪼㩷㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫀㪺㩷㪺㪿㪸㫉㪾㪼
uniformly charged with negative polarity by the discharge from the BCR (Bias
Charge Roll). 㪚㫆㫅㪻㫌㪺㫋㫆㫉
㪛㫉㫌㫄
 BCR (Bias Charge Roll)
The BCR is kept in contact with the drum and rotates following the
rotations of the drum. The BCR is a conductive roll that uniformly and
negatively charges the drum surface with the negative voltage applied by
the HVPS.
㪙㪚㪩
 Drum
The drum surface is uniformly and negatively charged with DC bias 㪚㫃㪼㪸㫅㫀㫅㪾㩷㪩㫆㫃㫃
voltage. The drum surface consists of a photoreceptor (which is an
insulator in the dark and a conductor in the light) backed with a conductor HVPS
inside.
 Cleaning Roll
The cleaning roll contacts with the BCR to remove the toner from its
surface.
㪛㫉㫌㫄㩷㫊㫌㫉㪽㪸㪺㪼㪜㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫀㪺㩷㫇㫆㫋㪼㫅㫋㫀㪸㫃㩷
㫆㫅㩷㪻㫉㫌㫄
RaS100102GA
Figure 2-2. Charging Process

Confidential
2.1.3 Exposure
In the exposure process, a laser beam is applied to the negatively charged
surface of the drum to form an invisible electrostatic latent image onto the Mirror SOS
drum.
LD PWB
 The laser beam is emitted from the LD (laser diodes) and applied on the Drum
polygon mirror through two lenses. The laser beam reflected off the
polygon mirror is applied to the drum through the lens L1 and the window.
 The polygon mirror has six mirror faces and is rotated by the scanner
motor. Therefore, the applied laser beam scans in the direction of the drum
Window
shaft according to change of the reflection angle of the polygon mirror.
One mirror face scans one line.
 Among the laser beams reflected off the polygon mirror, the outmost beam SOS Sensor
enters the SOS mirror and reflects on the mirror, then enters the SOS Lens COL
sensor. When the laser beam enters the SOS sensor, the sensor generates a
SOS PWB
scan reference signal. This signal is used to synchronize the timing to start Lens CYL
writing the image with the timing to start scanning by the laser beam. Lens SOS
Scanner Motor Lens L1
Polygon Mirror
ZaS10002AC
Figure 2-3. Laser Beam Path

Confidential
 The laser beam is emitted according to the printing data (image data)
Photoreceptor
output from the printer controller. The beam is emitted only when the print
: Negative electric charge
data are the pixels (micro points composing characters or pictures). (For Conductor : Positive electric charge
the areas to be developed with toner, the laser diode is turned on, and it is
turned off for the areas not to be developed.) The areas on the drum
scanned by the laser beam become conductive. This allows the negative
charge on the drum surface to flow to the positive side, and the negative Drum
charge cancels out the positive charge, then the potential on the drum
surface is lowered. This low-potential area becomes the electrostatic latent
image.
(Laser beams)
ROS ASSY
Concept of drum
Laser beams Electrostatic
latent image
Photoreceptor
Conductor
Potential on
Drum surface drum surface
(Laser beams) (Laser beams)
-V
Electrostatic
latent image
0
HBT02005AA
Figure 2-4. Image Created on the Drum Surface

Confidential
2.1.4 Development
The development process makes a visible image appear on the drum surface by
electrically attracting toner particles to the invisible electrostatic latent image.
TONER CARTRIDGE
TONER FEEDING
 The toner in the toner cartridge is fed into the developer unit by the Auger
driven by the MOTOR DISP.
Developer
Drum
Auger Disp
MOTOR DISP
ZaS10003AB
Figure 2-5. Toner Feeding

Confidential
DEVELOPMENT - 䋺㪥㪼㪾㪸㫋㫀㫍㪼㩷㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫀㪺㩷㪺㪿㪸㫉㪾㪼
㪫㫆㫅㪼㫉㩷㪚㪸㫉㫋㫉㫀㪻㪾㪼 + 䋺㪧㫆㫊㫀㫋㫀㫍㪼㩷㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫀㪺㩷㪺㪿㪸㫉㪾㪼
 In the developer section, the fed toner is mixed with the existing developer
䋺㪫㫆㫅㪼㫉
(toner/carrier mixture) by the auger, and then supplied to the magnet roll 䋺㪚㪸㫉㫉㫀㪼㫉
arranged near the drum surface. The toner and carrier are charged (toner: Agitator
Magnet Roll
negatively, carrier: positively) by friction due to agitation, and they attract
each other electrically. The carrier, due to its magnetic properties, is Auger -
attracted to the magnet roll, and then uniformly leveled by the trimmer rod.
- +
 The magnet roll is covered by a conductive sleeve all over the surface. The Trimmer Rod
- + 㪛㫉㫌㫄
DB (Developing Bias) voltage is supplied to this conductive sleeve from
the High Voltage Power Supply (HVPS). The DB voltage is a DC voltage.
+
The DC voltage keeps the magnet roll at a constant negative voltage
- +
against the photoreceptor layer of the drum. Therefore, at the area where
the negative electric charge on the drum surface is kept, the potential is -
㪛㪼㫍㪼㫃㫆㫇㪼㫉
lower than that of the magnet roll, while at the area where the negative
charge on the drum surface decreases, the potential is higher than that of
the magnet roll.
HVPS
Thus, only the portions of the drum surface (electrostatic latent image)
where the negative charge has decreased below that of the magnet roll Auger
attract the toner to form an image on the drum.
Once the toner is deposited on the drum, the increase of negative charge
lowers the potential at the corresponding portion, then the toner-attracting 㪜㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫀㪺㩷㫇㫆㫋㪼㫅㫋㫀㫆㫅
force there decreases. 㪛㫉㫌㫄㩷㫊㫌㫉㪽㪸㪺㪼㫆㫅㩷㪻㫉㫌㫄
㪄㪭
㪛㪼㫍㪼㫃㫆㫇㫀㫅㪾
㪹㫀㪸㫊
㪫㫆㫅㪼㫉㩷㫀㫄㪸㪾㪼 0
ZaS10026AA
Figure 2-6. Development Process

Confidential
2.1.5 Transfer 㪥㪼㪾㪸㫋㫀㫍㪼㩷㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫀㪺㩷㪺㪿㪸㫉㪾㪼

In the transfer process, the toner image on the drum surface is transferred onto 㪧㫆㫊㫀㫋㫀㫍㪼㩷㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫀㪺㩷㪺㪿㪸㫉㪾㪼
paper by BTR (Bias Transfer Roll). 㪫㫆㫅㪼㫉
 BTR is an electro-conductive roller and arranged in contact with the drum, Drum
and a high voltage is supplied by HVPS. While the paper goes between the
BTR and the drum, the BTR gives positive charge on the back side of the
paper. The toner image on the surface of the drum is attracted by the
positive charge on the back side of the paper, and moves from the drum to
the surface of the paper. Due to the positive charge on the back side, the
paper is attracted to the drum by the negative charge generated in the
drum's electric conductivity layer, then the paper is pulled to the surface of
the drum.
HVPS
㪧㪸㫇㪼㫉
BTR
㪛㫉㫌㫄㩷㫊㫌㫉㪽㪸㪺㪼㪜㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫀㪺㩷㫇㫆㫋㪼㫅㫋㫀㫆㫅
㫆㫅㩷㪻㫉㫌㫄
-V
RaS100107GA
Figure 2-7. Transfer Process

Confidential
2.1.6 Neutralization/Peeling
㪧㫆㫊㫀㫋㫀㫍㪼㩷㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫀㪺㩷㪺㪿㪸㫉㪾㪼
In the Neutralization/Peeling process, the charge on the paper is neutralized 㪥㪼㪾㪸㫋㫀㫍㪼㩷㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫀㪺㩷㪺㪿㪸㫉㪾㪼
and eliminated by the eliminator. 㪫㫆㫅㪼㫉
By this neutralization, the force attracting the paper to the drum surface
disappears and the paper's resilience (the elastic restoring force from
deformation) detaches the paper from the drum.
 Eliminator Eliminator
The charge is neutralized (removed) because otherwise the toner on the
Drum
paper will spread over the surrounding metal surfaces.
The eliminator is a metal sheet that is electrically kept at the ground level,
and give the negative charge on the back side of the paper to neutralize the
positive charge applied in the "transfer" process.
HVPS
㪧㪸㫇㪼㫉
BTR
RaS100108GA
Figure 2-8. Neutralization

Confidential
2.1.7 Fusing
Paper
In the Fusing process, toner on the paper is fused by heat and pressed onto the
paper to be fixed by pressure.
Nip Section
 The toner particles are melted by the heat of the heat roll which is heated
by the heater lamp, and fused onto the paper by the pressure between the Pressure Belt
heat roll and the pressure belt.
 When the heat roll rotates, the pressure belt is driven by the heat roll due to Fixed toner
friction, and the belt nips the paper against the heat roll with the
pressurizing mechanism mounted inside.
Spring Nip
Heat Roll
Heater Lamp
Not fixed toner
ZaS10004AA
Figure 2-9. Fusing

Confidential
2.1.8 Cleaning 㪑㩷㪧㫆㫊㫀㫋㫀㫍㪼㩷㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫀㪺㩷㪺㪿㪸㫉㪾㪼

㪚㫃㪼㪸㫅㫀㫅㪾㩷㪙㫃㪸㪻㪼
In the cleaning process, excess toner is cleaned off from the surface of the drum 㪑㩷㪥㪼㪾㪸㫋㫀㫍㪼㩷㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫀㪺㩷㪺㪿㪸㫉㪾㪼
and from the BCR, then the charge on the drum surface is removed. 㪑㩷㪫㫆㫅㪼㫉
 Drum cleaning
The excess toner that could not be transferred onto the paper in the transfer
process still remains on the drum surface. Because the excess toner affects
adversely the subsequent processes, the toner is scraped off by the cleaning
blade mounted in contact with the drum surface and collected into the 㪛㫉㫌㫄
waste toner recycle area.
 BCR cleaning
BTR
The excess toner remaining on the BCR surface is wiped off by the BCR
cleaning roll made of spongy material and collected into the waste toner
recycle area. 㪚㫃㪼㪸㫅㫀㫅㪾㩷㪩㫆㫃㫃
 BTR cleaning
The excess toner attached on the BTR in the transfer process will soil the HVPS
back side of the subsequent sheets. To prevent this soiling, the positive
charge (opposite charge from that in the transfer process) is given to the
BTR by the high voltage of the HVPS and the charge transfers the excess
toner on the BTR back onto the drum. The excess toner remaining on the
drum is scraped off by the cleaning blade mounted in contact with the
drum, and collected into the waste toner recycle area.
RaS100110AB
Figure 2-10. Cleaning

Confidential
2.2 Paper Feeding  AL-M400 Series
The following figure shows the layout and the components related to paper
2.2.1 Paper Path Layout feeding when optional 550 sheet feeders are mounted on the printer.
 AL-M300 Series
: Paper flow
The following figure shows the layout and the components related to paper Exit Roll Exit Sensor
: Paper sensors
feeding when an optional 250 sheet feeder is mounted on the printer. F (Fusing)
Pressure Belt
Toner Heat Roll

: Paper flow
: Paper sensors MCU Photoconductor Unit D(Duplex)
Exit Roll Exit Sensor
ROS Drum
R_R (Regi.)
F (Fusing) MSI
MSI Ragi. Roll (Pinch)
Pressure Belt
Ragi. Sensor
T1
TRAY1 (Standard 550 sheet tray㧕
Toner Ragi. Roll (Rubber)
Heat Roll
TRAY2 Path Sensor

MCU Photoconductor Unit
D(Duplex) TR2
T2 TRAY2 (Optional 550 sheet feeder)
ROS Drum T3
R_R (Regi.) TRAY3 Path Sensor
MSI Ragi. Roll (Pinchi) TRAY3 (Optional 550 sheet feeder) TR3
MSI
Ragi. Sensor T4 TRAY4 Path Sensor

T1 TRAY4 (Optional 550 sheet feeder)
TRAY1(Standard 250 sheet tray)
Ragi. Roll (Rubber) Feed Roll Holder Assy Roll
ZaS10006AB
T2
TRAY2 (Optional 250 sheet feeder)
Figure 2-12. Paper Path Layout (AL-M400 Series)
Feed Roll Holder Assy Roll
ZaS10005AB
Figure 2-11. Paper Path Layout (AL-M300 Series)
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Paper Feeding 42

Confidential
2.2.2 Paper Feeding from the MSI Feed Roll

[HOLDER ASSY PICK UP]
When paper is fed from the MSI (Multi Sheet Inserter), the SOLENOID FEED Nudger Roll
MSI is turned ON. If it is ON, the stopper is released and the nudger roll comes [HOLDER ASSY PICK UP]
in contact with the top sheet loaded on the MSI.

The feed roll and the nudger roll start rotating by the drive force from the
DRIVE ASSY MAIN, then the sheet is fed between the feed roll and the retard
roll.
If multiple sheets are fed at the same time, only the topmost sheet is separated
from the others by the braking force of the stopper sheet and the retard roll.
Retard Roll Stopper Sheet
[HOLDER ASSY ROLL]
MSI No Paper Sensor

Solenoid Feed MSI
Actuator
STOPPER MSI IN
ZaS10007EB
Figure 2-13. Paper Feeding from the MSI (Multi Sheet Inserter)

Confidential
2.2.3 Paper Feeding from Paper Cassettes  AL-M300 Series
The paper loaded on the paper cassette is fed by the nudger roll to between the
Nudger Roll Feed Roll
feed roll and the retard roll. The retard roll is pressed onto the feed roll by the
pressure applied by a spring, and separates a sheet from the others by the
rotational resistance. Plate Assy Bottom
If multiple sheets are fed at the same time, only the topmost sheet is fed after
separated from the others by the braking force of the torque limiter connected
to the retard roll. The plate assy bottom is raised by the spring if the number of
sheets on the upper part decreases.
Retard Roll
Feed Roll
Nudger Roll
Retard Roll
ZaS10008AA
Figure 2-14. Paper Feeding from the Paper Cassette (AL-M300 Series)

Confidential
 AL-M400 Series 2.2.3.1 Paper Feeding in the Registration Section

If the paper is fed from a paper cassette or the MSI as loaded in it directly to the
Nudger Roll Feed Roll toner transfer section, the image may not be transferred as intended on the
appropriate location due to misalignment of the leading edges of the sheets
Roll Assy Turn
Plate Assy Bottom loaded in the paper cassette or the MSI.
Therefore, the leading edges of the sheets are aligned properly in the
registration section before being fed forward to the transfer section. This can be
done by hitting the leading edge of the sheet fed from a paper cassette or the
MSI to the regi. roll that is not yet in motion.
Regi. Roll (Rubber)

Regi. Roll (Pinch)
Retard Roll
Feed Roll
Nudger Roll
Regi. Roll
Retard Roll
ZaS10025EA
Figure 2-15. Paper Feeding from the Paper Cassette (AL-M400 Series)
Skewed Paper
ZaS10010AB
Figure 2-16. Paper Feeding in the Registration Section

Confidential
2.2.4 Transfer/Fusing/Paper Ejection

Exit Roll
Onto the paper fed through the registration section, the toner image on the
drum is transferred during the rotation of the drum and the BTR (ROLL ASSY- Heat Roll
TRANS CRU) driven by the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. As the sheet is fed forward Pressure Belt Clutch Assy Exit
to the exit section, the toner image is fused onto the sheet surface by the Clutch Assy Invert
rotating heat roll driven by the DRIVE ASSY MAIN.
At the exit section, the drive force from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN is
transmitted to the exit roll by turning on the CLUTCH ASSY EXIT. The exit
roll rotates in the exit direction, so the sheet is ejected.
Drum
BTR
ZaS10011EA
Figure 2-17. Transfer/Fusing/Paper Ejection

Confidential
2.2.5 Duplex Feeding

After the front side is printed and the end of the sheet has passed through the
From Fusing Unit
chute gate, the CLUTCH ASSY INVERT is turned on and the rotation of the Exit Roll
exit roll changes into the duplex feeding direction. The chute gate drops due to Paper
its own weight, and the paper is fed in the duplex feeding direction. The ROLL
ASSY DUP starts rotating by the drive force of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN and
the paper is fed up to the registration position.
Pinch Roll
Chute Gate
Clutch Assy Exit
To Duplex
Exit Roll
Paper
Pinch Roll
Chute Gate
Clutch Assy Invert
ZaS10012EA
Figure 2-18. Duplex Feeding

Confidential
2.3 Functions of Major Components  REGI. CLUTCH

Transmits the drive force of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the regi. roll.
Major components of this printer are described with illustrations in the
following sections.  CST FEED CLUTCH
Transmits the drive force of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the feed roll
2.3.1 Paper Feeder and the nudger roll of the tray 1.
Regi. Sensor  SOLENOID FEED MSI
[HVPS] MSI No Paper Sensor
[HVPS] Releases the stopper of the MSI to make the nudger roll come in
REGI. CLUTCH contact with the top sheet of the paper loaded in the MSI.
 Regi. Sensor [HVPS]
Detects that the leading edge of the paper has reached the registration
section by sensing the change of the actuator.
 CST No Paper Sensor [HVPS]
Detects the presence of paper on the tray1 by sensing the change of the
actuator.
 MSI No Paper Sensor [HVPS]
Detects the presence of paper on the MSI by sensing the change of the
actuator.
 SWITCH ASSY SIZE (AL-M400 Series)
Detects the paper size of the paper loaded on the standard 550 sheet
feeder and also the presence of the paper cassette.
CST FEED CLUTCH

CST No Paper Sensor
[HVPS]
SOLENOID FEED MSI
ZaS10013EB
Figure 2-19. Components of the Paper Feeder
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Functions of Major Components 48

Confidential
2.3.2 Charging / Cleaning  Photoconductor Unit
The following are the major components related to charging and drum
cleaning.
 Drum
Electrostatic latent images and toner images are formed on the drum.
 BCR
Charges the drum electrically.
 Cleaning Blade
Cleans off the toner remaining on the drum after a toner image is
transferred on the paper.
 BCR Cleaning Roll
Cleans off the toner on the surface of the BCR.
Photoconductor unit
Cleaning Blade
BCR Roll
Drum
BCR Cleaning Roll

ZaS10016EB
Figure 2-20. Components of the Photoconductor Unit

Confidential
2.3.3 ROS  ROS ASSY
Emits a laser beam to create an electrostatic latent image on the drum

surface.
ROS ASSY The following are the main components.

PWBA SOS  PWBA LDD
Converts the image data input from the controller to the ROS ASSY
into laser beam scanning, and lights the built-in LD (laser diode)
accordingly.
 Motor Polygon Assy
Consists of the scanner motor which rotates at a constant speed and the
polygon mirror attached on the motor’s rotation shaft.
 PWBA SOS
This is a PWB equipped with the SOS sensor. The SOS sensor
converts the laser beam into electric signals as a reference for starting
PWBA LDD scanning, then transmits the signals to the PWBA MCU.
Motor Polygon Assy
ZaS10017EC
Figure 2-21. Components of the ROS

Confidential
2.3.4 Development  AL-M400 Series
 AL-M300 Series
Magnet Roll
Trimmer Rod
Magnet Roll
Trimmer Rod Auger
Auger
ATC Sensor
ATC Sensor
CONNECTOR ASSY XERO
TONER CARTRIDGE
CONNECTOR ASSY XERO

TONER CARTRIDGE
Photoconductor unit
CONNECTOR MOTOR DISP

Photoconductor unit ASSY-CRUM TONER
ZaS10028EC
CONNECTOR ASSY-CRUM TONER
MOTOR DISP ZaS10018EC Figure 2-23. Components of the Development Device (AL-M400 Series)
Figure 2-22. Components of the Development Device (AL-M300 Series)

Confidential
 TONER CARTRIDGE
Stores toner. The CRUM (Customer Replaceable Unit Memory) is also
equipped for storing specific information on the toner cartridge.
 CONNECTOR ASSY-CRUM TONER
Touches the CRUM mounted on the toner cartridge and transmits the
data related to the CRUM of the toner cartridge to the PWB MCU.
 MOTOR DISP
Drives the auger in the toner cartridge and supplies the toner from the
toner cartridge to the development device.
 Photoconductor unit
The following are the main components related to development.
• ATC Sensor
Detects the density of the toner in the development device.
• Magnet Roll
Touches the drum and forms a toner image on the drum.
• Trimmer Rod
Makes the toner and the carrier on the magnet roll even and uniform.
• Auger
Agitates the toner.
In the photoconductor unit, the CRUM (Customer Replaceable Unit
Memory) is also equipped for storing specific information on the
photoconductor unit.
 CONNECTOR ASSY XERO
Touches the CRUM of the photoconductor unit and transmits the data
related to the CRUM of the photoconductor unit to the PWB MCU.

Confidential
2.3.5 Transfer/Drive  BTR (Bias Transfer Roll) [ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU]
Transfers the toner image on the drum surface onto paper. The BTR is in
contact with the drum, so it rotates together with the drum.
 DRIVE ASSY MAIN
This is the motor that drives the major parts of the printer. It drives the
paper feeding section, the drum, the development device, and the fuser
unit.
㪙㪫㪩㩿㪙㫀㪸㫊㩷㪫㫉㪸㫅㫊㪽㪼㫉㩷㪩㫆㫃㫃㪀㩷
㪲㪩㪦㪣㪣㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㪄㪫㪩㪘㪥㪪㩷㪚㪩㪬㪴㩷
㪛㪩㪠㪭㪜㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪤㪘㪠㪥㩷
㪱㪸㪪㪈㪇㪇㪈㪐㪜㪙
Figure 2-24. Components of the Transfer/Drive devices

Confidential
2.3.6 Fusing/Paper Ejection  AL-M400 Series
 AL-M300 Series
Heater Lamp 1 (Short)

Heater Lamp Pressure Belt
Pressure Belt Heat Roll
Heat Roll
Temp. Sensor
(Side)
Heater Lamp 2 (Long)
Thermostat
Temp. Sensor
(Side) Temp. Sensor
Thermostat (Main)
Temp. Sensor
(Main)
Fuser unit
EXIT SENSOR
Fuser unit
EXIT SENSOR
FULL STACK SENSOR

CLUTCH ASSY INVERT CLUTCH ASSY EXIT
CLUTCH ASSY INVERT
ZaS10029EB
CLUTCH ASSY EXIT
ZaS10020EB
Figure 2-26. Components of the Fusing/Paper Ejection Devices (AL-M400 Series)
Figure 2-25. Components of the Fusing/Paper Ejection Devices (AL-M300 Series)

Confidential
 Fuser unit  EXIT SENSOR

Fixes the toner image transferred on the fed paper by heat and pressure, Detects passing of the paper after fusing by sensing the change of the
and also conveys the paper before and after the fusing process. actuator. (When detecting passing: Sensor light is shielded.)
 CLUTCH ASSY EXIT
The following are the main components.
Transmits the drive power of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the exit roll.
• Heat Roll
A metal roll which applies heat to paper to melt and fuse the toner on the
The exit roll rotates in the paper ejecting direction.
paper.  CLUTCH ASSY INVERT
• Pressure Belt Transmvits the drive power of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the exit
A belt that has a pressure system inside. To compress the toner onto the roll. The exit roll rotates in the duplex feeding direction.
paper, it gives pressure onto the paper together with the heat roll in a pair.
 FULL STACK SENSOR (AL-M400 Series)
• Heater Lamp
A heater lamp equipped with a coil in it mounted inside the heat roll. This
Detects the fullness of the paper on the paper ejection section.
is the heat source of the entire heat roll.
• Temp. Sensor
A thermistor (electric resistor) that responds to temperature changes.
Arranged in contact with the center (Main) and the side (Side) of the heat
roll and detects the surface temperature of the heat roll. Prevents an
abnormal high temperature rise of the heat roll.
• Thermostat
Connected in series with the power source of the heater lamp. If the
primary overheat protection by the temp. sensor (thermistor) fails and the
temperature at the contacts reaches a specified level, the contacts open to
prevent the secondary overheat.

Confidential
2.3.7 Electrical Components  PWB LVPS
Supplies the AC power to the heater of the fuser unit. Also generates and
Front Interlock Switch Controller
[KIT LVPS] PWB LVPS supplies the stable low voltage DC power (+24VDC, +5VDC, +3.3VDC)
for the use in the logic circuits and such.
REAR FAN
LVPS FAN  Front Interlock Switch [KIT LVPS]
Detects the opening/closing status of the COVER FRONT. If the COVER

FRONT is opened, this switch shuts down the relay circuit for +24VDC in
the PWB LVPS, and stops the supply of +24VDC to the interfaces on the
PWBA MCU.
 Rear Interlock Switch [HARNESS ASSY INTLK]
Detects the opening/closing status of the COVER ASSY-REAR. If the

COVER ASSY-REAR is opened, this switch shuts down the relay circuit
for +24VDC in the PWB LVPS, and stops the supply of +24VDC to the
interfaces on the PWBA MCU.
 PWBA MCU
Controls the parts during the printing operations, and communicates with
the print controller.
HVPS  HVPS
Supplies high voltage to the BCR of the photoconductor unit, to the magnet
Main Switch Rear Interlock Switch
[HARNESS ASSY INLET] roll and to the BTR of the ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU.
[HARNESS ASSY INTLK]
PWBA MCU  Controller
ZaS10021EC A print controller that controls the entire system by communicating with
Figure 2-27. Components of Electrical Components the PC or by processing the image data and such.
 LVPS Fan [FAN SUB]
 Main Switch [HARNESS ASSY INLET]
Exhausts the heat around the PWB LVPS out of the printer.
The main switch to turn on the power.
 Rear Fan [FAN ASSY MAIN]
Exhausts the heat around the fuser unit and the photoconductor unit out of
the printer.

Confidential
2.3.8 Optional 250 Sheet Feeder (AL-M300 Series)  PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY
PWB ASSY OPT TRAY

Controls the parts of the optional 250 sheet feeder.
 CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED
CLUTCH ASSY
OPT FEED
Transmits the drive power of the MOTOR ASSY OPTION to the feed roll
MOTOR ASSY and the nudger roll.
OPTION
 No Paper Sensor [SENSOR PHOTO]
Detects the presence of paper on the tray by sensing the change of the
actuator.
(No paper: Sensor light is shielded.)
 MOTOR ASSY OPTION
A DC motor that drives the rolls in the optional 250 sheet feeder.
No Paper Sensor
[SENSOR PHOTO]
ZaS10014EA
Figure 2-28. Components of the Optional 250 Sheet Feeder (AL-M300 Series)

Confidential
2.3.9 Optional 550 Sheet Feeder (AL-M400 Series)  PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY
CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED Take Away Clutch

Controls the parts of the optional 550 sheet feeder.
[CLUTCH ASSY REGI]
 Take Away Clutch [CLUTCH ASSY REGI]
MOTOR ASSY OPTION Path Sensor
[SENSOR PHOTO] Transmits the drive power of the MOTOR ASSY OPTION to the roll assy
No Paper Sensor take away.
PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY [SENSOR PHOTO]
 CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED
Transmits the drive power of the MOTOR ASSY OPTION to the feed roll
and the nudger roll.
 SWITCH ASSY SIZE 550
Detects the paper size of the paper loaded on the standard 550 sheet feeder
and also the presence of the paper cassette.
 Path Sensor
ZaS10015EB
Figure 2-29. Components of the Optional 550 Sheet Feeder (AL-M400 Series) Detects whether or not the paper is fed from the tray by sensing the change
of the actuator.
 No Paper Sensor
Detects the presence of paper on the tray by sensing the change of the
actuator.
 MOTOR ASSY OPTION
A DC motor that drives the rolls in the optional 550 sheet feeder.

Confidential
2.4 Drive Transmission Route 2.4.2 MOTOR DISP
2.4.1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN
TONER CARTRIDGE
Gear HR LM
Gear Idle LM
Holder Assy
Pinch Low R Gear Gear Auger
Holder Assy
Roll Assy Mag Roll
Pinch Low L Developer
Clng BCR
Gear Exit Roll Assy Mag
Roll (A) Roll Assy BCR
Gear Drum
Roll Pinch Dup
XERO Out
Gear Exit LM
(D)
(B)
Gear Dup Gear Idler MA

CLUTCH ASSY Auger Supply
EXIT Auger Admix
Gear Exit6 (A) REGI. CLUTCH

Gear E5
Gear Exit LM
Gear E4
(C) Gear HR LM
Gear E3 Z
Gear Idle LM
Gear F Out(B)
Gear F Idle
Auger Disp
Gear Dup In(C)
Gear Dup Out Gear E3 Roll Assy Feed
Gear Exit In MOTOR DISP
Gear F Idle CLUTCH ASSY (E)
INVERT
Gear F1 CST FEED CLUTCH Gear Idler Feeder
Gear E1
Gear E2 Gear Idler Feeder
Gear XERO Out ZaS10003AA
Gear Feed MSI

Gear XERO2(D)
Gear Idler Feeder
Gear Regi (E)
Gear PH1
DRIVE ASSY MAIN (F)

Gear PH3 (F) Gear Segment MSI2
Gear PH2 Gear Feed Gear Segment MSI1
Gear XERO1 ZaS10022AA
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Drive Transmission Route 59

Confidential
2.4.3 MOTOR ASSY OPTION (AL-M300 Series) 2.4.4 MOTOR ASSY OPTION (AL-M400 Series)
Roll Assy Take Away

Feed Roll
[Roll Assy Feed]
Retard Roll Nudger Roll

[Roll Assy Feed] [ROLL ASSY FEED]
Feed Roll
Nudger Roll [ROLL ASSY FEED]
[Roll Assy Feed]
Take Away Clutch

[CLUTCH ASSY REGI]
Clutch Assy OPT Feed
Gear OPT Feeder 550
CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED
Gear Idler Nudger
Gear OPT Feeder 250
Gear Idler Nudger
Gear Feed
ω
Feed Roll Gear Feed
ω
Gear Nudger Feed Roll
ω
Nudger Roll Gear Nudger
ω
Nudger Roll
Gear OPT Feeder
Motor Assy Option Gear OPT Idler 250

Gear Pinion ZaS10023AA MOTOR ASSY OPTION Gear Pinion ZaS10024AA
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Drive Transmission Route 60

Confidential
2.5 Operation Mode

The printer operates in the following modes:
 Running Mode
Operating states such as receiving data, creating image, printing or

recording data.
 Ready Mode
The standby state from which the printer easily enters the running mode.
 Low Power Mode (Light Sleep Mode)
A power saving state in which the printer consumes less power than in the
ready mode.
 Sleep Mode (Deep Sleep Mode)
The most power saving state in which the printer consumes less power than
in the low power mode.
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operation Mode 61

Confidential
2.6 Print Data Flow

The print data (electrical signals) from the printer controller are processed into
a print image as shown below.
Host (electrical signals)
Printer Controller (electrical signals)
ROS ASSY (laser beams)
Electrostatic latent images on the drum

(invisible images)
Toner images on the drum

(Visible images)
Toner images on the paper
Print images on the paper
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Print Data Flow 62

Confidential
2.7 Life Control

The following are the information on the life of consumables and periodic replacement parts.
The meanings of the description of LED Error are as follows.
 ON: LED is lit.
 OFF: LED is OFF.
 Flash: LED is flashing.
Table 2-1. Life Control
Error Display New Product
Restart Image Unit
Category Unit Status Life Detection Error Remedy Detection
Panel Message Print Quality Detection
LED (Reset Counter)
Either of the toner dispense • Replace it with a new one.
Near end time or the pixel count Toner Low OFF • Run “Clear All Warnings” in OK Guaranteed Recognizes the
value has reached its limit. “Reset Menu”. unit as a new one
• Replace it with a new one. by detecting the
Either of the toner dispense new product flag
• When Extended Mode is set to
Toner Cartridge time or the pixel count in CSIC, and CSIC
Off, if you turn this mode On,
value has reached its limit. then the life
Replace Toner the message “Replace Toner Not
End 2 Or, density detection by the ON NG counter is
Cartridge Cartridge” is displayed and guaranteed
ADC sensor has reached its automatically
this error does not recur until
limit if Extended Mode is reset.
the sensor detects the end of
set to On.
toner.
Consumables • Replace it with a new one.
Photoconductor • Run “Clear All Warnings” in
Near end OFF OK Guaranteed
Needed Soon “Reset Menu”. Recognizes the
unit as a new one
Either of the pixel count • Replace it with a new one.
Replace Not by detecting the
End value, the number of print Flash • Press the [OK] button to OK
Photoconductor guaranteed new product flag
Photoconductor pages or the wear status resume the printing. in CSIC, and CSIC
unit estimated from the number
• Replace it with a new one. then the life
Keep of drum rotation or the like Replace Not
OFF • Run “Clear All Warnings” in OK counter is
printing has reached its limit. Photoconductor guaranteed
“Reset Menu”. automatically
reset.
Replace Not
End 2 ON Replace it with a new one. NG
Photoconductor guaranteed
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Life Control 63

Confidential

Restart Image Unit
LED (Reset Counter)
• Replace it with a new one and
reset its life counter by
running “Reset Fuser
Near end Fuser Needed Soon OFF Counter” in “Reset Menu”. OK Guaranteed
• Run “Clear All Warnings” in
“Reset Menu”.
No new product
• Replace it with a new one and detection system
Either of the energization reset its life counter by is available. No
time or the number of running “Reset Fuser Not Reset the life detection
FUSER UNIT End Replace Fuser Flash Counter” in “Reset Menu”. OK
printed pages has reached guaranteed counter by system is
its limit. • Press the [OK] button to running “Reset available.
resume the printing. Fuser Counter”
• Replace it with a new one and in “Reset Menu”.
Keep running “Reset Fuser Not
Replace Fuser OFF Counter” in “Reset Menu”. OK
printing guaranteed
Periodic “Reset Menu”.
replacement
parts
Maintenance Unit running “Reset Maintenance
Near end OFF Counter” in “Reset Menu”. OK Guaranteed
Needed Soon
“Reset Menu”. No new product
• Replace it with a new one and detection system
reset its life counter by is available.
No
running “Reset Maintenance Reset the life
Maintenance The number of printed Replace Not detection
End Flash Counter” in “Reset Menu”. OK counter by
Unit pages has reached its limit. Maintenance Unit guaranteed system is
running “Reset
• Press the [OK] button to available.
Maintenance
resume the printing.
Counter” in
• Replace it with a new one and “Reset Menu”.
Keep Replace running “Reset Maintenance Not
OFF Counter” in “Reset Menu”. OK
printing Maintenance Unit guaranteed
“Reset Menu”.

Confidential

Restart Image Unit
LED (Reset Counter)
enter Maintenance Mode, then
run “Reset MP/C1/C2/C3/C4
Feed Roller XX* Counter” of “Machine
Near end OFF OK Guaranteed
Needed Soon Check”.
• Run “Clear All Warnings” in No new product
“Reset Menu”. detection system
• Replace it with a new one and is available.
enter Maintenance Mode, then Reset the life
run “Reset MP/C1/C2/C3/C4 counter by No
Periodic
The number of printed Replace Feed Roller Counter” of “Machine Not running "Reset detection
replacement Feed Roller XX* End Flash OK
pages has reached its limit. XX* Check”. guaranteed MP/C1/C2/C3/ system is
parts
C4 Counter" of available.
• Press the [OK] button to
"Machine
resume the printing.
Check" in
• Replace it with a new one and Maintenance
enter Maintenance Mode, then Mode.
run “Reset MP/C1/C2/C3/C4
Keep Replace Feed Roller Counter” of “Machine Not
OFF OK
printing XX* Check”. guaranteed
“Reset Menu”.
Note "*": XX: Any of MP, C1, C2, C3, or C4.

Confidential
CHAPTER
3
TROUBLESHOOTING
Confidential
3.1 Troubleshooting Procedure 3.2 Initial Checks

The followings must be checked before starting troubleshooting.
Ask the operator about the
failure. No  Do the following ambient conditions satisfy the specifications?
Did the operator use the
 Surrounding space
printer properly?
 Temperature and humidity
Yes
 Does the paper type or paper condition satisfy the specifications?
Turn the printer OFF once Teach how to operate the  Are the consumables Epson-brand?
and back ON again. printer.
 Is there any significant contamination inside the printer?
 Has the firmware for the controller and engine controller been upgraded to
the latest version?
Does error recur when No
printing in the mode used End of work
when trouble occurred?
Yes
When paper is jammed See " Paper Jam"
See "3.4 Symptoms"

When an error message is
displayed
See "3.5 Troubleshooting"
When an image quality See "3.5.2 Image Quality

problem has occurred Problem Troubleshooting"
When an abnormal noise can

be heard See "3.5.3 Other Problems"
TROUBLESHOOTING Troubleshooting Procedure 67

Confidential
3.3 Component Locations

This section shows the location of main components of this printer.
 Optional 250 Sheet Feeder (AL-M300 Series)
FULL STACK SENSOR FUSING UNIT
EXIT SENSOR (Mid Model)
CLUTCH ASSY EXIT
PWB ASSY OPT TRAY
CLUTCH ASSY INVERT Regi. Sensor
[HVPS]
MSI No Paper Sensor CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED
[HVPS]
MOTOR ASSY OPTION
REGI. CLUTCH ROS ASSY MOTOR DISP
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
No Paper Sensor [SENSOR PHOTO]
CST FEED CLUTCH ZaS02002EA

CST No Paper Sensor
SOLENOID FEED MSI [HVPS]
ZaS02001EA
 Optional 550 Sheet Feeder (AL-M400 Series)

PWB LVPS Controller
LVPS FAN
REAR FAN
Front Interlock Switch CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED Take Away Clutch
[KIT LVPS] [CLUTCH ASSY REGI]
MOTOR ASSY OPTION Path Sensor

[SENSOR PHOTO]
No Paper Sensor
PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY [SENSOR PHOTO]
HVPS
Main Switch
[HARNESS ASSY INLET] Rear Interlock Switch
[HARNESS ASSY INTLK]
PWBA MCU ZaS02011EA
ZaS02003EA
TROUBLESHOOTING Component Locations 68

Confidential
3.4 Symptoms Table 3-1. Error Message

Error Message Error Name / Explanation Reference
The following are the error messages and their meanings for this printer. <Option Feeder Motor4 Failure> (AL-
M400 Series only)
Table 3-1. Error Message Option Feeder4 Motor's rotation is
Service Req E533 P.104
Error Message Error Name / Explanation Reference abnormal. The firmware of Option
Feeder4 was damaged and the printer
Service Req E101 <ROS Failure> started up in DownLoad mode.
Service Req E102 Rotation of ROS motor could not rise up P.97
to the specified level. <Fusing Fan Failure>
Service Req E103 Service Req E580 P.96
Fusing Fan's rotation is abnormal.
Service Req E302
<LV Fan Failure>
Fusing Fan's rotation is abnormal.
Service Req E305
<Environment Sensor Error>
Service Req E310 Service Req E601 Environment sensor's detected value is P.97
Service Req E311 abnormal.
Service Req E312 <Over Temp Detect>
Service Req E313 <Fusing Failure> Service Req E613 Temperature in the printer became P.97
Service Req E314 Abnormal fusing temperature was P.92 abnormally high.
Service Req E315 detected. Replace
Service Req E316 Service Req E811 PWBA MCU
Service Req E318 Service Req E812 <IOT I/F Failure> (P.173)
Service Req E319 Service Req E813 Communication between the controller Replace
Service Req E814 and engine is abnormal. Controller
Service Req E320
Service Req E815 (PWBA ESS)
Service Req E321 (P.173)
Service Req E323
 Restart the
<Option Feeder Motor2 Failure>
printer.
Option Feeder2 Motor's rotation is
<K image for adjustment error>  Reinstall
Service Req E531 abnormal. The firmware of Option P.103
Service Req E821 photoconduct
Feeder2 was damaged and the printer K image for adjustment on OPC is too
or unit.
started up in DownLoad mode. light.
 Replace
<Option Feeder Motor3 Failure> (AL- photoconduct
M400 Series only) or unit.
Option Feeder3 Motor's rotation is
Service Req E532 P.104
abnormal. The firmware of Option
Feeder3 was damaged and the printer
started up in DownLoad mode.
TROUBLESHOOTING Symptoms 69
Confidential
Table 3-1. Error Message Table 3-1. Error Message

Error Message Error Name / Explanation Reference Error Message Error Name / Explanation Reference
Service Req E901  Restart the
Service Req E902 printer.
Service Req E903  Check the
Service Req E904 <IOT N-RAM Error> Replace <Option Feeder4 Mode Error> (AL- motor’s
Service Req E905 NV memory read error or write error PWBA MCU Service Req E923 M400 Series only) operation
occurred. (P.173) Option Feeder4 Motor is abnormal. from the
Service Req E906
maintenance.
Service Req E907  Replace the
Service Req E908 Tray4 Motor/
Service Req E909 Board.
Update the Update the
firmware to the firmware to the
<MCU Firmware Error>
<Start Image Marking Time Out Error> latest version. If latest version. If
Service Req E931 The MCU firmware became an
The engine sent Image Request, but did the error persists, the error persists,
Service Req E910 unexpected error state.
not receive ImageStartMarking within replace replace PWBA
the specified period. Controller MCU (P.173).
(PWBA ESS) Change it to the
(P.173) destination of the
Destination (class) of the software
 Restart the Service Req E997 engine using the
jumper differs from that of the engine.
printer. dedicated
program tool.
 Check the
motor’s <Engine communication error>
<Option Feeder2 Mode Error> operation An error was detected with
Option Feeder2 Motor is abnormal. from the communication between PWBA ESS and
maintenance. PWBA MCU.
 Replace the Service Req Cxxxx <Controller error> P.129
Tray2 Motor/
Board. Service Req Dxxxx <Controller error> P.129
 Restart the <IOT Option Feeder I/F Failure>

printer. Option Unit Error 005 Communication between the engine and P.91
Option Feeder is abnormal.
 Check the
<Option Feeder3 Mode Error> (AL- motor’s <Fuser Unit Detached>
Install Fuser P.92
Service Req E922 M400 Series only) operation Fuser Unit is removed.
Option Feeder3 Motor is abnormal. from the <Fuser Unit Near End Warning> Replace FUSER
maintenance. Replace Fuser
Fuser unit’s life near end was detected. UNIT (P.173)
 Replace the
Tray3 Motor/ <Fuser Unit Life Pre Warning> Replace FUSER
Fuser Needed Soon
Board. Fuser unit’s life end was detected. UNIT (P.173)
Confidential

<IOT Standard Stacker Full> (AL-M400 <IOT Option Regi On Jam> (AL-M400
Remove paper from output
Series only) P.93 Series only)
tray
Exit Tray1 became full. Regi. Sensor did not turn on within the P.102
<Tray1 Tray 1No Suitable Paper> (AL- specified period after Tray 2 Path Sensor
Paper Out ttt turned on.
M400 Series only) P.93
sss(ttt=Cassette1)
No paper is loaded on Tray1. <MSI Misfeed Jam>
<Tray 2 No Suitable Paper> (AL-M400 Regi. Sensor did not turn on within the
Paper Out ttt P.105
Series only) P.94 specified period after paper was fed from
sss(ttt=Cassette2) MSI tray.
No paper is loaded on Tray2.
<Tray 3 No Suitable Paper>(AL-M400 <PSYNC ON Jam>
Paper Out ttt Paper has not reached Regi. Roll when P.106
Series only) P.94
sss(ttt=Cassette3) REGI. CLUTCH turned on.
<Tray 4 No Suitable Paper> (AL-M400 <Regi. Off Jam>
Paper Out ttt Regi. Sensor did not turn off within the P.106
Series only) P.94 Paper Jam B
sss(ttt=Cassette4) specified period after it turned on.
<MSI No Suitable Paper> <Exit On Jam>
Paper Out ttt sss(ttt=MP) P.94 EXIT SENSOR did not turn on within the
No paper is loaded on MSI tray. P.107
specified period after Regi. Sensor turned
on.
<Duplex Regi On Jam>
Regi. Sensor did not turn on within the P.108
specified period in duplex printing.
<Exit Off early Jam>
EXIT SENSOR turned off earlier than P.107
the specified time after it turned on.
<Exit Off Jam>
EXIT SENSOR did not turn off within P.107
the specified period after it turned on.
<IOT Tray 3 Misfeed Jam> (AL-M400
Series only)
Tray 3 Path Sensor did not turn on within P.100
the specified period after paper was fed
from Tray3.
Paper Jam C1 C2 C3 E1 B
<IOT Path 3 SNS On Jam> (AL-M400
Series only)
Tray 3 Path Sensor did not turn on within P.101
the specified period after Tray 4 Path
Sensor turned on.
Confidential

<IOT Tray 4 Misfeed Jam> (AL-M400 Replace
<Drum Quality Life End>
Series only) photoconductor
Paper Jam C1 C2 C3 C3 E1 Drum's life end was detected.
Tray 4 Path Sensor did not turn on within P.100 unit.
E2 B
the specified period after paper was fed
Replace
from Tray4. <Photoconductor Unit End of Life>
photoconductor
<IOT Tray1 Misfeed Jam> Drum's dead stop was detected.
unit.
Regi. Sensor did not turn on within the Replace Photoconductor
Paper Jam C1 B P.98 Replace
specified period after paper was fed from <Toner Life Over>
Tray1.
TONER
Toner cartridge's life end was detected.
CARTRIDGE
<IOT Tray2 Misfeed Jam>
AL-M300 Series: <Toner Detached>
Regi. Sensor did not turn on within the The cover is closed without Toner P.115
AL-M300 Series: Cartridge.
specified period after Tray 2 Feed Clutch
P.99
Paper Jam C1 C2 B turned on. <IOT Drum Communication Fail>
AL-M400 Series: AL-M400 Series: CRUM-related abnormality of P.113
Tray 2 Path Sensor did not turn on within P.100 photoconductor unit was detected.
the specified period after Tray 2 Feed <Drum CRUM Data Broken Fail>
Clutch turned on. Photoconductor Trouble CRUM-related abnormality of P.113
<IOT Path 2 SNS On Jam> (AL-M400 photoconductor unit was detected.
Series only) <Toner Type Error>
Paper Jam C1 C2 B Tray 2 Path Sensor did not turn on within P.101 CRUM-related abnormality of Toner P.115
the specified period after Tray 3 Path Cartridge was detected.
Sensor turned on.
<IOT Drum Detached>
<IOT Cover Front Open> Install Photoconductor The cover is closed without P.113
Close Cover A P.109
Front cover is open. photoconductor unit.
<IOT Cover Rear Open> <IOT Drum CRUM ID Error>
Close Cover B P.109
Rear cover is open. Wrong Photoconductor ID abnormality of photoconductor unit's P.113
AL-M300 Series: CRUM was detected.
<Tray Configure Error> P.111 Shake and reinstall <ATC Fail>
Cassette Error yyy(y=001) Tray composition error was detected. (all P.114
AL-M400 Series: Photoconductor ATC sensor's detected value is abnormal.
wrong composition patterns included)
P.112
<Toner Low Density>
Shake and reinstall Toner
Replace When the desired density could not be P.115
Photoconductor Needed <Drum Near Life End> Cartridge
photoconductor obtained even though toner was supplied.
Soon? Drum's life near end was detected.
unit.
Confidential
Table 3-1. Error Message

Error Message Error Name / Explanation Reference
<Toner CRUM Error>
CRUM-related abnormality of Toner P.115
Shake and reinstall Toner Cartridge was detected.
Cartridge <Toner CRUM ID Error>
ID abnormality of Toner Cartridge's P.115
CRUM was detected.
Confidential
PAPER JAM Table 3-2. Paper Jam

Error Code Error Name Reference
Soon after paper is jammed, the FUSER UNIT, the parts
0000 4000 Option Regi On Jam P.102
around it, and the metal parts inside the printer are still very
hot. Make sure to start the removal work after they get cold AL-M300:
P.105/P.106/P.107/P.108
enough. 0000 8000 Static Jam (Option Tray) AL-M400:
C2: P.105/P.106/P.107/P.108
 If an error message is not displayed C3/C4: P.100/P.101
Print the Maintenance Status Sheet to confirm the jam code and isolate the
cause.
Table 3-2. Paper Jam

Error Code Error Name Reference
0000 0001 Psync On Jam P.106
0000 0002 Duplex Regi On Jam P.108
0000 0004 Regi Off Jam P.106
0000 0008 Exit On Jam P.107
0000 0010 Exit Off Early Jam P.107
0000 0020 Exit Off Jam P.107
0000 0040 MSI Misfeed Jam P.105
0000 0080 Tray1 Misfeed Jam P.98
0000 0100 Static Jam P.105/P.106/P.107/P.108
AL-M300: P.99
0000 0200 Tray2 Misfeed Jam
AL-M400: P.100
0000 1000 Path2 SNS On Jam P.101
0000 2000 Path3 SNS On Jam P.101
Confidential
 If an error message is displayed Table 3-3. Paper Jam

Table 3-3. Paper Jam Where Paper Remedy for
Error Message Jam Related Rollers Paper Jam /
Where Paper Remedy for Occurred /Reference
Error Message Jam Related Rollers Paper Jam /
Occurred /Reference • ROLL ASSY EXIT
• KIT PINCH ASSY L
• Tray 1 Feed Roll / Nudger Roll
[FEEDER ASSY] • KIT PINCH ASSY R
Clear Paper Jam
T1 (Tray1) P.77 / P.98 • Heat Roll [FUSER UNIT]
C1 • Tray 1 Retard Roll [HOLDER ASSY
RETARD CST] • Pressure Belt [FUSER UNIT]
Paper Jam B F (Fusing) • ROLL ASSY RUBBER P.83 / P.107
• Tray 2 Feed Roll / Nudger Roll
T2 (Tray2) • ROLL ASSY REGI PINCH
Clear Paper Jam [ROLL ASSYFEED]
(AL-M300 P.79 / P.99 • ROLL REGI PINCH
C2 • Tray 2 Retard Roll [HOLDER
Series only)
ASSYRETARD CST] • Bias Transfer Roll [ROLL ASSY-
TRANSCRU]
T2 (Tray2)* • Feed Roll / Nudger Roll [ROLL
ASSY FEED] • Photoconductor unit
T3 (Tray3)*
Clear Paper Jam • Retard Roll [HOLDER ASSY • ROLL ASSY DUP
T4 (Tray4)* P.79 / P.100
C2 C3 C4 RETARD CST]
* (AL-M400 • ROLL PINCH DUP
Series only) Paper Jam B D (Duplex) • ROLL ASSY EXIT P.85 / P.108
TR2* • ROLL ASSY TAKE AWAY • KIT PINCH ASSY L
Clear Paper Jam TR3* • ROLL PINCH TA • KIT PINCH ASSY R
P.79 / P.101
E1 E2 * (AL-M400
Series only)
R_R (Regi.) • ROLL ASSY TAKE AWAY
TR2 • ROLL PINCH TA
Paper Jam E1 B P.80 / P.102
(AL-M400
Series only)
• MSI Feed Roll / Nudger Roll
Paper Jam MP MSI [HOLDERASSY PICK UP] P.82 / P.105
• KIT RETARD ROLL MSI ASSY
• ROLL ASSY RUBBER
• ROLL ASSY REGI PINCH
• ROLL REGI PINCH
Paper Jam B R_R (Regi.) P.80 / P.106
• Bias Transfer Roll [ROLL ASSY-
TRANSCRU]
• Photoconductor unit
Confidential
3.4.1 Paper Paths and Main Components

The following shows the location of paper jams corresponding to the status codes. In some cases, the leading edge or the end of paper may reach or still exist in other
section. And in other cases, multiple sheets may be left in respective paper paths.
 AL-M300 Series  AL-M400 Series
KIT PINCH ASSY R : Where paper jam occurred : Where paper jam occurred
KIT PINCH ASSY R
KIT PINCH ASSY L : Paper flow EXIT SENSOR : Paper flow
KIT PINCH ASSY L
EXIT SENSOR : Paper sensors : Paper sensors
ROLL ASSY EXIT ROLL ASSY EXIT
F (Fusing) Pressure Belt [FUSING UNIT]
F (Fusing)
Heat Roll [FUSING UNIT]
Pressure Belt [FUSING UNIT]
ROLL PINCH DUP
ROLL ASSY DUP
ROLL PINCH DUP Photoconductor Unit
D(Duplex)
Photoconductor Unit ROLL ASSY DUP Bias Transfer Roll
Drum [ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU]
D(Duplex) R_R (Regi.)
Bias Transfer Roll
Drum MSI Ragi. Roll (Pinch)
[ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU]
R_R (Regi.) ([ROLL ASSY REGI PINCH]
Ragi. Roll (Pinch) /ROLL REGI PINCH])
MSI T1 Regi. Sensor [HVPS]
MSI ([ROLL ASSY REGI PINCH]
/ROLL REGI PINCH]) Ragi. Roll (Rubber)
[ROLL ASSY RUBBER]
Regi. Sensor [HVPS]
T1 Ragi. Roll (Rubber) TR2 Tray 1 Feed Roll [FEEDER ASSY]
T2
[ROLL ASSY RUBBER] Tray 1 Nudger Roll [FEEDER ASSY]
Tray 1 Feed Roll [FEEDER ASSY] Tray 1 Retard Roll
Tray 1 Nudger Roll [FEEDER ASSY] [HOLDER ASSY RETARD CST]
T2
Tray 1 Retard Roll T3 TR3 Path. Sensor [SENSOR PHOTO]
[HOLDER ASSY RETARD CST]
KIT RETARD ROLL MSI ASSY Tray 2 Feed Roll [ROLL ASSY FEED]
MSI Feed Roll [HOLDER ASSY PICK UP] Tray 2 Nudger Roll [ROLL ASSY FEED] T4
MSI Nudger Roll [HOLDER ASSY PICK UP] Tray 2 Retard Roll ROLL PINCH TA
ROLL ASSY TAKE AWAY
ZaS02012EA
Retard Roll
Nudger Roll [ROLL ASSY FEED]
Feed Roll [ROLL ASSY FEED]

KIT RETARD ROLL MSI ASSY
MSI Feed Roll [HOLDER ASSY PICK UP]
MSI Nudger Roll [HOLDER ASSY PICK UP]

ZaS02013EA
Confidential
3.4.2 Remedy for Paper Jam Remedy_Tray 1 JAM

Remove the jammed paper according to where it is. After clearing it, close the
covers. If a paper jam occurs frequently, see ?3.4.3 Points to be checked when
1. Open the MSI tray.
a paper jam occurs frequently? (p.86) and check if there is something that
causes a paper jam, then clean the related rollers.
NOTE : Do not remove jammed paper by force, but make sure to follow
the removal procedures given in this manual. Otherwise, torn
paper may prevent proper paper feeding.
: Make sure to carefully confirm all the jammed paper is
removed correctly. Removing it completely may solve the error
of this kind. ZaS02014EA
: If paper is jammed and then the jammed paper is removed, the

printer resumes printing from the print job lastly interrupted
by the paper jam. However, depending on where the paper jam
occurred, the lastly interrupted print job may not be printed.
: Illustrations given to show the remedies for clearing jammed
paper are for illustrative purposes only. The actual product 2. Hold both sides of the MSI tray by
appearance varies depending on the models. hand and pull out the tray from the
printer.
ZaS02015EA
Confidential
3. Pull out the tray 1 from the printer. 6. Insert the tray 1.
7. Insert the MSI tray and close it.
8. Close the rear cover.
ZaS02017EA
4. Pull the rear cover by the

handle and open the
cover.
ZaS02018EA
5. Remove the jammed paper.
ZaS02019EA
Confidential
Remedy_Optional Tray JAM 3. Pull the rear cover by the

handle and open the cover.
1. Pull out the Optional Tray about

200 mm from the printer.
ZaS02025EA
ZaS02023EA
4. Remove the jammed paper. When

the jammed paper is removed, go to
Step 8. If not for AL-M400 Series,
2. Hold the Optional Tray with both go to Step 5.
hands and pull it out completely
from the printer.
ZaS02026EA
ZaS02024EA
Confidential
5. Open the rear cover of Remedy_Regi. JAM

the Optional 550 Tray.
(AL-M400 Series only)
1. Open the MSI tray or remove the
paper on the MSI tray.
ZaS02027EA
ZaS02030EA
6. Remove the jammed paper. (AL-

M400 Series only)
2. Hold both sides of the MSI tray by

hand and pull out the tray from the
printer.
ZaS02028EA
ZaS02015EA
7. Close the rear cover of the Optional 550 Tray. (AL-M400 Series only)
8. Insert the Optional Tray completely.
Confidential
3. Pull out the tray from the printer. 6. Insert the tray.
ZaS02017EA

handle and open the
cover.
ZaS02018EA
ZaS02031EA
Confidential
Remedy_MSI JAM 3. Pull out the tray from the printer.
1. Remove the paper on the MSI tray.
ZaS02017EA
ZaS02030EA

handle and open the
cover.
2. Hold both sides of the MSI tray by

printer.
ZaS02018EA
ZaS02015EA 5. Remove the jammed paper.
ZaS02019EA
Confidential
6. Insert the tray. 2. Hold both sides of the MSI tray by

printer.
ZaS02015EA
3. Pull out the tray from the printer.

Remedy_Fuser Unit JAM
Soon after paper is jammed, the FUSER UNIT, the parts
around it, and the metal parts inside the printer are still very
hot. Make sure to start the removal work after they get cold
enough.
ZaS02017EA
1. Remove the paper on the MSI tray.

4. Pull the rear cover by
the handle and open the
cover.
ZaS02030EA
ZaS02018EA
Confidential
5. Lift the levers on both 8. Remove the paper from the

sides of the Fuser Unit. upper side of the Fuser Unit.
ZaS02032EA
ZaS02035EA
6. If the jammed paper is in the

lower part of the Fuser Unit,
9. Lift the tab on the right of
remove the paper from the
the Fuser Unit and close the
lower side of the Fuser Unit.
internal parts.
When the jammed paper is
removed, go to Step 10. If
the paper is in the upper part
of the Fuser Unit and cannot
be removed, go to Step 7.
ZaS02033EA
ZaS02036EA
7. Lower the tab on the right of the

Fuser Unit and open the internal
10. Insert the tray.
parts.
12. Lower the levers on both sides of the Fuser Unit and close the rear cover.
ZaS02034EA
Confidential
Remedy_Duplex JAM
1. Pull the rear cover by

the handle and open the
cover.
ZaS02018EA
ZaS02037EA
Confidential
3.4.3 Points to be checked when a paper jam occurs frequently

To clear any paper jam, first check and clean the points related to the error, then perform the test printing and check the symptoms visually, and then proceed to the
remedy procedure. If a paper jam occurs frequently, see the following.
Table 3-4. Points to be checked when a paper jam occurs frequently

Step Where paper was jammed Check item
• Paper currently used should meet one of the specified standards in paper type and size.
• Paper currently used should be new, dry, and free from any curl or damage.
• Paper should be aligned and loaded neatly in the tray. Should not be scattered, but aligned correctly with
the side guide and the end guide.
1 Common to all
• No foreign objects on the paper path.
• Parts in and around the paper path should be free from burrs, scratches or damage.
• Loaded paper should be within the specified capacity.
• Photoconductor unit should be installed correctly.
• Photoconductor unit should be installed correctly.
• ROLL ASSY RUBBER, ROLL ASSY REGI PINCH, and ROLL REGI PINCH should be correctly
installed and free from looseness and contamination.
• Bias Transfer Roll [ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU] should be correctly installed and free from looseness and
contamination.
2 Paper jam in Regi. or Fusing section
• Heat Roll and Pressure Belt of the FUSER UNIT should be free from contamination.
• ROLL ASSY EXIT, KIT PINCH ASSY L, and KITPINCH ASSY R should be correctly installed and free
from looseness and contamination.
• Regi. Sensor [HVPS] and EXIT SENSOR should be correctly installed. Actuators of them also should be
correctly installed and free from damage.
• ROLL ASSY DUP, ROLL PINCH DUP, and ROLLASSY EXIT should be correctly installed and free
3 Paper jam in Duplex section
Confidential
Table 3-4. Points to be checked when a paper jam occurs frequently

Step Where paper was jammed Check item
• Cassettes should be inserted fully.
• Cassettes should not be inserted at an angle.
• In cassettes, the side guides and end guides should be properly aligned in place and locked.
• Paper should not be overloaded.
• Paper pieces should not be left.
• Tray 1 Feed Roll / Nudger Roll [FEEDER ASSY], and Tray 1 Retard Roll [HOLDER ASSY RETARD
CST] should be correctly installed and free from looseness and contamination.
Picking up failed/paper jam in T1 or T2 section (AL-M400 • Optional 250 Sheet Feeder (AL-M300 Series only)'s Tray 2 Feed Roll / Nudger Roll [ROLL ASSY
4 FEED] and Tray 2 Retard Roll [HOLDERASSY RETARD CST] should be correctly installed and free
Series only), in T3, T4, TR2, or TR3 section
• Optional 550 Sheet Feeder (AL-M400 Series only)'s Feed Roll / Nudger Roll [ROLL ASSY FEED],
Retard Roll [HOLDER ASSY RETARDCST], ROLL ASSY TAKE AWAY, and ROLL PINCHTA
should be correctly installed and free from looseness, damage and contamination.
• Regi. Sensor [HVPS] should be correctly installed. Its actuator also should be correctly installed and free
from damage.
• Optional 550 Sheet Feeder (AL-M400 Series only)'s Path. Sensor [SENSORPHOTO] should be correctly
installed. Its actuator also should be correctly installed and free from damage.
• Paper should not be loaded at an angle.
• Paper guides for manual feed should be properly aligned in place.
• Paper should not be overloaded.
5 Picking up failed in MSI section. • MSI Feed Roll/Nudger Roll [HOLDER ASSY PICK UP] and KIT RETARD ROLL MSI ASSY should be
correctly installed and free from looseness and contamination.
• Regi. Sensor [HVPS] should be correctly installed.
Its actuator also should be correctly installed and free from damage.
Confidential
IMAGE QUALITY TROUBLE Symptom Reference

The print has vertical streaks.
Symptom Reference
The print is too light.
P.139
P.133
Part of or the entire print is solid black.
The print gets dirty with toner or some of the print

is peeled.
P.140
P.135
The print has periodic black dots.
The print has scattered spots or the image gets

blurred.
P.141
P.136
Parts of the print are missing vertically.
The print is blank.
P.142
P.137
Confidential
Symptom Reference Symptom Reference

Ghosting Characters are jagged.
P.143 P.147
Light-induced fatigue The print has horizontal banding.
P.144 P.148
Background (Fog) Auger marks
P.145 P.149
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO) Wrinkled/Stained paper
P.146 P.150
Confidential
Symptom Reference
Damage on the leading edge
P.152
Incorrect margins on the upper part or on the sides
P.154
Skewed image
P.155
Confidential
3.5 Troubleshooting Step Check Points and Measures Yes No

Check after replacing HARNESS ASSY
FDR DRAWER 1
3.5.1 Troubleshooting by Error Message Proceed to
3 Replace HARNESS ASSY FDR End of work.
step 4.
DRAWER 1.
C H E C K The parts related to trouble that are indicated by “” are
Does any error occur?
P O IN T applicable to operation checks using the maintenance function.
Check after replacing PWBA ASSY OPT
Refer to ?3.6 Self Diagnostic Function? (p.159) before use. Replace
TRAY
4 PWBA MCU. End of work
Replace PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY. (P.173)
(P.173)
IOT Option Feeder I/F Failure
 Parts related to trouble
 PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY
 PWBA MCU
 HARNESS ASSY OP FDR
 HARNESS ASSY FDR DRAWER 1
 Troubleshooting
Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
Connection check Connect

HARNESS
Check the connections between PWBA
ASSY OP FDR
ASSY OPT TRAY and PWBA MCU, and
(P/J213-P/J243,
between PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY and
Proceed to P/J24-P/J243)
1 PWB LVPS.
step 2. and HARNESS
Are HARNESS ASSY OP FDR
ASSY FDR
(P/J213-P/J243, P/J24-P/J243) and
DRAWER 1
HARNESS ASSY FDR DRAWER 1
(P/J243-P/J419)
(P/J243-P/J419) connected properly?
properly.
OP FDR Proceed to
2 End of work
Replace HARNESS ASSY OP FDR. step 3.
TROUBLESHOOTING Troubleshooting 91
Confidential
Fusing Failure Step Check Points and Measures Yes No

 Error Code LV Proceed to
4 End of work
E302/E303/E305/E310/E311/E312/E313/E314/E315/E316/E318/E319/ Replace HARNESS ASSY LV. step 5.
E320/E321/E323
Check after replacing FUSER UNIT
 Parts related to trouble 5 Replace FUSER UNIT.
Proceed to
End of work
step 6.
 FUSER UNIT Does any error occur?
 HARNESS ASSY FSR Check after replacing PWB LVPS Replace
6 Replace PWB LVPS. (P.173) PWBA MCU. End of work
 HARNESS ASSY LV
Does any error occur? (P.173)
 PWB LVPS
 PWBA MCU
 Troubleshooting
Check the installation state of FUSER
UNIT
Perform this work after the FUSER
UNIT has cooled down. Proceed to Re-install
1
Are Drawer connectors (DP/J233) on step 2. FUSER UNIT.
FUSER UNIT and the printer properly
installed and free from bent pins, foreign
objects, or burn out?

HARNESS
Check the connections between FUSER
ASSY FSR
UNIT and PWBA MCU, FUSER UNIT and
(DP/J233-P/J23,
LVPS, and between PWB LVPS and PWBA Proceed to
2 DP/J233-P/J201)
MCU. step 3.
and HARNESS
Are HARNESS ASSY FSR (DP/J233-P/J23, ASSY LV
DP/J233-P/J23) and HARNESS ASSY LV (P/J220-P/J22)
(P/J220-P/J22) connected properly? properly.
FSR Proceed to
3 End of work
Replace HARNESS ASSY FSR. step 4.
Confidential
IOT Standard Stacker Full (AL-M400 Series) Tray 1 No Suitable Paper (AL-M400 Series)
 Parts related to trouble  Parts related to trouble
: Parts applicable to operation checks using the maintenance function. : Parts applicable to operation checks using the maintenance function.
 ACTUATOR FULL STACK  CST No Paper Sensor [HVPS]
 FULL STACK SENSOR  CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT
 PWBA MCU  PWBA MCU
 Troubleshooting  Troubleshooting
Step Check Points and Measures Yes No Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
Check the shape of ACTUATOR FULL Replace Operation check of CST No Paper Sensor
STACK Proceed to
1 ACTUATOR  Menu: 607 CST NOPAPER SNR Proceed to
step 2. 1 P.119
Is ACTUATOR FULL STACK damaged? FULL STACK.  Judgment: 0=Off/1=On step 2.
Operation check of FULL STACK SENSOR Is it operating normally
Replace
 Menu: 616 FULL STACK SNR Check after replacing CASSETTE ASSY
2 PWBA MCU. P.117 Replace
 Judgment: -1=None/0=Off/1=On 550 IOT
(P.173) 2 PWBA MCU. End of work
Is it operating normally? Replace CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT.
(P.173)
Confidential
Tray No Suitable Paper (AL-M400 Series) MSI No Suitable Paper

 No Paper Sensor [SENSOR PHOTO]  MSI No Paper Sensor [HVPS]
 FEEDER ASSY-OPT 550  PWBA MCU
 PWBA MCU  Troubleshooting
 Troubleshooting Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
Step Check Points and Measures Yes No Operation check of MSI No Paper Sensor
Replace
Operation check of No Paper Sensor  Menu: 606 MSI NOPAPER SNR
1 PWBA MCU. P.118
 Menu:  Judgment: 0=Off/1=On
(P.173)
Optional 1: 610 Opt.1 NO PPR Is it operating normally?
Proceed to
1 Optional 2: 611 Opt.2 NO PPR P.121
step 2.
Optional 3: 612 Opt.3 NO PPR
 Judgment: -1=None/0=Off/1=On
Is it operating normally?
Check after replacing FEEDER ASSY-
OPT 550 Replace
Replace FEEDER ASSY-OPT 550. (P.173)
(P.173)
Confidential
LV Fan Failure Step Check Points and Measures Yes No

 Error Code LV Proceed to
5 End of work
E581 Replace HARNESS ASSY LV. step 6.
 Parts related to trouble Check after replacing PWB LVPS Replace
: Parts applicable to operation checks using the maintenance function. 6 Replace PWB LVPS. PWBA MCU. End of work
 LVPS FAN [SENSOR PHOTO] Does any error occur? (P.173)
 HARNESS ASSY LV
 PWB LVPS
 PWBA MCU
 Troubleshooting
Operation check of LVPS FAN
Replace
 Menu: 557 SUB FAN SP1 Proceed to
1 PWBA MCU.
 Judgment: Operation sound step 2.
(P.173)
Check the installation state of LVPS FAN Re-install
Proceed to
2 Rotate the LVPS FAN manually. LVPS FAN
step 3.
Is there overloading? correctly.
Connection check
Connect LVPS
Check the connections between LVPS FAN
FAN (P/J241)
and LVPS, and between PWB LVPS and
Proceed to and HARNESS
3 PWBA MCU.
step 4. ASSY LV
Are LVPS FAN (P/J241) and HARNESS (P/J220-P/J22)
ASSY LV (P/J220-P/J22) connected properly.
properly?
Check after replacing LVPS FAN
Proceed to
4 Replace LVPS FAN. End of work
step 5.
Confidential
Fusing Fan Failure Step Check Points and Measures Yes No

Check after replacing REAR FAN [FAN
 Error Code SUB] Proceed to
4 End of work
E580 Replace REAR FAN [FAN SUB]. (P.173) step 5.
 Parts related to trouble Check after replacing HARNESS ASSY
: Parts applicable to operation checks using the maintenance function. REAR FAN Proceed to
5 End of work
 REAR FAN [FAN SUB] Replace HARNESS ASSY REAR FAN. step 6.
 HARNESS ASSY REAR FAN
 HARNESS ASSY LV LV Proceed to
 PWB LVPS 6 End of work
Replace HARNESS ASSY LV. step 7.
 PWBA MCU Does any error occur?
Check after replacing PWB LVPS
 Troubleshooting Replace
7 Replace PWB LVPS. PWBA MCU. End of work
Step Check Points and Measures Yes No Does any error occur? (P.173)
Operation check of REAR FAN [FAN
SUB] Replace
Proceed to
1  Menu: 555 MAIN FAN SP1 PWBA MCU.
step 2.
 Judgment: Operation sound (P.173)
Check the installation state of REAR FAN
[FAN SUB] REAR FAN
Proceed to
2 Rotate the REAR FAN [FAN SUB] [FAN SUB]
step 3.
manually. correctly.
Is there overloading?
Connect
Connection check HARNESS
ASSY REAR
Check the connections between REAR FAN
FAN
[FAN SUB] and LVPS, and between PWB
Proceed to (P/J2401-P/
3 LVPS and PWBA MCU.
step 4. J240) and
Are HARNESS ASSY REAR FAN HARNESS
(P/J2401-P/J240) and HARNESS ASSY ASSY LV
LV(P/J220-P/J22) connected properly? (P/J220-P/J22)
properly.
Confidential
Environment Sensor Error ROS Failure

Over Temp Detect
 Error Code
 Error Code
E101/E102/E103
E601(Environment Sensor Error)/E613 (Over Temp Detect)
 ROS ASSY
 Temp. Sensor [HVPS]  HARNESS ROS-MCU
 Humi. Sensor [HVPS]  HARNESS VIDEO
 HARNESS ASSY HV  PWBA MCU
 PWBA MCU  Controller
Check for a heat source that may affect Remove the
Proceed to Connect
1 the printer heat source if
step 2. Connection check HARNESS
Is there any heat source around the printer? any. ROS-MCU
Check the connections between ROS ASSY
Check for dirt and foreign objects on the (P/J501-P/J19),
Remove the and PWBA MCU, and between ROS ASSY
Temp. Sensor /Humi. Sensor [HVPS] Proceed to HARNESS
2 dirt and foreign and Controller. Proceed to
Has dirt and foreign objects adhered to the step 3. 1 ASSY-MTR
objects. Are HARNESS ROS-MCU (P/J501-P/J19), step 2.
Temp. Sensor /Humi. Sensor [HVPS]? (P/J505-P/J18),
ARNESS ASSY-MTR (P/J505-P/J18), and and HARNESS
Connection check Connect HARNESS VIDEO (P/J502) connected VIDEO
Check the connections between HVPS and HARNESS properly? (P/J502)
Proceed to
3 PWBA MCU. ASSY HV properly.
step 4.
Is HARNESS ASSY HV (P/J261-P/J26) (P/J261-P/J26)
Check after replacing ROS ASSY
connected properly? properly. Proceed to
2 Replace ROS ASSY. (P.173) End of work
Check after replacing HARNESS ASSY step 3.
HV Proceed to
4 End of work Check after replacing PWBA MCU Replace
Replace HARNESS ASSY HV. step 5.
3 Replace PWBA MCU. (P.173) Controller. End of work
Check after replacing HVPS Replace
5 Replace HVPS. PWBA MCU. End of work
Confidential
IOT Tray1 Misfeed Jam Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
Operation check of CST FEED CLUTCH
 Parts related to trouble  Menu: 563 CST FEED CLH Proceed to
: Parts applicable to operation checks using the maintenance function. 5
P.123
 Tray 1 Feed Roll / Nudger Roll [FEEDER ASSY] Is it operating normally?

 Tray 1 Retard Roll [HOLDER ASSY RETARD CST] Operation check of DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Replace
 Menu: 559 MAIN MOT SP1
 Regi. Sensor 6 PWBA MCU. P.126
 Judgment: Operation sound
 CST FEED CLUTCH (P.173)
 DRIVE ASSY MAIN
 PWBA MCU
 Troubleshooting
Check of paper feed path Remove the

foreign objects, Proceed to
1 Are there any foreign objects, scraps of
scraps of paper, step 2.
paper, or other items in the paper feed path?
or other items.
Check of paper feed rolls Re-install the
Are the paper feed rolls (parts that are listed Proceed to corresponding
2
as likely to be the cause) installed step 3. paper feed
appropriately? rolls.
Are the paper feed rolls (parts that are listed corresponding Proceed to
3
as likely to be the cause) deformed or worn paper feed step 4.
out? rolls.
Operation check of Regi. Sensor [HVPS]
 Menu: 608 REGI SNR Proceed to
4 P.117
 Judgment: 0=Off/1=On step 5.
Confidential
IOT Tray2 Misfeed Jam (AL-M300 Series) Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
Operation check of MOTOR-ASSY
 Parts related to trouble OPTION
: Parts applicable to operation checks using the maintenance function. 6  Menu: 567 Option1 MOT SP1
Proceed to
P.127
step 7.
 Tray 2 Feed Roll / Nudger Roll [ROLL ASSY FEED]  Judgment: Operation sound
 Tray 2 Retard Roll [HOLDER ASSY RETARD CST]
 Regi. Sensor [HVPS] OPT 250 MAIN Replace
 CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED 7 Replace FEEDER ASSY-OPT 250 MAIN. PWBA MCU. End of work
 MOTOR-ASSY OPTION (P.173) (P.173)
 FEEDER ASSY-OPT 250 MAIN
 PWBA MCU
 Troubleshooting

or other items.
2
3
out? rolls.
4 P.117
Operation check of CLUTCH ASSY OPT
FEED
Proceed to
5  Menu: 576 Option1 FEED SOL P.124
step 6.
Confidential
IOT Tray2 Misfeed Jam (AL-M400 Series) Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
IOT Tray3 Misfeed Jam (AL-M400 Series) Operation check of CLUTCH ASSY OPT
IOT Tray4 Misfeed Jam (AL-M400 Series) FEED
 Menu:
 Parts related to trouble Optional 1: 576 Option1 FEED SOL Proceed to
: Parts applicable to operation checks using the maintenance function. 5
Optional 2: 577 Option2 FEED SOL*1 step 6.
P.124
 Feed Roll / Nudger Roll [ROLL ASSY FEED] Optional 3: 578 Option3 FEED SOL*1
 Retard Roll [HOLDER ASSY RETARD CST] Is it operating normally?
 Path. Sensor [SENSOR PHOTO] Operation check of MOTOR-ASSY
 CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED OPTION
 MOTOR-ASSY OPTION  Menu:
Optional 1: 567 Option1 MOT SP1 Proceed to
 FEEDER ASSY-OPT 550 6
Optional 2: 570 Option2 MOT SP1*1 step 7.
P.127
 PWBA MCU Optional 3: 573 Option3 MOT SP1*1

 Troubleshooting Is it operating normally?
Step Check Points and Measures Yes No Check after replacing FEEDER ASSY-
OPT 550 Replace
Check of paper feed path Remove the 7 PWBA MCU. End of work
foreign objects, Proceed to Replace FEEDER ASSY-OPT 550. (P.173)
1 Are there any foreign objects, scraps of (P.173)
scraps of paper, step 2. Does any error occur?
or other items.
*1: AL-M400 only
2
3
out? rolls.
Operation check of Path. Sensor
 Menu:
Optional 1: 613 Opt.1 PATH PPR*1
Proceed to
4 Optional 2: 614 Opt.2 PATH PPR*1 P.121
step 5.

Confidential
IOT Path 2 SNS On Jam (AL-M400 Series) Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
IOT Path 3 SNS On Jam (AL-M400 Series) Operation check of Take Away Clutch
 Menu:
 Parts related to trouble Optional 1: 579 Option1 TA CLH*1
: Parts applicable to operation checks using the maintenance function. 5 Optional 2: 580 Option2 TA CLH*1
Proceed to
P.124
step 6.
 ROLL ASSY TAKE AWAY Optional 3: 581 Option3 TA CLH*1
 ROLL PINCH TA Is it operating normally?
 Path. Sensor [SENSOR PHOTO] Operation check of MOTOR-ASSY
 Take Away Clutch [CLUTCH ASSY REGI] OPTION
 MOTOR-ASSY OPTION  Menu:
Optional 1: 567 Option1 MOT SP1 Proceed to
 FEEDER ASSY-OPT 550 6
Optional 2: 570 Option2 MOT SP*1 step 7.
P.127
 PWBA MCU Optional 3: 573 Option3 MOT SP1*1

 Troubleshooting Is it operating normally?
Step Check Points and Measures Yes No Check after replacing FEEDER ASSY-
OPT 550 Replace
Check of paper feed path Remove the 7 PWBA MCU. End of work
foreign objects, Proceed to Replace FEEDER ASSY-OPT 550. (P.173)
1 Are there any foreign objects, scraps of (P.173)
scraps of paper, step 2. Does any error occur?
or other items.
*1: AL-M400 only
2
3
out? rolls.
Operation check of Path. Sensor
 Menu:
Proceed to
4 Optional 2: 614 Opt.2 PATH PPR*1 P.121
step 5.

Confidential
IOT Option Regi On Jam (AL-M400 Series) Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
Operation check of Tray 2 Path. Sensor
 Parts related to trouble  Menu: 613 Opt.1 PATH PPR
: Parts applicable to operation checks using the maintenance function.  Judgment: Proceed to
5 P.121
 Regi. Sensor [HVPS] AL-M400: -1=None/0=Off/1=On step 6.
AL-M300: -1=None/0=Present
 ROLL ASSY TAKE AWAY Is it operating normally?
 ROLL PINCH TA Operation check of Tray 2 Take Away
 Tray 2 Path. Sensor [SENSOR PHOTO] Clutch
Proceed to
 Tray 2 Take Away Clutch [CLUTCH ASSY REGI]  6  Menu: 579 Option1 TA CLH*1 P.124
step 7.
 MOTOR-ASSY OPTION Is it operating normally?
 FEEDER ASSY-OPT 550 Operation check of MOTOR-ASSY
 PWBA MCU OPTION
Proceed to
7  Menu: 567 Option1 MOT SP1 P.127
 Troubleshooting  Judgment: Operation sound
step 8.
Step Check Points and Measures Yes No Is it operating normally?

Remove the Check after replacing FEEDER ASSY-
Check of paper feed path OPT 550 Replace
1 Are there any foreign objects, scraps of 8 PWBA MCU. End of work
scraps of paper, step 2. Replace FEEDER ASSY-OPT 550. (P.173)
paper, or other items in the paper feed path? (P.173)
or other items. Does any error occur?
Check of paper feed rolls Re-install the *1: AL-M400 only
2
3
out? rolls.
4 P.117

Confidential
Option Feeder Motor2 Failure Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
 Error Code FDR DRAWER 1
Proceed to
E531 4 Replace HARNESS ASSY FDR End of work
step 5.
DRAWER 1.
 Parts related to trouble Does any error occur?
: Parts applicable to operation checks using the maintenance function. Check after replacing PWBA ASSY OPT
TRAY
 MOTOR-ASSY OPTION 5
Proceed to
End of work
Replace PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY. (P.173) step 6.
 PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY Does any error occur?
 FEEDER ASSY OPT Check after replacing FEEDER ASSY
 PWBA MCU OPT Replace
 HARNESS ASSY OP FDR Replace FEEDER ASSY OPT. (P.173)
(P.173)
 Troubleshooting
Operation check of MOTOR-ASSY AL-M300

OPTION Series:
Proceed to P.127
1  Menu: 567 Option1 MOT SP1
step 2. AL-M400
Series:
Is it operating normally? P.127
Connect
Check the connections between PWBA ASSY OP FDR
ASSY OPT TRAY and PWBA MCU, and (P/J213-P/J243,
between PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY and P/J24-P/J243)
Proceed to
2 PWB LVPS. and HARNESS
step 3.
Are HARNESS ASSY OP FDR (P/J213-P/ ASSY FDR
J243, P/J24-P/J243) and HARNESS ASSY DRAWER 1
FDR DRAWER 1 (P/J243-P/J419) (P/J243-
connected properly? P/J419)
properly.
OP FDR Proceed to
3 End of work

Confidential
Option Feeder Motor3 Failure (AL-M400 Series) Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
Option Feeder Motor4 Failure (AL-M400 Series) Check after replacing HARNESS ASSY
FDR DRAWER 2
 Error Code Replace HARNESS ASSY FDR
Proceed to
3 End of work
step 4.
E532/E533 DRAWER 2.
 Parts related to trouble Check after replacing HARNESS ASSY
: Parts applicable to operation checks using the maintenance function. FDR DRAWER 1
Proceed to
 MOTOR-ASSY OPTION 4 Replace HARNESS ASSY FDR
step 5.
End of work
DRAWER 1.
 PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY Does any error occur?
 FEEDER ASSY-OPT 550 Check after replacing PWBA ASSY OPT
 PWBA MCU TRAY Proceed to
5 End of work
 HARNESS ASSY OP FDR Replace PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY. (P.173) step 6.
 HARNESS ASSY FDR DRAWER 2 OPT 550 Replace
 Troubleshooting Replace FEEDER ASSY-OPT 550. (P.173)
(P.173)
*1: AL-M400 only
Operation check of MOTOR-ASSY
OPTION
 Menu:
Proceed to
1 Optional 2: 570 Option2 MOT SP1*1 P.127
step 2.
Optional 3: 573 Option3 MOT SP1*1
Connect
HARNESS
Connection check ASSY FDR
Check the connections between PWBA DRAWER 2
ASSY OPT TRAY (upper) and PWBA (P/J423-P/
ASSY OPT TRAY (lower). Proceed to J4231) and
2
Are HARNESS ASSY FDR DRAWER 2 (P/ step 3. HARNESS
J423-P/J4231) and HARNESS ASSY FDR ASSY FDR
DRAWER 1 (P/J4231-P/J419) connected DRAWER 1
properly? (P/J4231-
P/J419)
properly.

Confidential
MSI Misfeed Jam Step Check Points and Measures Yes No

Operation check of SOLENOID FEED
 Parts related to trouble MSI
: Parts applicable to operation checks using the maintenance function. 5  Menu: 562 MSI FEED SOL
Proceed to
P.125
step 6.
 MSI Feed Roll / Nudger Roll [HOLDER ASSY PICK UP]  Judgment: Operation sound
 KIT RETARD ROLL MSI ASSY
Operation check of DRIVE ASSY MAIN
 Regi. Sensor Replace
 SOLENOID FEED MSI 6 PWBA MCU. P.126
(P.173)
 DRIVE ASSY MAIN Is it operating normally?
 PWBA MCU
 Troubleshooting

or other items.
2
3
out? rolls.
4 P.117

Confidential
PSYNC ON Jam Step Check Points and Measures Yes No

Regi. Off Jam Operation check of REGI. CLUTCH
 Menu: 564 REGI CLH Proceed to
 Parts related to trouble 5 P.123
: Parts applicable to operation checks using the maintenance function. Is it operating normally?
 ROLL ASSY RUBBER Operation check of DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Replace
 ROLL ASSY REGI PINCH  Menu: 559 MAIN MOT SP1
6 PWBA MCU. P.126
 ROLL REGI PINCH  Judgment: Operation sound
(P.173)
 Bias Transfer Roll [ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU]
 Regi. Sensor [HVPS]
 REGI. CLUTCH
 PWBA MCU
 Troubleshooting

or other items.
2
3
out? rolls.
4 P.117

Confidential
Exit On Jam Step Check Points and Measures Yes No

Exit Off early Jam Check of paper feed rolls Re-install the
Exit Off Jam Are the paper feed rolls (parts that are listed corresponding Proceed to
3
 Parts related to trouble out? rolls.
: Parts applicable to operation checks using the maintenance function.
Operation check of EXIT SENSOR
 ROLL ASSY EXIT  Menu: 609 EXIT SNR Proceed to
4 P.116
 KIT PINCH ASSY L  Judgment: 0=Off/1=On step 5.
 KIT PINCH ASSY R
 Heat Roll [FUSER UNIT]
 Pressure Belt [FUSER UNIT] 5
P.117
 ROLL ASSY RUBBER Is it operating normally?

 ROLL ASSY REGI PINCH Operation check of CLUTCH ASSY EXIT
 Menu: 565 EXIT CLH1 Proceed to
 ROLL REGI PINCH 6 P.122
 Bias Transfer Roll [ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU] Is it operating normally?
 Photoconductor unit Operation check of REGI. CLUTCH
 EXIT SENSOR 7
 Menu: 564 REGI CLH Proceed to
P.123
 CLUTCH ASSY EXIT
 REGI. CLUTCH  Menu: 559 MAIN MOT SP1
Replace
8 PWBA MCU. P.126
 DRIVE ASSY MAIN  Judgment: Operation sound
(P.173)
 PWBA MCU
 Troubleshooting
Check of paper feed path
Remove the
Perform this work after the FUSER
1 UNIT has cooled down.
Are there any foreign objects, scraps of or other items.
2

Confidential
Duplex Regi On Jam Step Check Points and Measures Yes No

Operation check of CLUTCH ASSY
 Parts related to trouble INVERT
: Parts applicable to operation checks using the maintenance function. 5  Menu: 566 EXIT INV CLT
Proceed to
P.122
step 6.
 ROLL ASSY DUP  Judgment: Operation Sound
 ROLL PINCH DUP
 ROLL ASSY EXIT Replace
 KIT PINCH ASSY L 6 PWBA MCU. P.126
 Judgment: Operation Sound
(P.173)
 KIT PINCH ASSY R  Is it operating normally?
 CLUTCH ASSY INVERT
 PWBA MCU
 Troubleshooting
Remove the
Are there any foreign objects, scraps of foreign objects, Proceed to
1
paper, or other items in the paper feed path? scraps of paper, step 2.
or other items.
2
3
out? rolls.
4 P.117

Confidential
IOT Cover Front Open IOT Cover Rear Open

 KIT COVER ASSY FRONT  KIT COVER ASSY REAR
 Front Interlock Switch [KIT LVPS]  Rear Interlock Switch [HARNESS ASSY INTLK]
 HARNESS ASSY LV  HARNESS ASSY LV
 PWB LVPS  PWB LVPS
Check the protrusion of KIT COVER Replace KIT Check the protrusion of KIT COVER Replace KIT
ASSY FRONT COVER ASSY Proceed to ASSY REAR COVER ASSY Proceed to
1 1
Is the protrusion part of the KIT COVER FRONT. step 2. Is the protrusion part of the KIT COVER REAR. step 2.
ASSY FRONT damaged? (P.173) ASSY REAR damaged? (P.173)
Operation check of Front Interlock Switch Operation check of Rear Interlock Switch
Replace Replace
 Menu: 602 IL FRONT OPEN Proceed to  Menu: 603 IL REAR OPEN Proceed to
2 PWBA MCU. 2 PWBA MCU.
 Judgment: 0=Off/1=On step 3.  Judgment: 0=Off/1=On step 3.
(P.173) (P.173)
Is it operating normally? Is it operating normally?
Connection check Connect Connection check Connect Rear
Check the connections between PWB LVPS HARNESS Interlock
Proceed to Check the connections between Rear
3 and PWBA MCU. ASSY LV Switch
step 4. Interlock Switch and LVPS, and between
Is HARNESS ASSY LV (P/J220-P/J22) (P/J220-P/J22) Proceed to (P/J230) and
3 PWB LVPS and PWBA MCU.
connected properly? properly. step 4. HARNESS
Are Rear Interlock Switch (P/J230) and ASSY LV
Check after replacing HARNESS ASSY HARNESS ASSY LV (P/J220-P/J22) (P/J220-P/J22)
LV Proceed to connected properly? properly.
4 End of work
Replace HARNESS ASSY LV. step 5. Check after replacing Rear Interlock
Does any error occur? Switch Proceed to
Check after replacing PWB LVPS 4 End of work
Replace Replace Rear Interlock Switch. step 5.
5 Replace PWB LVPS. (P.173) PWBA MCU. End of work Does any error occur?

Confidential

LV Proceed to
5 End of work
Replace HARNESS ASSY LV. step 6.
Check after replacing PWB LVPS Replace
6 Replace PWB LVPS. (P.173) PWBA MCU. End of work

Confidential
Tray Configure Error (AL-M300 Series) Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
Check after replacing PWBA ASSY OPT
 Parts related to trouble TRAY Proceed to
5 End of work
 PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY Replace PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY. step 6.
 FEEDER ASSY-OPT 250 MAIN Does any error occur?
 PWBA MCU
OPT 250 MAIN Replace
 HARNESS ASSY OP FDR 6 Replace FEEDER ASSY-OPT 250 MAIN. PWBA MCU. End of work
 HARNESS ASSY FDR DRAWER 1 (P.173) (P.173)
 Troubleshooting
Check the configuration of Tray Use a tray

Proceed to configuration
1 Does configuration of the Tray meet the
step 2. that meets the
specifications?
specifications.
Connect
ASSY OP FDR
Check the connections between PWBA
(P/J213-
P/J243, P/J24-
Proceed to P/J243) and
2 PWB LVPS.
step 3. HARNESS
Are HARNESS ASSY OP FDR (P/J213-P/ ASSY FDR
J243, P/J24-P/J243) and HARNESS ASSY DRAWER 1
FDR DRAWER 1 (P/J243-P/J419) (P/J243-
connected properly? P/J419)
properly.
OP FDR Proceed to
3 End of work
FDR DRAWER 1
Proceed to
4 Replace HARNESS ASSY FDR End of work
step 5.
DRAWER 1.

Confidential
Tray Configure Error (AL-M400 Series) Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
Connect
 Parts related to trouble HARNESS
Connection check
 PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY ASSY FDR
Check the connections between PWBA DRAWER 2
 FEEDER ASSY-OPT 550 ASSY OPT TRAY (upper) and PWBA (P/J423-
 PWBA MCU 5
ASSY OPT TRAY (lower). Proceed to P/J4231) and
Are HARNESS ASSY FDR DRAWER 2 (P/ step 6. HARNESS
 HARNESS ASSY OP FDR ASSY FDR
J423-P/J4231) and HARNESS ASSY FDR
 HARNESS ASSY FDR DRAWER 1 DRAWER 1 (P/J4231-P/J419) connected DRAWER 1
properly? (P/J4231-
P/J419)
 Troubleshooting properly.
FDR DRAWER 2
Use a tray Proceed to End of work
Check the configuration of Tray 6 Replace HARNESS ASSY FDR
Proceed to configuration step 7.
1 Does configuration of the Tray meet the DRAWER 2.
step 2. that meets the
specifications? Does any error occur?
specifications.
HARNESS ASSY FDR DRAWER 1
Connect
Replace HARNESS ASSY FDR Proceed to
Connection check HARNESS 7 End of work
ASSY OP FDR DRAWER 1. step 8.
Check the connections between PWBA Does any error occur?
(P/J213-
P/J243, P/J24- Check after replacing PWBA ASSY OPT
Proceed to P/J243) and TRAY Proceed to
2 PWB LVPS.
step 3. HARNESS 8 End of work
Are HARNESS ASSY OP FDR (P/J213-P/ Replace PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY. (P.173) step 9.
ASSY FDR
J243, P/J24-P/J243) and HARNESS ASSY Does any error occur?
DRAWER 1
FDR DRAWER 1 (P/J243-P/J419) (P/J243- Check after replacing FEEDER ASSY-
connected properly? OPT 550 Replace
P/J419)
properly. 9 PWBA MCU. End of work
Replace FEEDER ASSY-OPT 550. (P.173)
(P.173)
Check after replacing HARNESS ASSY Does any error occur?
OP FDR Proceed to
3 End of work
FDR DRAWER 1
Proceed to
4 Replace HARNESS ASSY FDR End of work
step 5.
DRAWER 1.

Confidential
IOT Drum Communication Fail Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
Drum CRUM Data Broken Fail Check after replacing photoconductor
IOT Drum Detached unit Proceed to
IOT Drum CRUM ID Error 6
Replace photoconductor unit. step 7.
End of work
 Parts related to trouble Does any error occur?

Check after replacing CONNECTOR
 Photoconductor unit ASSY XERO Proceed to
 CONNECTOR ASSY XERO 7
Replace CONNECTOR ASSY XERO. step 8.
End of work
 HARNESS ASSY XERO CRUM Does any error occur?

 PWBA MCU Check after replacing HARNESS ASSY
XERO CRUM Replace
 Troubleshooting 8
Replace HARNESS ASSY XERO CRUM.
PWBA MCU. End of work
(P.173)
Step Check Points and Measures Yes No Does any error occur?
Check the installation state of
photoconductor unit
Re-install
Is photoconductor unit properly installed and Proceed to
1 photoconductor
its junction between CRUM and step 2.
unit.
CONNECTOR ASSY XERO free from
foreign objects?
Check of photoconductor unit Replace it with

Proceed to a genuine
2 Is photoconductor unit installed in the printer
step 3. photoconductor
a genuine one?
unit.
Check of CRUM of photoconductor unit Replace
Proceed to
3 Is the connector on CRUM of photoconductor
step 4.
photoconductor unit damaged? unit.
Check of CONNECTOR ASSY XERO Replace

CONNECTOR Proceed to
4 Is the connector on CONNECTOR ASSY
ASSY XERO. step 5.
XERO damaged?
(P.173)
Check the connections between HARNESS
CONNECTOR ASSY XERO and PWBA Proceed to ASSY XERO
5
MCU. step 6. CRUM
Is HARNESS ASSY XERO CRUM (P/J254- (P/J254-P/J25)
P/J25) connected properly? properly.

Confidential
ATC Fail Step Check Points and Measures Yes No

 Parts related to trouble ASSY XERO Proceed to
7 End of work
 Photoconductor unit Replace CONNECTOR ASSY XERO. step 7.
 CONNECTOR ASSY XERO Does any error occur?
 HARNESS ASSY XERO CRUM Replace
XERO CRUM
 PWBA MCU 8
Replace HARNESS ASSY XERO CRUM.
PWBA MCU. End of work
(P.173)
 Troubleshooting Does any error occur?

photoconductor unit
Re-install
Is photoconductor unit properly installed and Proceed to
1 photoconductor
its junction between ATC Sensor and step 2.
unit.
CONNECTOR ASSY XERO free from
foreign objects?
Check of ATC Sensor of photoconductor
unit Replace
Proceed to
2 photoconductor
Is the connector on ATC Sensor of step 3.
unit.
photoconductor unit damaged?
Check of CONNECTOR ASSY XERO Replace

CONNECTOR Proceed to
3 Is the connector on CONNECTOR ASSY
ASSY XERO. step 4.
XERO damaged?
(P.173)
CONNECTOR ASSY XERO and PWBA Proceed to ASSY XERO
4
MCU. step 5. CRUM
Check after replacing photoconductor
unit Proceed to
5 End of work
Replace photoconductor unit. step 6.

Confidential
Toner Low Density Toner CRUM Error

Toner CRUM ID Error
 Parts related to trouble Toner Type Error
Toner Detached
 TONER CARTRIDGE
 Photoconductor unit  Parts related to trouble
 PWBA MCU  TONER CARTRIDGE
 Troubleshooting  CONNECTOR ASSY-CRUM TONER
Step Check Points and Measures Yes No  HARNESS ASSY XERO CRUM
Check after re-installing TONER  PWBA MCU
CARTRIDGE
Proceed to  Troubleshooting
1 Remove TONER CARTRIDGE, shake it, End of work
step 2. Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
and install it back again.
Does any error occur? Check the installation state of TONER
Check the installation state of CARTRIDGE
Clean the Re-install
photoconductor unit terminal Is TONER CARTRIDGE properly installed Proceed to
Proceed to 1 TONER
2 Remove photoconductor unit. and its junction between CRUM and step 2.
Re-install CARTRIDGE.
step 3. CONNECTOR ASSY-CRUM TONER free
Is photoconductor unit installed correctly and photoconductor
from foreign objects?
its terminal free from contamination? unit.
Check of TONER CARTRIDGE Replace it with
Check after replacing TONER
Proceed to a genuine
CARTRIDGE Proceed to 2 Is TONER CARTRIDGE installed in the
3 End of work step 3. TONER
Replace TONER CARTRIDGE. step 4. printer a genuine one?
CARTRIDGE.
Check of CRUM of TONER
Check after replacing photoconductor CARTRIDGE Replace
Replace Proceed to
unit 3 TONER
4 PWBA MCU. End of work Is the connector on CRUM of TONER step 4.
Replace photoconductor unit. CARTRIDGE.
(P.173) CARTRIDGE damaged?
Does any error occur? Check of CONNECTOR ASSY-CRUM Replace
TONER CONNECTOR Proceed to
4
Is the connector on CONNECTOR ASSY- ASSY-CRUM step 5.
CRUM TONER damaged? TONER.
CONNECTOR ASSY-CRUM TONER and Proceed to ASSY XERO
5
PWBA MCU. step 6. CRUM

Confidential
Step Check Points and Measures Yes No EXIT SENSOR

CARTRIDGE  Parts related to trouble
Proceed to
6 End of work
Replace TONER CARTRIDGE. step 7.  CHUTE ASSY EXIT
Does any error occur?  EXIT SENSOR
 HARNESS ASSY SENS EXIT
ASSY-CRUM TONER
7 Replace CONNECTOR ASSY-CRUM
Proceed to
End of work  PWBA MCU
step 8.
TONER.
 Troubleshooting
XERO CRUM Replace Check for dirt and foreign objects on the
8 PWBA MCU. End of work EXIT SENSOR Remove the
Replace HARNESS ASSY XERO CRUM. Proceed to
(P.173) 1 dirt and foreign
Does any error occur? Has dirt and foreign objects adhered to the step 2.
objects.
EXIT SENSOR?
Check the shape of CHUTE ASSY EXIT Replace

Proceed to
2 CHUTE ASSY
Is CHUTE ASSY EXIT damaged? step 3.
EXIT.

HARNESS
Check the connections between EXIT
Proceed to ASSY SENS
3 SENSOR and PWBA MCU.
step 4. EXIT (P/J271-
Is HARNESS ASSY SENS EXIT (P/J271-P/ P/J27)
J27) connected properly? properly.
Check after replacing EXIT SENSOR
Proceed to
4 Replace EXIT SENSOR. End of work
step 5.
SENS EXIT Replace
Replace HARNESS ASSY SENS EXIT.
(P.173)

Confidential
IOT Standard Stacker Full (AL-M400 Series) Regi. Sensor [HVPS]

 FULL STACK SENSOR  ACTUATOR REGI
 HARNESS ASSY SENS EXIT (AL-M400 Series)  Regi. Sensor [HVPS]
 PWBA MCU  HARNESS ASSY HV
 Troubleshooting  PWBA MCU
Step Check Points and Measures Yes No  Troubleshooting
Connect Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
Connection check HARNESS Check for dirt and foreign objects on the
ASSY SENS Regi. Sensor [HVPS] Remove the
Check the connections between FULL Proceed to
Proceed to EXIT 1 dirt and foreign
1 STACK SENSOR and PWBA MCU. Has dirt and foreign objects adhered to the step 2.
step 2. (AL-M400 objects.
Is HARNESS ASSY SENS EXIT (AL-M400 Regi. Sensor [HVPS]?
Series)
Series) (P/J272-P/J27) connected properly? (P/J272-P/ J27) Replace
Check the shape of ACTUATOR REGI Proceed to
properly. 2 ACTUATOR
Is ACTUATOR REGI damaged? step 3.
Check after replacing HARNESS ASSY REGI.
SENS EXIT (AL-M400 Series) Connection check Connect
Proceed to
2 Replace HARNESS ASSY SENS EXIT End of work Check the connections between HVPS and HARNESS
step 3. Proceed to
(AL-M400 Series). 3 PWBA MCU. ASSY HV
step 4.
Does any error occur? Is HARNESS ASSY HV(P/J261-P/J26) (P/J261-P/J26)
connected properly? properly.
Check after replacing FULL STACK
SENSOR Replace Check after replacing HARNESS ASSY
3 PWBA MCU. End of work HV
Replace FULL STACK SENSOR. Proceed to
(P.173) 4 End of work
Does any error occur? Replace HARNESS ASSY HV. step 5.
Check after replacing HVPS Replace
5 Replace HVPS. PWBA MCU. End of work

Confidential
CST No Paper Sensor [HVPS] MSI No Paper Sensor [HVPS]

 ACTUATOR NO PAPER TRAY  ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI
 CST No Paper Sensor  MSI No Paper Sensor [HVPS]
 HARNESS ASSY HV  HARNESS ASSY HV
Check for dirt and foreign objects on the Check for dirt and foreign objects on the
CST No Paper Sensor [HVPS] Remove the MSI No Paper Sensor [HVPS] Remove the
Proceed to Proceed to
1 dirt and foreign 1 dirt and foreign
Has dirt and foreign objects adhered to the step 2. Has dirt and foreign objects adhered to the step 2.
objects. objects.
CST No Paper Sensor [HVPS]? MSI No Paper Sensor [HVPS]?
Check the shape of ACTUATOR NO Replace Check the shape of ACTUATOR NO Replace
PAPER TRAY ACTUATOR Proceed to PAPER MSI ACTUATOR Proceed to
2 2
Is ACTUATOR NO PAPER TRAY NO PAPER step 3. NO PAPER step 3.
Is ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI damaged?
damaged? TRAY. MSI.
Connection check Connection check Connect
Connect
Check the connections between HVPS and HARNESS Check the connections between HVPS and HARNESS
3 PWBA MCU. ASSY HV 3 PWBA MCU. ASSY HV
step 4. step 4.
Is HARNESS ASSY HV(P/J261-P/J26) (P/J261-P/J26) Is HARNESS ASSY HV(P/J261-P/J26) (P/J261-P/J26)
connected properly? properly. connected properly? properly.
Check after replacing HARNESS ASSY Check after replacing HARNESS ASSY
HV HV Proceed to
Proceed to 4 End of work
4 End of work Replace HARNESS ASSY HV. step 5.
Replace HARNESS ASSY HV. step 5.
Does any error occur? Does any error occur?
Check after replacing HVPS Check after replacing HVPS Replace
Replace
5 Replace HVPS. (P.173) PWBA MCU. End of work 5 Replace HVPS. (P.173) PWBA MCU. End of work
Does any error occur? (P.173) Does any error occur? (P.173)

Confidential
No Paper Sensor [SENSOR PHOTO] (Option) (AL-M300 Series) No Paper Sensor [SENSOR PHOTO] (Option) (AL-M400 Series)
 ACTUATOR NO PAPER  ACTUATOR NO PAPER
 No Paper Sensor [SENSOR PHOTO]  No Paper Sensor [SENSOR PHOTO]
 HARNESS ASSY OP L COMP  HARNESS ASSY OPT NOPAPER
 PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY  HARNESS ASSY C2 TURN
 Troubleshooting  PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY
Step Check Points and Measures Yes No  Troubleshooting
Check for dirt and foreign objects on the Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
No Paper Sensor Remove the
Proceed to Check for dirt and foreign objects on the
1 dirt and foreign
Has dirt and foreign objects adhered to the step 2. No Paper Sensor Remove the
objects. Proceed to
No Paper Sensor? 1 dirt and foreign
Has dirt and foreign objects adhered to the step 2.
objects.
Check the shape of ACTUATOR NO Replace No Paper Sensor?
PAPER Proceed to
2 ACTUATOR Check the shape of ACTUATOR NO
step 3. Replace
Is ACTUATOR NO PAPER damaged? NO PAPER. PAPER Proceed to
2 ACTUATOR
step 3.
Connect Is ACTUATOR NO PAPER damaged? NO PAPER.
Connect
Check the connections between No Paper ASSY OP L
Proceed to HARNESS
3 Sensor and PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY. COMP
step 4. Connection check ASSY OPT
Is HARNESS ASSY OP L COMP (P/J4200- (P/J4200-
NOPAPER
P/J420) connected properly? P/J420) Check the connections between No Paper
(P/J4203-
properly. Sensor and PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY.
Proceed to P/J4202) and
Check after replacing No Paper Sensor 3 Are HARNESS ASSY OPT NOPAPER step 4. HARNESS
Proceed to (P/J4203-P/J4202) and HARNESS ASSY C2
4 Replace No Paper Sensor. End of work ASSY C2
step 5. TURN (P/J4202-P/J420) connected
Does any error occur? TURN
properly? (P/J4202-
Check after replacing HARNESS ASSY Replace P/J420)
OP L COMP PWBA ASSY
5 End of work properly.
Replace HARNESS ASSY OP L COMP OPT TRAY.
Check after replacing No Paper Sensor
Does any error occur? (P.173) Proceed to
4 Replace No Paper Sensor. End of work
step 5.

Confidential

OPT NOPAPER Proceed to
5 End of work
Replace HARNESS ASSY OPT NOPAPER step 6.
Check after replacing HARNESS ASSY Replace
C2 TURN PWBA ASSY
6 End of work
Replace HARNESS ASSY C2 TURN OPT TRAY.

Confidential
Path Sensor [SENSOR PHOTO] (Option) (AL-M400 Series) Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
 Parts related to trouble OPT REG Proceed to
5 End of work
 ACTUATOR PRE REGI Replace HARNESS ASSY OPT REG step 6.
 Path Sensor [SENSOR PHOTO] Does any error occur?
 HARNESS ASSY OPT REG Replace
C2 FEED PWBA ASSY
 HARNESS ASSY C2 FEED 6
Replace HARNESS ASSY C2 FEED OPT TRAY.
End of work
 PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY Does any error occur? (P.173)
 Troubleshooting
Check for dirt and foreign objects on the
Path Sensor Remove the
Proceed to
1 dirt and foreign
objects.
Path Sensor?
Check the shape of ACTUATOR PRE Replace
REGI Proceed to
2 ACTUATOR
step 3.
Is ACTUATOR PRE REGI damaged? PRE REGI.
Connect
HARNESS
ASSY OPT
Connection check REG
Check the connections between Path Sensor (P/J4212-
and PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY. Proceed to P/J4214) and
3
Are HARNESS ASSY OPT REG (P/J4212- step 4. HARNESS
P/J4214) and HARNESS ASSY C2 FEED ASSY C2
(P/J4214-P/J421) connected properly? FEED
(P/J4214-
P/J421)
properly.
Check after replacing Path Sensor
Proceed to
4 Replace Path Sensor. End of work
step 5.

Confidential
CLUTCH ASSY EXIT CLUTCH ASSY INVERT

 HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT OUT  HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT OUT
 HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT IN  HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT IN
 CLUTCH ASSY EXIT  CLUTCH ASSY INVERT
drive section of the CLUTCH ASSY EXIT Remove the drive section of the CLUTCH ASSY
Proceed to
1 dirt and foreign INVERT Remove the
Has dirt and foreign objects adhered to the step 2. Proceed to
objects. 1 dirt and foreign
drive section of the CLUTCH ASSY EXIT? Has dirt and foreign objects adhered to the step 2.
objects.
drive section of the CLUTCH ASSY
Check the shapes of HOLDER ASSY Replace
INVERT?
DRIVE EXIT OUT and HOLDER ASSY HOLDER
DRIVE EXIT IN ASSY DRIVE Check the shapes of HOLDER ASSY Replace
Proceed to
2 EXIT OUT or DRIVE EXIT OUT and HOLDER ASSY HOLDER
Is HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT OUT or step 3.
HOLDER DRIVE EXIT IN ASSY DRIVE
HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT IN Proceed to
ASSY DRIVE 2 EXIT OUT or
damaged? Is HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT OUT or step 3.
EXIT IN. HOLDER
HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT IN
Connection check ASSY DRIVE
Connect damaged?
EXIT IN.
Check the connections between CLUTCH CLUTCH
Proceed to Connect
3 ASSY EXIT and PWBA MCU. ASSY EXIT Connection check
step 4. CLUTCH
Is CLUTCH ASSY EXIT (P/J16) connected (P/J16) Check the connections between CLUTCH
properly? properly. Proceed to ASSY
3 ASSY INVERT and PWBA MCU.
step 4. INVERT
Check after replacing CLUTCH ASSY Is CLUTCH ASSY INVERT (P/J17) (P/J17)
EXIT Replace connected properly? properly.
Replace CLUTCH ASSY EXIT. (P.173)
(P.173) Check after replacing CLUTCH ASSY
Does any error occur? INVERT Replace
Replace CLUTCH ASSY INVERT. (P.173)
(P.173)

Confidential
REGI. CLUTCH CST FEED CLUTCH

 DRIVE ASSY MAIN  DRIVE ASSY MAIN
 REGI. CLUTCH  CST FEED CLUTCH
drive section of the REGI. CLUTCH Remove the drive section of the CST FEED CLUTCH Remove the
objects. objects.
drive section of the REGI. CLUTCH? drive section of the CST FEED CLUTCH?
Check the shapes of DRIVE ASSY MAIN Replace Check the shapes of DRIVE ASSY MAIN Replace
2 DRIVE ASSY 2 DRIVE ASSY
Is DRIVE ASSY MAIN damaged? step 3. Is DRIVE ASSY MAIN damaged? step 3.
MAIN. (P.173) MAIN. (P.173)
Connection check Connection check Connect CST
Connect REGI.
Check the connections between REGI. Check the connections between CST FEED FEED
Proceed to CLUTCH Proceed to
3 CLUTCH and PWBA MCU. 3 CLUTCH and PWBA MCU. CLUTCH
step 4. (P/J12) step 4.
Is REGI. CLUTCH (P/J12) connected Is CST FEED CLUTCH (P/J14) connected (P/J14)
properly.
properly? properly? properly.
Check after replacing REGI. CLUTCH Replace Check after replacing CST FEED
CLUTCH Replace
4 Replace REGI. CLUTCH. PWBA MCU. End of work
Does any error occur? (P.173) Replace CST FEED CLUTCH.
(P.173)

Confidential
CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED (Option) (AL-M300 Series) CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED (Option) (AL-M400 Series)
 GEAR-OPT IDLER 250  GEAR-OPT FEEDER 550
 GEAR-OPT FEEDER 250  CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED
 CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED  HARNESS ASSY C2 TURN
 HARNESS ASSY OP L COMP  PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY
 PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY  Troubleshooting
 Troubleshooting Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
Step Check Points and Measures Yes No Check for dirt and foreign objects on the
drive section of the CLUTCH ASSY OPT
Check for dirt and foreign objects on the Remove the
FEED Proceed to
drive section of the CLUTCH ASSY OPT 1 dirt and foreign
FEED Remove the Has dirt and foreign objects adhered to the step 2.
Proceed to objects.
1 dirt and foreign drive section of the CLUTCH ASSY OPT
objects. FEED?
drive section of the CLUTCH ASSY OPT
FEED? Check the shapes of GEAR-OPT Replace
FEEDER 550 Proceed to
Replace 2 GEAR-OPT
Check the shapes of GEAR-OPT IDLER step 3.
GEAR-OPT Is GEAR-OPT FEEDER 550 damaged? FEEDER 550.
250 and GEAR-OPT FEEDER 250 Proceed to
2 IDLER 250 or Connection check Connect
Is GEAR-OPT IDLER 250 or GEAR-OPT step 3.
GEAR-OPT HARNESS
FEEDER 250 damaged? Check the connections between CLUTCH
FEEDER 250. ASSY C2
ASSY OPT FEED and PWBA ASSY OPT Proceed to
Connect 3 TURN
Connection check TRAY. step 4.
HARNESS (P/J4201-
Check the connections between CLUTCH Is HARNESS ASSY C2 TURN (P/J4201-P/ P/J420)
ASSY OP L J420) connected properly?
ASSY OPT FEED and PWBA ASSY OPT Proceed to properly.
3 COMP
TRAY. step 4.
(P/J4201- Check after replacing CLUTCH ASSY
Is HARNESS ASSY OP L COMP (P/J4201- P/J420) OPT FEED
P/J420) connected properly? properly. Proceed to
4 Replace CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED. End of work
step 5.
Check after replacing CLUTCH ASSY (P.173)
OPT FEED Does any error occur?
Proceed to
4 Replace CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED. End of work Check after replacing HARNESS ASSY
step 5. Replace
(P.173) C2 TURN PWBA ASSY
Does any error occur? 5 End of work
Replace HARNESS ASSY C2 TURN. OPT TRAY.
Check after replacing HARNESS ASSY Replace Does any error occur? (P.173)
OP L COMP PWBA ASSY
5 End of work
Replace HARNESS ASSY OP L COMP. OPT TRAY.

Confidential
Take Away Clutch [CLUTCH ASSY REGI] (Option) (AL-M400 Series) SOLENOID FEED MSI
 ROLL ASSY TAKE AWAY  GEAR SEGMENT MSI 1
 Take Away Clutch [CLUTCH ASSY REGI]  GEAR SEGMENT MSI 2
 HARNESS ASSY C2 FEED  SOLENOID FEED MSI
 PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY  PWBA MCU
drive section of the Take Away Clutch Remove the drive section of the SOLENOID FEED
Proceed to Remove the
1 dirt and foreign MSI Proceed to
Has dirt and foreign objects adhered to the step 2. 1 dirt and foreign
objects. step 2.
drive section of the Take Away Clutch? Has dirt and foreign objects adhered to the objects.
Check the shapes of ROLL ASSY TAKE drive section of the SOLENOID FEED MSI?
Replace ROLL
AWAY Proceed to Replace GEAR
2 ASSY TAKE
step 3. Check the shapes of GEAR SEGMENT SEGMENT
Is ROLL ASSY TAKE AWAY damaged? AWAY.
MSI 1 and GEAR SEGMENT MSI 2 MSI 1 or Proceed to
Connect 2
Connection check Is GEAR SEGMENT MSI 1 or GEAR GEAR step 3.
HARNESS
SEGMENT MSI 2 damaged? SEGMENT
Check the connections between Take Away ASSY C2
Proceed to MSI 2.
3 Clutch and PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY. FEED
step 4. Connection check
Is HARNESS ASSY C2 FEED (P/J4213-P/ (P/J4213- Connect
J421) connected properly? P/J421) Check the connections between SOLENOID SOLENOID
Proceed to
properly. 3 FEED MSI and PWBA MCU. FEED MSI
step 4.
Check after replacing Take Away Clutch Is SOLENOID FEED MSI (P/J15) connected (P/J15)
Proceed to properly? properly.
4 Replace Take Away Clutch. (P.173) End of work
step 5.
Does any error occur? Check after replacing SOLENOID FEED
MSI Replace
Check after replacing HARNESS ASSY Replace 4 PWBA MCU. End of work
C2 FEED Replace SOLENOID FEED MSI.
PWBA ASSY (P.173)
5 End of work Does any error occur?
Replace HARNESS ASSY C2 FEED. OPT TRAY.

Confidential
DRIVE ASSY MAIN MOTOR DISP

 DRIVE ASSY MAIN  DRIVE ASSY DISP
 HARNESS ASSY MAIN MOT  MOTOR DISP
 PWB LVPS  HARNESS ASSY DISP MOT
drive section of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Remove the drive section of the MOTOR DISP Remove the
objects. objects.
drive section of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN? drive section of the MOTOR DISP?
Check the shapes of DRIVE ASSY MAIN Replace Check the shapes of DRIVE ASSY DISP Replace
2 DRIVE ASSY 2 DRIVE ASSY
Is DRIVE ASSY MAIN damaged? step 3. Is DRIVE ASSY DISP damaged? step 3.
MAIN. (P.173) DISP.
Connection check Connect Connection check Connect
Check the connections between DRIVE HARNESS HARNESS
Check the connections between MOTOR
ASSY MAIN and PWBA MCU, and ASSY MAIN Proceed to ASSY DISP
Proceed to 3 DISP and PWBA MCU.
3 between DRIVE ASSY MAIN and PWB MOT (P/J101- step 4. MOT (P/J111-
step 4. Is HARNESS ASSY DISP MOT (P/J111-P/ P/J11)
LVPS. P/J10, P/J101-
J11) connected properly? properly.
Is HARNESS ASSY MAIN MOT (P/J101- P/J212)
P/J10, P/J101-P/J212) connected properly? properly. Check after replacing MOTOR DISP
Proceed to
Check after replacing DRIVE ASSY 4 Replace MOTOR DISP. (P.173) End of work
step 5.
MAIN Proceed to Does any error occur?
4 End of work
Replace DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (P.173) step 5. Check after replacing HARNESS ASSY
Does any error occur? DISP MOT Replace
Check after replacing HARNESS ASSY Replace HARNESS ASSY DISP MOT.
(P.173)
MAIN MOT Proceed to Does any error occur?
5 End of work
Replace HARNESS ASSY MAIN MOT. step 6.
Check after replacing PWB LVPS Replace
6 Replace PWB LVPS. PWBA MCU. End of work

Confidential
MOTOR-ASSY OPTION (Option) (AL-M300 Series) MOTOR-ASSY OPTION (Option) (AL-M400 Series)
 GEAR-OPT IDLER 250  GEAR OPT
 GEAR-OPT FEEDER 250  GEAR OPT FEEDER 550
 MOTOR-ASSY OPTION  MOTOR-ASSY OPTION
 HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT  HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT
 PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY  PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY
drive section of the MOTOR-ASSY drive section of the MOTOR-ASSY
OPTION Remove the OPTION Remove the
objects. objects.
drive section of the MOTOR-ASSY drive section of the MOTOR-ASSY
OPTION? OPTION?
Replace Check the shapes of GEAR OPT and Replace GEAR
Check the shapes of GEAR-OPT IDLER
GEAR-OPT GEAR OPT FEEDER 550 OPT or GEAR Proceed to
250 and GEAR-OPT FEEDER 250 Proceed to 2
2 IDLER 250 or Is GEAR OPT or GEAR OPT FEEDER 550 OPT FEEDER step 3.
Is GEAR-OPT IDLER 250 or GEAR-OPT step 3.
GEAR-OPT damaged? 550.
FEEDER 250 damaged?
FEEDER 250.
Connection check Connect Check the connections between MOTOR- HARNESS
Check the connections between MOTOR- HARNESS ASSY OPTION and PWBA ASSY OPT Proceed to ASSY TRAY
ASSY OPTION and PWBA ASSY OPT Proceed to ASSY TRAY 3
3 TRAY. step 4. MOT (P/J4221-
TRAY. step 4. MOT (P/J4221- Is HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT (P/J4221- P/J422)
Is HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT (P/J4221- P/J422) P/J422) connected properly? properly.
Check after replacing MOTOR-ASSY
Check after replacing MOTOR-ASSY OPTION Proceed to
OPTION Proceed to 4 End of work
4 End of work Replace MOTOR-ASSY OPTION. (P.173) step 5.
Replace MOTOR-ASSY OPTION. (P.173) step 5. Does any error occur?
Check after replacing HARNESS ASSY Replace
Check after replacing HARNESS ASSY Replace TRAY MOT PWBA ASSY
TRAY MOT PWBA ASSY 5 End of work
5 End of work Replace HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT. OPT TRAY.
Replace HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT. OPT TRAY. Does any error occur? (P.173)

Confidential
E998 Engine Communication Error

 Troubleshooting
1. Is there other electrical equipment (motor, radio transmitter, etc.)
within 3 meters of the printer? If there is other external equipment
installed nearby, reading and writing may not be performed correctly
and an error may occur as a result of noise so change the installation
environment or turn off the power of the other external equipment.
2. Are PWBA ESS and PWBA MCU connected correctly?
3. Replace PWBA ESS.
4. Replace PWBA MCU.

Confidential
Service Req C (or D) ****

 Remedy
When a controller related error occurs, make sure to check the initial check items listed below first. If the error still occurs after that, refer to the list of parts that
may have failed and perform troubleshooting by replacing the parts corresponding to the cause of the error in order.
 Initial Checks
 Check that the printer is grounded properly.
 Check that the connectors are connected to the controller board securely and correctly.
 Check that the DIMM is connected to the controller board securely and correctly.
 Power the printer off and on several times.
 Check that the printer is not in electrically noisy environments.
When powering the printer off and on again, do not turn it on

immediately after turning it off. Make sure to wait at least for
a few seconds before the power-on.
 Parts Causing Error

Parts (or Factors) Causing Error
Error Controller Controller
Category Description Engine Noise or Other
Code Controller (Program (Standard Optional RAM
Controller Factor
ROM) RAM)
C/D 0100 Exception that cannot be processed occurred at Core0. √ √
C/D 0101 Undefined order exception occurred at Core0. √ √
C/D 0102 Abort prefetch exception occurred at Core0. √ √
C/D 0103 Abort data exception occurred at Core0. √ √
C/D 0104 Undefined order exception of JAVA occurred at Core0. √ √
C/D 0105 Undefined order exception of coprocessor occurred at Core0. √ √
C/D 0106 FIQ exception occurred at Core0. √ √
C/D 0107 Undefined IRQ exception occurred at Core0. √ √
C/D 0108 Undefined SW occurred at Core0. √ √
C/D 0200 Exception that cannot be processed occurred at Core1. √ √

Confidential

Controller Factor
ROM) RAM)
C/D 0201 Undefined order exception occurred at Core1. √ √
C/D 0202 Abort prefetch exception occurred at Core1. √ √
C/D 0203 Abort data exception occurred at Core1. √ √
C/D 0204 Undefined order exception of JAVA occurred at Core1. √ √
C/D 0205 Undefined order exception of coprocessor occurred at Core1. √ √
C/D 0206 FIQ exception occurred at Core1. √ √
C/D 0207 Undefined IRQ exception occurred at Core1. √ √
C/D 0208 Undefined SW occurred at Core1. √ √
C/D 0210 Exception that cannot be processed occurred at ARM946. √ √
C/D 0211 Undefined order exception occurred at ARM946. √ √
C/D 0212 Abort prefetch exception occurred at ARM946. √ √
C/D 0213 Abort data exception occurred at ARM946. √ √
C/D 0214 Undefined order exception of JAVA occurred at ARM946. √ √
C/D 0215 Undefined order exception of coprocessor occurred at √ √
ARM946.
C/D 0216 FIQ exception occurred at ARM946. √ √
C/D 0217 Undefined IRQ exception occurred at ARM946. √ √
C/D 0218 Undefined SW occurred at ARM946. √ √
C/D 1020 Optional RAM or standard RAM is abnormal. √
C/D 1120 ROM checksum abnormality √
C/D 1200 Writing directly to EEPROM failed √
C/D 1220 EEPROM setting error (including format error, rollback √
failed, and writing directly to EEPROM failed)
C/D 1300 RTC failure √
C/D 1400 Engine communication abnormality √
C/D 1600 Image processor ASIC abnormality √
C/D 1702 No network board is installed √

Confidential

Controller Factor
ROM) RAM)
C/D 1703 SRAM on network board R/W abnormality √
C/D 1704 No network modules are found √
C/D 2000 Fatal system error in which no operation can be done √
C/D 2010 (For models w/ Fax) No Fax is installed √
C/D 2011 (For models w/ ADF or Fax) No ADF is installed √
C/D 2012 Anti-counterfeiting ASIC error √

Confidential
3.5.2 Image Quality Problem Troubleshooting Table 3-5. Image defects at regular intervals
Roll
Before beginning troubleshooting, inspect the printer paper Roll Part Name Pitch
Diameter
feed path. Check that there are no foreign objects such as Drum PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT 30 mm 92.2 mm
staples, paperclips, and scraps of paper on the paper feed path.
BTR ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU 15.6 mm 49.0 mm
Head Roll FUSER UNIT 25.4 mm 79.8 mm
IMAGE DEFECTS AT REGULAR INTERVALS Pressure Belt FUSER UNIT 30.1 mm 94.5 mm
Horizontal bands, smudges, or the like appear at regular intervals due to a

problem with a certain roller.
 Remedy
Measure the interval at which the trouble occurs and replace the
corresponding part or unit if the value matches a value (interval) in the
table below.
Note that the outer diameter of the roller and interval at which
trouble occurs do not match.
: Paper flow
Pressure Belt [FUSING UNIT]
BTR(Bias Transfer Roll)

Drum
[PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT]
ZaS03001EA

Confidential
THE PRINT IS TOO LIGHT Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
Check the installation state of Bias
 Parts likely to be the cause Transfer Roll
 TONER CARTRIDGE 4 End of work Proceed to step 5.
Re-install Bias Transfer Roll.
 Photoconductor unit Is the image printed normally?
 Bias Transfer Roll Check the connection of Clean Spring BCR
photoconductor unit or Spring DB or
5 Remove photoconductor unit. Is there replace HVPS Proceed to step 6.
 MOTOR DISP any deformation or contamination on (P.173), then
 ROS ASSY Spring BCR or Spring DB of HVPS? proceed to step 6.
 CONNECTOR ASSY XERO Check the installation state of

photoconductor unit
 PWBA MCU 6
Re-install photoconductor unit.
End of work Proceed to step 7.
 HVPS Is the image printed normally?
 PWBA ESS Check the laser beam path Remove the
7 Is there any foreign object between foreign object, and Proceed to step 8.
 Troubleshooting ROS ASSY and photoconductor unit? proceed to step 8.
Step Check Points and Measures Yes No Check the operation of MOTOR
DISP Replace MOTOR
Replace the paper
8 Run Diag Digital Output [093-001] to Proceed to step 9. DISP (P.173), and
Check the paper with new dry paper
check the revolution of MOTOR DISP. proceed to step 9.
or the paper which
1 Is the loaded paper new and dry? Proceed to step 2. Is it operating normally?
satisfies the
Does the paper meet the standards? standards. Then, 9 Is the image printed normally? End of work Proceed to step 10.
proceed to step 2. Check the installation state of
photoconductor unit Remove the
Check the remaining amount of toner
foreign object, re-
in the toner cartridge because the Is photoconductor unit installed
install
toner may be running out and the 10 correctly without any foreign object at Proceed to step 11.
2 End of work Proceed to step 3. photoconductor
cartridge may need to be replaced. the contact point between the ATC
unit, and proceed
Replace the toner cartridge if necessary. Sensor and CONNECTORASSY
to step 11.
Is the image printed normally? XERO?
Check the connection of Bias Check ATC Sensor of Replace

Clean Plate Spring
Transfer Roll photoconductor unit photoconductor
BTR or replace 11 Proceed to step 12.
3 Remove Bias Transfer Roll. Is there any HVPS (P.173), Proceed to step 4. Is the connector of ATC Sensor of unit and proceed to
deformation or contamination on Plate then proceed to photoconductor unit damaged? step 12.
Spring BTR of HVPS? step 4.

Confidential

Replace
Check CONNECTOR ASSY XERO CONNECTOR
12 Is the connector of CONNECTOR ASSY XERO Proceed to step 13.
ASSY XERO damaged? (P.173) and
proceed to step 13.
13 Is the image printed normally? End of work Proceed to step 14.
Check the installation state of PWBA
MCU
14 End of work Proceed to step 15.
Re-install PWBA MCU.
Is the image printed normally?
Transfer Roll
Check after replacing Bias Transfer
Roll
Replace Bias Transfer Roll.
Check after replacing
photoconductor unit
Replace photoconductor unit.
Check the installation state of HVPS
18 Re-install HVPS. End of work Proceed to step 19.
Replace HVPS.
(P.173)

Confidential
THE PRINT GETS DIRTY WITH TONER OR SOME OF THE PRINT Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
IS PEELED The paper may not be flat enough
 Parts likely to be the cause Change the paper settings using the
printer driver such as changing it from
 Bias Transfer Roll 3 plain paper to thick paper. Select the End of work Proceed to step 4.
[ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU] [Paper/Output] tab and change the
[Paper Type] setting.
 FUSER UNIT
Transfer Roll
Roll
 Troubleshooting Perform this work after the
Step Check Points and Measures Yes No FUSER UNIT has cooled
6 down. End of work Proceed to step 7.
Check the environment of the printer
Replace FUSER UNIT.
Check the room where the printer is
installed is air-conditioned. If not, turn
1 on the air conditioner or relocate the Proceed to step 2. End of work Check after replacing
printer in an air-conditioned room. photoconductor unit Replace the
7 End of work
Does the print get dirty with toner even Replace photoconductor unit. printer.
after the room is air conditioned? Is the image printed normally?
Replace the paper
or the paper which
2 Is the loaded paper new and dry? Proceed to step 3.
satisfies the
Does the paper meet the standards? standards. Then,
proceed to step 3.

Confidential
THE PRINT HAS SCATTERED SPOTS OR THE IMAGE GETS Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
BLURRED Check after replacing Bias Transfer
Roll
 Parts likely to be the cause 6 End of work Proceed to step 7.
 Bias Transfer Roll Is the image printed normally?
[ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU] Check the connection of Clean Spring BCR
 Photoconductor unit photoconductor unit or Spring DB or
 FUSER UNIT 7 Remove photoconductor unit. Is there replace HVPS Proceed to step 8.
any deformation or contamination on (P.173), then
 HVPS Spring BCR or Spring DB of HVPS? proceed to step 9.
photoconductor unit
photoconductor unit
 Troubleshooting Is the image printed normally?
Check after cleaning the inside of the
1 printer End of work Proceed to step 2.
Confirm the installation state of
2 Toner Cartridge is correct End of work Proceed to step 3.
Confirm the installation state of
3 photoconductor unit is correct End of work Proceed to step 4.
Check the connection of Bias Clean Plate Spring
Transfer Roll BTR or replace
4 Remove Bias Transfer Roll. Is there any HVPS (P.173), Proceed to step 5.
deformation or contamination on Plate then proceed to
Transfer Roll

Confidential
THE PRINT IS BLANK Step Check Points and Measures Yes No

 Parts likely to be the cause Transfer Roll BTR or replace
 TONER CARTRIDGE 4 Remove Bias Transfer Roll. Is there any HVPS (P.173), Proceed to step 5.
 Photoconductor unit deformation or contamination on Plate then proceed to
 Bias Transfer Roll
[ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU] Transfer Roll
 CONNECTOR ASSY XERO 5 End of work Proceed to step 6.
 MOTOR DISP Is the image printed normally?
 ROS ASSY Check the connection of Clean Spring BCR
 PWBA MCU 6 Remove photoconductor unit. Is there replace HVPS Proceed to step 7.
 HVPS any deformation or contamination on (P.173), then
Spring BCR or Spring DB of HVPS? proceed to step 7.
 Troubleshooting photoconductor unit
The printer may
Check the laser beam path Remove the
Check by printing something not support the
format of current 8 Is there any foreign object between foreign object, and Proceed to step 9.
1 Print the Windows test page. Proceed to step 2. ROS ASSY and photoconductor unit? proceed to step 9.
output data. Check
Is the image printed normally? the output data in Check the operation of MOTOR
question. DISP Replace MOTOR
Replace the paper 9 Run Diag Digital Output [093-001] to Proceed to step 10. DISP (P.173), and
Check the paper with new dry paper check the revolution of MOTOR DISP. proceed to step 10.
or the paper which Is it operating normally?
satisfies the 10 Is the image printed normally? End of work Proceed to step 11.
proceed to step 3. Check the installation state of
photoconductor unit
Check the remaining amount of toner Re-install
Is photoconductor unit installed
in the toner cartridge because the photoconductor
11 correctly without any foreign object at Proceed to step 12.
toner may be running out and the unit and proceed to
3 End of work Proceed to step 4. the contact point between the ATC
cartridge may need to be replaced. step 12.
Sensor and CONNECTORASSY
Replace the toner cartridge if necessary. XERO?

Confidential

Check ATC Sensor of Replace
photoconductor unit photoconductor
12 Proceed to step 13.
Is the connector of ATC Sensor of unit and proceed to
photoconductor unit damaged? step 13.
Replace
proceed to step 14.
Check the installation state of PWBA
MCU
Re-install PWBA MCU.
Transfer Roll
Roll
photoconductor unit
Replace HVPS.
(P.173)

Confidential
THE PRINT HAS VERTICAL STREAKS Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
 Parts likely to be the cause Roll
 TONER CARTRIDGE 5 End of work Proceed to step 6.
 Bias Transfer Roll Is the image printed normally?
[ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU] Check the connection of Clean Spring BCR
photoconductor unit
 Photoconductor unit or Spring DB or
 FUSER UNIT any deformation or contamination on (P.173), then
Check after replacing Perform this

photoconductor unit work after the
7 End of work FUSER UNIT has
Is the image printed normally? cooled down.
Replace FUSER
 Troubleshooting UNIT.
Check the remaining amount of toner
in the toner cartridge because the
toner may be running out and the
2 cartridge may need to be replaced. End of work Proceed to step 3.
Replace the toner cartridge if necessary.
Transfer Roll

Confidential
PART OF OR THE ENTIRE PRINT IS SOLID BLACK Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
Check ROS ASSY
 Parts likely to be the cause
Cover half of the window of ROS
 Photoconductor unit ASSY with paper and carry out test
 ROS ASSY printing.
Replace ROS Replace the
4 Is the test print half black and half
 HVPS blank?
ASSY. (P.173) printer.
(If the ROS ASSY is normal, the test

print will be half blank but the test
pattern will be printed on the rest half.
 Troubleshooting
photoconductor unit
photoconductor unit
Check the charging state of
photoconductor unit
Cover the window of ROS ASSY with
paper and carry out test printing. Replace HVPS.
(P.173)
Is the test print solid black?
(If the charging of Drum is normal, the
test print will be blank.

Confidential
THE PRINT HAS PERIODIC BLACK DOTS Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
Check the connection of Clean Spring BCR
 Parts likely to be the cause photoconductor unit or Spring DB or
 Bias Transfer Roll 5 Remove photoconductor unit. Is there replace HVPS Proceed to step 6.
[ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU] any deformation or contamination on (P.173), then
 FUSER UNIT photoconductor unit
 HVPS 6 End of work Proceed to step 7.
photoconductor unit
Perform this work after the
 Troubleshooting FUSER UNIT has cooled Replace HVPS.
8 down. End of work
Step Check Points and Measures Yes No (P.173)
Replace FUSER UNIT.
Transfer Roll
Roll

Confidential
PARTS OF THE PRINT ARE MISSING VERTICALLY Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
 Parts likely to be the cause Roll
 Bias Transfer Roll 4 End of work Proceed to step 5.
[ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU] Is the image printed normally?
 Photoconductor unit Check after replacing
photoconductor unit
 FUSER UNIT 5 End of work Proceed to step 6.
 ROS ASSY Is the image printed normally?
FUSER UNIT has cooled Replace ROS
6 down. End of work
ASSY. (P.173)
Replace FUSER UNIT.
 Troubleshooting
Replace the paper
or the paper which
satisfies the
proceed to step 2.
Confirm the light path is not blocked
1. Remove photoconductor unit and
check the light path, then remove
2 the shield. End of work Proceed to step 3.
2. Re-install photoconductor unit.
Check for foreign object on the paper
path
Remove foreign objects on the paper
path between Bias Transfer Roll and
FUSER UNIT if any.

Confidential
GHOSTING Step Check Points and Measures Yes No

 Parts likely to be the cause Transfer Roll BTR or replace
 Bias Transfer Roll 4 Remove Bias Transfer Roll. Is there any HVPS (P.173), Proceed to step 5.
[ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU] deformation or contamination on Plate then proceed to
Transfer Roll Replace Bias
5 End of work
Re-install Bias Transfer Roll. Transfer Roll.
 Troubleshooting
Replace the paper
Check the paper with the paper
1 Proceed to step 2. which satisfies the
Does the paper meet the standards?
standards. Then,
proceed to step 2.
photoconductor unit
photoconductor unit

Confidential
LIGHT-INDUCED FATIGUE
Photoconductor unit
 Troubleshooting
Replace photoconductor unit. Replace the
1 End of work
Is the image printed normally? printer.

Confidential
BACKGROUND (FOG) Step Check Points and Measures Yes No

Replace
 Parts likely to be the cause Check CONNECTOR ASSY XERO CONNECTOR
 TONER CARTRIDGE 4 Is the connector of CONNECTOR ASSY XERO Proceed to step 5.
proceed to step 5.
 CONNECTOR ASSY XERO 5 Is the image printed normally? End of work Proceed to step 6.
 HVPS Check the installation state of
photoconductor unit
photoconductor unit Replace HVPS.
End of work
(P.173)
Step Check Points and Measures Yes No Is the image printed normally?
Replace the paper

or the paper which
satisfies the
proceed to step 2.
photoconductor unit
Re-install
Is photoconductor unit installed
photoconductor
2 correctly without any foreign object at Proceed to step 3.
unit and proceed to
the contact point between the ATC
step 3.
XERO?

Confidential
BEAD-CARRY-OUT (BCO)
 HVPS
 Troubleshooting
photoconductor unit
photoconductor unit Replace HVPS.
3 End of work
Replace photoconductor unit. (P.173)

Confidential
CHARACTERS ARE JAGGED

 TONER CARTRIDGE
 ROS ASSY
 Troubleshooting
Replace the paper
or the paper which
satisfies the
proceed to step 2.
CARTRIDGE
Replace TONER CARTRIDGE.
Check the installation state of ROS
ASSY Replace ROS
3 End of work
Re-install ROS ASSY. (P.173) ASSY. (P.173)

Confidential
THE PRINT HAS HORIZONTAL BANDING Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
 Parts likely to be the cause Transfer Roll
 Bias Transfer Roll 4 End of work Proceed to step 5.
[ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU] Is the image printed normally?
 Photoconductor unit Check the connection of Clean Spring BCR
photoconductor unit
 FUSER UNIT or Spring DB or
 ROS ASSY any deformation or contamination on (P.173), then
 HVPS Spring BCR or Spring DB of HVPS? proceed to step 6.
photoconductor unit
Roll
Replace the paper Check after replacing

with new dry paper photoconductor unit
Check the paper 8 End of work Proceed to step 9.
or the paper which Replace photoconductor unit.
satisfies the Is the image printed normally?
Does the paper meet the standards? standards. Then, Check after replacing FUSER UNIT
proceed to step 2.
Check for foreign object on the paper FUSER UNIT has cooled
path 9 down. End of work Proceed to step 10.
Remove foreign objects on the paper Replace FUSER UNIT.
2 path between Bias Transfer Roll and Proceed to step 3. End of work Is the image printed normally?
FUSER UNIT if any.
Are there horizontal banding on the Check after replacing ROS ASSY
Replace HVPS.
print? 10 Replace ROS ASSY. (P.173) End of work
(P.173)
Check the connection of Bias Is the image printed normally?
Clean Plate Spring

Confidential
AUGER MARKS Step Check Points and Measures Yes No

 Parts likely to be the cause photoconductor unit
Re-install
 TONER CARTRIDGE Is photoconductor unit installed
photoconductor
 Photoconductor unit 4 correctly without any foreign object at Proceed to step 5.
unit and proceed to
the contact point between the ATC
 CONNECTOR ASSY XERO step 5.
XERO?
Replace
proceed to step 7.
 Troubleshooting 7 Is the image printed normally? End of work Proceed to step 8.
Step Check Points and Measures Yes No Check after replacing
Check the remaining amount of toner photoconductor unit Replace the
8 End of work
in the toner cartridge because the Replace photoconductor unit. printer.
toner may be running out and the Is the image printed normally?
1 cartridge may need to be replaced. End of work Proceed to step 2.
Replace the toner cartridge if necessary.
Check the connection of Clean Spring BCR
any deformation or contamination on (P.173), then
photoconductor unit

Confidential
WRINKLED/STAINED PAPER  Troubleshooting

Check MSI
 ROLL ASSY RUBBER 1 Is the paper skewed when being fed Proceed to step 2. Proceed to step 4.
 ROLL ASSY REGI PINCH from MSI?
 ROLL REGI PINCH Check the side guide of MSI
 MSI Feed Roll / Nudger Roll 2 Adjust the side guide. End of work Proceed to step 3.
[HOLDER ASSY PICK UP] Is the image printed normally?
 KIT RETARD ROLL MSI ASSY Check the wrinkles Wrinkles of this
 Tray 1 Feed Roll / Nudger Roll Are the wrinkles located within 30mm
kind are regarded
[FEEDER ASSY] 3 as normal. The Proceed to step 4.
from one of the four sides of the
printer is not
 Tray 1 Retard Roll [HOLDER ASSY envelope?
abnormal.
RETARD CST] Check the paper path Remove the
 Bias Transfer Roll [ROLL ASSY- 4 Are there any foreign objects on the foreign objects and Proceed to step 6.
TRANS CRU] paper path? proceed to step 5.
 Photoconductor unit 5 Is the image printed normally? End of work Proceed to step 6.
 Feed Roll / Nudger Roll [ROLL Check the feed rolls Re-install the rolls
ASSY FEED] (Option) Are any of the feed rolls (listed on the not correctly
 Retard Roll [HOLDER ASSY left as parts likely to be the cause) installed, and
RETARD CST] (Option) installed correctly? proceed to step 7.
 ROLL ASSY TAKE AWAY [Mid] 7 Is the image printed normally? End of work Proceed to step 8.
(Option) Check the feed rolls Replace the rolls
 ROLL PINCH TA [Mid] (Option) 8
Are any of the feed rolls (listed on the which are worn or
Proceed to step 10.
left as parts likely to be the cause) worn deformed, and
 ROLL ASSY EXIT
or deformed? proceed to step 9.
 KIT PINCH ASSY L
 KIT PINCH ASSY R
Check the installation state of the
 Heat Roll [FUSER UNIT] paper cassettes
Re-install the paper cassettes.

Confidential

Check the effect of humidity control
for paper
Load recommended paper which is
newly opened (or hermetically sealed
and stored in a well-air-conditioned
environment), and carry out test
printing.
Check the side guides of paper
cassettes
Adjust the side guides.
Transfer Roll
FUSER UNIT
14 FUSER UNIT has cooled End of work Proceed to step 15.
down.
Re-install FUSER UNIT.
FUSER UNIT has cooled Replace the
15 down. End of work
printer.
Replace FUSER UNIT.

Confidential
DAMAGE ON THE LEADING EDGE  Troubleshooting

Check MSI
 ROLL ASSY RUBBER 1 Is the paper skewed when being fed Proceed to step 2. Proceed to step 3.
 ROLL ASSY REGI PINCH from MSI?
 ROLL REGI PINCH Check the side guide of MSI
 MSI Feed Roll / Nudger Roll 2 Adjust the side guide. End of work Proceed to step 3.
[HOLDER ASSY PICK UP] Is the image printed normally?
 KIT RETARD ROLL MSI ASSY Check the paper path Remove the
 Tray 1 Feed Roll / Nudger Roll 3 Are there any foreign objects on the foreign objects and Proceed to step 5.
[FEEDER ASSY] paper path? proceed to step 4.
 Tray 1 Retard Roll [HOLDER ASSY 4 Is the image printed normally? End of work Proceed to step 5.
RETARD CST] Check the feed rolls Re-install the rolls
 Bias Transfer Roll [ROLL ASSY- 5
Are any of the feed rolls (listed on the
Proceed to step 7.
not correctly
TRANS CRU] left as parts likely to be the cause) installed, and
installed correctly? proceed to step 6.
 Feed Roll / Nudger Roll [ROLL
ASSY FEED] (Option) Check the feed rolls Replace the rolls
 Retard Roll [HOLDER ASSY 7
left as parts likely to be the cause) worn deformed, and
Proceed to step 9.
RETARD CST] (Option) or deformed? proceed to step 8.
 ROLL ASSY TAKE AWAY [Mid] 8 Is the image printed normally? End of work Proceed to step 9.
(Option)
 ROLL PINCH TA [Mid] (Option) paper cassettes
 ROLL ASSY EXIT Re-install the paper cassettes.
 KIT PINCH ASSY L Is the image printed normally?
 KIT PINCH ASSY R Check the effect of humidity control
for paper
 Heat Roll [FUSER UNIT]
Load recommended paper which is
newly opened (or hermetically sealed
and stored in a well-air-conditioned
environment), and carry out test
printing.

Confidential

cassettes
Transfer Roll
FUSER UNIT
down.
FUSER UNIT has cooled Replace the
14 down. End of work
printer.
Replace FUSER UNIT.

Confidential
INCORRECT MARGINS ON THE UPPER PART OR ON THE SIDES

 Bias Transfer Roll
 ROS ASSY
 Troubleshooting
photoconductor unit
Roll Replace ROS
2 End of work
Replace Bias Transfer Roll. ASSY. (P.173)

Confidential
SKEWED IMAGE Step Check Points and Measures Yes No

Check the feed rolls Replace the rolls
 ROLL ASSY RUBBER left as parts likely to be the cause) worn deformed, and
 ROLL ASSY REGI PINCH or deformed? proceed to step 8.
 ROLL REGI PINCH
 Bias Transfer Roll paper cassettes
[ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU] 9
Re-install the paper cassettes.
 Heat Roll [FUSER UNIT] Is the image printed normally?
cassettes
Transfer Roll
 Troubleshooting 11 End of work Proceed to step 12.
Check MSI Check the installation state of
1 Is the paper skewed when being fed Proceed to step 2. Proceed to step 3. FUSER UNIT
from MSI? Perform this work after the
Check the side guide of MSI
down.
2 Adjust the side guide. End of work Proceed to step 3.
Check the paper path Remove the Check after replacing FUSER UNIT
3 Are there any foreign objects on the foreign objects and Proceed to step 5.
paper path? proceed to step 4.
FUSER UNIT has cooled
4 Is the image printed normally? End of work Proceed to step 5. down. Replace the
13 End of work
printer.
Check the feed rolls Re-install the rolls 1. Replace FUSER UNIT.
Are any of the feed rolls (listed on the not correctly 2. Reset the counter.
left as parts likely to be the cause) installed, and Is the image printed normally?
installed correctly? proceed to step 6.

Confidential
3.5.3 Other Problems Step Check Points and Measures Yes No

Operation check of DRIVE ASSY
3.5.3.1 Abnormal Noise MAIN
Stop the motor within 3 sec.
Abnormal Noise: At powered on Motor operation more than 3
3 sec. will damage the printer. Proceed to step 4. End of work
 Parts related to trouble  Menu: 559 MAIN MOT SP1
: Parts applicable to operation checks using the maintenance function.  Judgment: Operation Sound
 TONER CARTRIDGE Is any abnormal noise occurred?
 MOTOR DISP Check after replacing
photoconductor unit
4 Replace photoconductor unit. Proceed to step 5. End of work
 Photoconductor unit Is any abnormal noise occurred at
 FUSER UNIT powered on?
 HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT OUT Check after replacing FUSER UNIT
 HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT IN FUSER UNIT has cooled
 Troubleshooting 5 down. Proceed to step 6. End of work
Replace FUSER UNIT.
Is any abnormal noise occurred at
Operation check of MOTOR DISP powered on?
Stop the motor within 3 sec. Check after replacing DRIVE ASSY
Motor operation more than 3 MAIN
1 sec. will damage the printer. Proceed to step 2. Proceed to step 3. 6 Replace DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Proceed to step 7. End of work
 Menu: 582 TMOT Y SP1
 Judgment: Operation Sound powered on?
Is any abnormal noise occurred?
Check the installation state of HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT OUT
TONER CARTRIDGE Replace TONER
CARTRIDGE. and HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT
2 Re-install TONER CARTRIDGE. End of work IN
If not improved, If not improved,
Is any abnormal noise occurred at 7 Replace HOLDER ASSY DRIVE End of work
replace the printer. replace the printer.
powered on? EXIT OUT and HOLDER ASSY
DRIVE EXIT IN.
powered on?

Confidential
Abnormal Noise: When printing Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
Check for dirt and foreign objects on
 Parts related to trouble the rotation part of the LVPS FAN Replace LVPS
: Parts applicable to operation checks using the maintenance function. Remove the dirt and foreign objects on FAN.
4 End of work
 REAR FAN [FAN SUB] the rotation part of the LVPS FAN. If not improved,
Is any abnormal noise occurred when replace the printer.
 LVPS FAN printing?
 SOLENOID FEED MSI Check after replacing SOLENOID
 CST FEED CLUTCH FEED MSI
 REGI. CLUTCH 5 Replace SOLENOID FEED MSI. Proceed to step 6. End of work
Is any abnormal noise occurred when
 Troubleshooting feeding paper from the MSI?
Step Check Points and Measures Yes No Check after replacing CST FEED
CLUTCH
Operation check of REAR FAN
[FAN SUB] 6 Replace CST FEED CLUTCH. Proceed to step 7. End of work
Stop the motor within 3 sec. Is any abnormal noise occurred when
Motor operation more than 3 feeding paper from the Tray 1?
1 sec. will damage the printer. Proceed to step 2. Proceed to step 3. Check after replacing REGI.
CLUTCH To ?Abnormal
 Menu: 555 MAIN FAN SP1
7 Noise: At powered End of work
 Judgment: Operation Sound Replace REGI. CLUTCH.
on? (p.156)
Is any abnormal noise occurred? Is any abnormal noise occurred?
Check for dirt and foreign objects on
the rotation part of the REAR FAN
[FAN SUB] Replace REAR
Remove the dirt and foreign objects on FAN [FAN SUB].
2 End of work
the rotation part of the REAR FAN If not improved,
[FAN SUB]. replace the printer.
Is any abnormal noise occurred when
printing?
Operation check of LVPS FAN
Stop the motor within 3 sec.
Motor operation more than 3
3 sec. will damage the printer. Proceed to step 4. Proceed to step 5.
 Menu: 557 SUB FAN SP1
 Judgment: Operation Sound
Is any abnormal noise occurred?

Confidential
3.5.3.2 Power Supply DC Power
AC Power  Parts related to trouble
 Parts related to trouble  PWB LVPS

 PWBA MCU
 PWB LVPS
 HARNESS ASSY INLET  Troubleshooting
 POWER CORD Step Check Points and Measures Yes No
Connection check of PWB LVPS
 Troubleshooting
Disconnect the POWER CORD and
Step Check Points and Measures Yes No wait for a minute.
Check the printer To ?DC Power? Reconnect all the connectors of the
1 Proceed to step 2. PWB LVPS.
Is motor noise occurred at powered on? (p.158)
Is the printer operating normally?
Check the state of the electric outlet
Plug the POWER CORD in another Check the installation state of MCU Replace
2 End of work Proceed to step 3. Re-install MCU.
electric outlet. 2 End of work PWB LVPS.
Is the printer operating normally? Is the printer operating normally? (P.173)
Connection check of POWER CORD
3 Reconnect the POWER CORD. End of work Proceed to step 4.
Check the POWER CORD
Use a proper
4 Does the POWER OCRD meet the Proceed to step 5.
POWER CORD.
specifications?
Connection check of PWB LVPS
Disconnect the POWER CORD and
wait for a minute.
Reconnect all the connectors of the
PWB LVPS.
Check after replacing HARNESS
ASSY INLET Replace
6 PWB LVPS. End of work
Replace HARNESS ASSY INLET.
(P.173)

Confidential
3.6 Self Diagnostic Function  Output check
When using the self diagnostic function to operate each part,

The printer has a self diagnostic function that enables you to individually
each of the parts must be operated for only a short time.
operate a motor, sensor, clutch, or fan and check whether or not there is a
problem with that part. The self diagnostic function can be executed from a
menu in the maintenance function.
1) Select the menu corresponding to the part for which you want to
3.6.1 Operating Procedure perform the operation check.
The self diagnostic function includes output checks and input checks. An 2) Press the right button or OK button. The operation signal is sent.
output check allows you to output an operation command to a motor or clutch
3) Check the operation of the corresponding part.
in order to operate just that part. An input check detects the signal that is output
(The check procedure differs depending on the part.)
by a sensor or switch so that you can confirm the detection state of each part.
 Input check
START PROCEDURE
C H E C K When an input check is performed, the printer operates but
C H E C K The printer is unable to perform an operation check of two or P O IN T this is not an indication of a malfunction.
P O IN T more parts (2 menus) at the same time.
1) Select the menu corresponding to the part for which you want to
1. Start the printer in maintenance mode by performing the special operation. perform the operation check.
2. Select the maintenance menu. 2) Change the detection state of the part for which you want to perform
the operation check. Keep the state changed until the following steps
are complete. (Move the actuator of the sensor.)
3) Press the right button. The output signal is checked.
4) Confirm the value displayed on the LCD.
END PROCEDURE
1. Press the left button to exit the menu. (If the menu was exited after
executing the output check, perform a reboot.)
TROUBLESHOOTING Self Diagnostic Function 159

Confidential
3.6.2 Maintenance Menu

3.6.2.1 Output Check
*: Values are kept regardless of powering ON/OFF.
Table 3-6. Output Check
Target Model Specification
Menu Name Function AL- AL- 24V Judgment/Check Judgment Details
Value 0 1
M300 M400
a) clicking sound
In the printer, the power shutdown circuit
works for safety reasons, so no clicking
sound can be heard when changing
Checks the power 0(OFF)=>1(ON). A clicking sound can be
a) clicking sound or
shutdown circuit works heard when changing 1(ON)=>0(OFF). If
553 FSR RELAY ON Y Y --- OFF ON OFF b) visual check of the value
normally when Fuser Unit no sound can be heard, replace LVPS.
on Sensor Info menu
fails.
b) visual check of the value on Sensor Info
menu
1(ON): the value of 601 XFSR EN is 1.
0(OFF): the value of 601 XFSR EN is 0.
Turns 24V Drive system
554 24V ON Y Y --- OFF ON --- --- ---
power supply ON/OFF.
Open the rear cover and turn on the
Visually check the rotation interlock SW on the rear forcibly, then
555 MAIN FAN SP1 Rotates REAR FAN [FAN start the printer in the maintenance mode.
Y Y --- OFF ON OFF of REAR FAN [FAN
(Normal) ASSY MAIN] at full speed.
ASSY MAIN]. 0(OFF): REAR FAN stops.
1(ON): REAR FAN operates normally.
interlock SW on the rear forcibly, then
Rotates REAR FAN [FAN Visually check the rotation start the printer in the maintenance mode.
556 MAIN FAN SP2
ASSY MAIN] at half Y Y --- OFF ON OFF of REAR FAN [FAN
(Half) 0(OFF): REAR FAN stops.
speed. ASSY MAIN].
1(ON): REAR FAN operates at half
speed.
Remove COVER ASSY TOP and
COVER ASSY SIDE L, and detach LVPS
557 SUB FAN SP1 Rotates LVPS FAN [FAN Visually check the rotation FAN [FAN SUB] and place it out of the
Y Y --- OFF ON OFF printer, then start the printer in the
(LVPS FAN) SUB] at full speed. of LVPS FAN [FAN SUB].
maintenance mode.
0(OFF): LVPS FAN stops.

Confidential

Value 0 1
M300 M400
558 ROS MOT Check the rotation sound of Check the operation sound specific to the
Drives ROS MOTOR. Y Y --- OFF ON OFF
(ROS Motor) the polygon motor. polygon motor of ROS ASSY ZKR.
remove FUSER UNIT. (to prevent its
Visually check roller from damage) Start the printer in the
559 MAIN MOT SP1 Rotates the main motor at PHOTOCONDUCTOR maintenance mode. Ignore the message
Y Y --- OFF ON ON "Install Maintenance Unit" displayed
(Normal) full speed. UNIT's OPC rotates at full
speed. because FUSER UNIT is not installed.
0(OFF): OPC stops.
1(ON): PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT's
OPC rotates at full speed.
(Half) half speed. UNIT's OPC rotates at half
0(OFF): OPC stops.
OPC rotates at half speed.
(Low) low speed. UNIT's OPC rotates at low
0(OFF): OPC stops.
OPC rotates at low speed.

Confidential

Value 0 1
M300 M400
roller from damage) Start the printer in the
maintenance mode. Ignore the message
"Install Maintenance Unit" displayed
because FUSER UNIT is not installed.
By executing Machine Check No.18 to
start SOLENOID FEED MSI while the
Visually check the feeding main motor rotates at full speed, LEVER
562 MSI FEED SOL
Feeds paper from MSI. Y Y Execute --- --- ON from MSI while starting the LIFTER MSI starts rotating and HOLDER
(MSI Feed Solenoid)
main motor. PICK UP is lowered, then the feeding
starts. In the same way, by executing
Machine Check No.19 to start
SOLENOID FEED MSI while the main
motor rotates at half speed, HOLDER
PICK UP starts feeding. Then, by
executing Machine Check No.20 to start
SOLENOID FEED MSI while the main
motor rotates at low speed, HOLDER
PICK UP is lowered and the feeding starts.
Remove the standard cassette (C1) and
start the printer in the maintenance mode.
Turn GEAR NUDGER Ignore the message "Paper Out". ON/OFF
with your finger tip and status of CST FEED CLUTCH is as
563 CST FEED CLH follows:
Operates Feed Clutch. Y Y --- OFF ON ON judge the difference of load
(Feed Clutch)
between on and off by 0(OFF): No load can be felt when turning
touching GEAR NUDGER. GEAR NUDGER manually.
1(ON): Load can be felt when turning
GEAR NUDGER manually.

Confidential

Value 0 1
M300 M400
remove FUSER UNIT. Start the printer in
the maintenance mode.
Judge the load when REGI
564 REGI CLH ON/OFF status of REGI CLUTCH is as
Operates REGI CLUTCH. Y Y --- OFF ON ON CLUTCH is powered by
(Regi Clutch) follows:
touching it.
0(OFF): No load can be felt when turning
ROLL REGI PINCH manually.
1(ON): Load can be felt when turning
ROLL REGI PINCH manually.
Because CLUTCH ASSY EXIT T21 and
CLUTCH ASSY INVERT T24 are
connected on the same shaft, to prevent
CLUTCH ASSY INVERT T24 from
affecting, disconnect the harness from the
Judge the load when EXIT connector (P17) on PWBA MCU.
565 EXIT CLH1
Operates EXIT CLUTCH. Y Y --- OFF ON ON CLUTCH is powered by
(Exit Clutch) OFF/ON status of EXIT CLUTCH is as
touching it.
follows:
0(OFF): GEAR EXIT can be rotated
manually.
1(ON): GEAR EXIT cannot be rotated
manually.
Because CLUTCH ASSY EXIT T21 and
CLUTCH ASSY INVERT T24 are
connected on the same shaft, to prevent
CLUTCH ASSY EXIT T21 from
affecting, disconnect the harness from the
Judge the load when EXIT connector (P16) on PWBA MCU.
566 EXIT INV CLT Operates EXIT INVERT
Y Y --- OFF ON ON CLUTCH INVERT is
(Exit Invert Clutch) CLUTCH. OFF/ON status of EXIT INVERT
powered by touching it.
CLUTCH is as follows:
0(OFF): GEAR EXIT can be rotated
manually.
1(ON): GEAR EXIT cannot be rotated
manually.

Confidential

Value 0 1
M300 M400
567 Option1 MOT SP1 Rotates the Option1 Feeder Visually check MOTOR Remove the left cover of the option
(Feeder1 Motor 250/550 drive motor at full Y Y --- OFF ON OFF ASSY OPTION rotates at cassette 1 and check MOTOR ASSY
(Normal)) speed. full speed. OPTION rotates at full speed.
Rotates the Option1 Feeder Visually check MOTOR Remove the left cover of the option
568 Option1 MOT SP2
250/550 drive motor at half Y Y --- OFF ON OFF ASSY OPTION rotates at cassette 1 and check MOTOR ASSY
(Feeder1 Motor (Half))
speed. half speed. OPTION rotates at half speed.
Rotates the Option1 Feeder Visually check MOTOR Remove the left cover of the option
569 Option1 MOT SP3
250/550 drive motor at low Y Y --- OFF ON OFF ASSY OPTION rotates at cassette 1 and check MOTOR ASSY
(Feeder1 Motor (Low))
speed. low speed. OPTION rotates at low speed.
570 Option2 MOT SP1 Rotates the Option2 Visually check MOTOR Remove the left cover of the option
(Feeder1 Motor Feeder550 drive motor at --- Y --- OFF ON OFF ASSY OPTION rotates at cassette 2 and check MOTOR ASSY
(Normal)) full speed. full speed. OPTION rotates at full speed.
Rotates the Option2 Visually check MOTOR Remove the left cover of the option
571 Option2 MOT SP2
Feeder550 drive motor at --- Y --- OFF ON OFF ASSY OPTION rotates at cassette 2 and check MOTOR ASSY
half speed. half speed. OPTION rotates at half speed.
572 Option2 MOT SP3
low speed. low speed. OPTION rotates at low speed.
573 Option3 MOT SP1 Rotates the Option3 Visually check MOTOR Remove the left cover of the option
(Feeder3 Motor Feeder550 drive motor at --- Y --- OFF ON OFF ASSY OPTION rotates at cassette 3 and check MOTOR ASSY
(Normal)) full speed. full speed. OPTION rotates at full speed.
574 Option3 MOT SP2
half speed. half speed. OPTION rotates at half speed.
575 Option3 MOT SP3
low speed. low speed. OPTION rotates at low speed.
Pull out the standard cassette and option
cassette 1. Start operation of Option 1
drive motor with Option1 MOT SP1-SP3
576 Option1 FEED Visually check the feeding
Feeds paper from Option1. Y Y Execute --- --- OFF commands. Option1 FEED SOL
SOL of Option1 feed roller.
command turns on CLUTCH ASSY OPT
FEED and ROLL ASSY FEED starts
feeding paper.

Confidential

Value 0 1
M300 M400
cassettes 1/2. Start operation of Option 1
Feeds paper from Option2. --- Y Execute --- --- OFF commands. Option2 FEED SOL
feeding paper.
cassettes 1/2/3. Start operation of Option 1
Feeds paper from Option3. --- Y Execute --- --- OFF commands. Option2 FEED SOL
feeding paper.
Turn ROLL ASSY TAKE cassette 1.
AWAY of the option
OFF/ON status of CLUTCH ASSY REGI
cassette 1 with your finger
579 Option1 TA CLH Operates CLUTCH ASSY is as follows:
--- Y --- OFF ON OFF tip and judge the difference
(Take Away Clutch) REGI. 0(OFF): ROLL ASSY TAKE AWAY can
of load between on and off
by touching ROLL ASSY be rotated manually.
TAKE AWAY. 1(ON): ROLL ASSY TAKE AWAY
cannot be rotated manually.
Turn ROLL ASSY TAKE cassettes 1/2.
AWAY of the option

Confidential

Value 0 1
M300 M400
Turn ROLL ASSY TAKE cassettes 1/2/3.
AWAY of the option
Visually check the rotation
Open COVER ASSEMBLY FRONT ALL
582 TMOT Y SP1 of the gear on the lower
and cheat the front interlock. Visually
(Dispense Motor Drives MOTOR DISP N. Y Y --- OFF ON OFF right of
check the rotation of the gear on the lower
(Normal)) PHOTOCONDUCTOR
right of PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT.
UNIT.
3.6.2.2 Input Check

Table 3-7. Input Check
Target Model Specification (Return Value)
Menu Name Function AL- AL- Judgment Details
None Off On
M300 M400
If the value of 1 (ON) of 553 FSR RELAY ON is checked
601 XFSR EN with 601 XFSR EN, 1(ON) is returned.
Obtains information on Fusing Relay. Y Y --- 0 1
10-200 Fusing Relay Enable If the value of 0(OFF) of 553 FSR RELAY ON is
checked with 601 XFSR EN, 0(OFF) is returned.
602 IL FRONT OPEN Obtains information on the front
Y Y --- 0 1 0: Closed/1: Open
41-300 Inter Lock Front Cover interlock.
603 IL REAR OPEN
Obtains information on the rear interlock. Y Y --- 0 1 0: Closed/1: Open
41-301 Inter Lock Rear Cover
0: Normal
604 Alm MAIN Fan Obtains information on the rear fan's
Y Y --- 0 1 1: Abnormal (Apply load onto the fan, disconnect the
42-200 Rear Fan Alarm alarm.
connector.)
0: Normal
605 Alm SUB FAN Obtains information on LVPS fan's
Y Y --- 0 1 1: Abnormal (Apply load onto the fan, disconnect the
42-201 LVPS Fan Alarm alarm.
connector.)

Confidential

None Off On
M300 M400
606 MSI NOPAPER SNR Obtains information on the MSI no paper
Y Y --- 0 1 0: Paper present/1: No paper
71-100 MSI No Paper Sensor sensor.
607 CST NOPAPER SNR Obtains information on the standard
Y Y --- 0 1 0: Paper present/1: No paper
71-101 Tray1 No Paper Sensor cassette's no paper sensor.
608 REGI SNR
Obtains information on Regi Sensor. Y Y --- 0 1 0: No paper at regi section/1: Paper present at regi section
71-102 Regi Sensor
609 EXIT SNR
Obtains information on Exit Sensor. Y Y --- 0 1 0: No paper at exit section/1: Paper present at exit section
71-103 Exit Sensor
610 Opt.1 NO PPR
Obtains information on Feeder No Paper
71-116 Option Feeder1 No Paper Y Y -1 0 1 -1: No Option1/0: Paper present (normal)/1: No paper
Sensor of the option cassette 1 (C2).
Sensor(Cassette2)
611 Opt.2 NO PPR
71-117 Option Feeder2 No Paper --- Y -1 0 1 -1: No Option2/0: Paper present (normal)/1: No paper
Sensor(Cassette3)
612 Opt.3 NO PPR
71-118 Option Feeder3 No Paper --- Y -1 0 1 -1: No Option3/0: Paper present (normal)/1: No paper
Sensor(Cassette4)
613 Opt.1 PATH PPR
Obtains information on Tray2 Path -1: No Option1/0: Paper present (normal)/1: No paper
71-119 Option Feeder1 Path Y Y -1 0 1
Sensor of the option cassette 1 (C2). (sensor on the printer)
Sensor(Cassette2)
614 Opt.2 PATH PPR
71-120 Option Feeder2 Path --- Y -1 0 1
Sensor of the option cassette 2 (C3). (sensor on Option1)
Sensor(Cassette3)
615 Opt.3 PATH PPR
71-121 Option Feeder3 Path --- Y -1 0 1
Sensor of the option cassette 3 (C4). (sensor on Option2)
Sensor(Cassette4)
616 FULL STACK SNR Obtains information on the full stack -1: No FULL STACK SENSOR(AL-M300 Series)/
--- Y -1 0 1
71-122 Full Stack Sensor sensor. 0:FULL/1:Not FULL

Confidential

None Off On
M300 M400
-1: No Option1/0: Option1 MOT off/
1: Option1 MOT on
617 Opt.1 ALM MOT SW OFF/ON Maintenance Mode Opt1 motor drive
Obtains information on the motor sensor
71-200 Option Feeder1 Motor Y Y -1 0 1 (Normal/Half/Low)
of the option cassette 1 (C2).
Alarm(Cassette2) 0: normal/1: abnormal
(to make abnormal situation: disconnect the connector on
the driver board, press the pinion with your finger)
-1: No Option2/0: Option2 MOT off/1: Option2 MOT on
SW OFF/ON Maintenance Mode Opt2 motor drive
618 Opt.2 ALM MOT
Obtains information on the motor sensor (Normal/Half/Low)
71-201 Option Feeder2 Motor --- Y -1 0 ON
of the option cassette 2 (C3). 0: normal/1: abnormal
Alarm(Cassette3)
-1: No Option3/0: Option3 MOT off/1: Option3 MOT on
SW OFF/ON Maintenance Mode Opt3 motor drive
619 Opt.3 ALM MOT
Obtains information on the motor sensor (Normal/Half/Low)
71-202 Option Feeder3 Motor --- Y -1 0 ON
of the option cassette 3 (C4). 0: normal/1: abnormal
Alarm(Cassette4)

Confidential
CHAPTER
4
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
Confidential
4.1 Preliminary Check 4.1.2 Parts/Units that Should Not be Disassembled

Do not disassemble the following parts or units. Doing so can result in
4.1.1 Tool List malfunction of the printer.
The tools listed below are required for disassembling the printer.
Tool Name Code Usage Reference  Consumables/After Service Parts

For disassembling all Do not disassemble the consumables or parts/units that are supplied as
Phillips screwdriver No.2 1080532 ---
of the parts/units
After Service Parts.
Long-nose pliers 1080564 Use as required ---
Tweezers 1080561 Use as required ---
Example:
 Toner Cartridge
 Fuser Unit
 ROS ASSY
 Parts/Units that are not described in this manual

Do not disassemble any parts/units that are not described in this manual.
Especially, the main frame must be kept unchanged from its original state
because the frame position has been strictly adjusted at the factory. Never
loosen or remove the screws securing the frame.
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Preliminary Check 170

Confidential
4.1.3 How to Read this Chapter

PAGE CONFIGURATION
 Opening page  Main Page

Guide Part Name Final Procedure
Location Guide to indicate the Shows part to be The pink Guide indicates that
Shows location of procedural steps. disassembled or operation to the step is the final step of the
each part. be performed in the column. disassembly procedure.
Epson AL-M300/AL-M400 Series Revision A Epson AL-M300/AL-M400 Series Revision A
4.3.3 Group 3 PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT/

A TONER CARTRIDGE A1 B1 A2 B2
Open the COVER FRONT TOP ALL ASSY PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT / TONER CARTRIDGE
CONTENT C1 C2
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide
PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT/
TONER CARTRIDGE A
COVER FRONT TOP ALL ASSY
KIT COVER ASSY FRONT/
COVER ASSY FRONT TOP B
COVER MCU/PWBA MCU C

COVER ASSY FRONT TOP
B
1. Open the COVER FRONT TOP ALL ASSY. Do not touch the drum of the PHOTO CONDUCTOR UNIT. And also, take care not
to let dust and such stick on it when handling it.
1. Release the lock that secures the PHOTO CONDUCTOR UNIT to the TONER
CARTRIDGE, and remove the TONER CARTRIDGE.
2. Remove the PHOTO CONDUCTOR UNIT.
C If the COVER LINK is pressed down, the PHOTO CONDUCTOR UNIT is (still)
COVER MCU/PWBA MCU
locked. So be careful.
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Disassembly/Reassembly - Main Unit 18 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Disassembly/Reassembly - Main Unit 20
㪚㫆㫅㪽㫀㪻㪼㫅㫋㫀㪸㫃㪚㫆㫅㪽㫀㪻㪼㫅㫋㫀㪸㫃
Part Name/Guide Procedure

Lists parts or units included in the Group. Describes disassembly procedure.
Each of their disassembly procedure is given with the Reassemble the parts or units
alphabetic character shown in the Guide column. by reversing the disassembly procedure.

Confidential
PROCEDURE 3. Go to main pages, find the columns that has the “Guide” character on the
upper left corner, and perform the procedure described in the columns in
1. Find the part/unit you want to remove in the table. numerical sequence.
2. Check the alphabetic character “Guide” in the Guide column for the target
Example: To disassemble the KIT COVER ASSY FRONT/COVER
part/unit.
ASSY FRONT TOP, find columns with “B” on their upper left
Example: When you want to remove the KIT COVER ASSY FRONT/ corner, and follow the procedures in the columns in numerical
COVER ASSY FRONT TOP, its “Guide” is “B”. order.
4.3.3 Group 3 Epson AL-M300/AL-M400 Series Revision A
A1 B1 A2 B2
Open the COVER FRONT SFP STD SEC SPEC PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT / TONER CARTRIDGE
CONTENT C1 C2
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide COVER FRONT TOP ALL ASSY
PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT /
TONER CARTRIDGE A

COVER ASSY FRONT TOP B B3
Remove the TRAY ASSY MSI
B4 KIT COVER ASSY REAR/
ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU
C3
1. Open the COVER FRONT TOP ALL ASSY. Do not touch the drum of the XERO ASSY. And also, take care not to let dust and
such stick on it when handling it.
1. Release the lock that secures the XERO ASSY to the TONER CARTRIDGE, and remove
the TONER CARTRIDGE.
2. Remove the XERO ASSY.
If the COVER LINK is pressed down, the XERO ASSY is (still) locked. So be
careful.
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Disassembly/Reassembly - Main Unit 20

㪚㫆㫅㪽㫀㪻㪼㫅㫋㫀㪸㫃
1. Open the COVER MSI. 1. Open the COVER FRONT TOP ALL SFP ASSY and disengage the hook of the COVER
2. Pull out the TRAY ASSY MSI (PL13.2.9) from the printer. LINK on the printer, then remove the COVER FRONT TOP ALL SFP ASSY.
2. Warp the COVER FRONT TOP ALL SFP ASSY slightly and release one of the bosses
from the bearing hole, then remove the COVER FRONT TOP ALL SFP ASSY from the
printer.

㪚㫆㫅㪽㫀㪻㪼㫅㫋㫀㪸㫃

Confidential
4.2 List of Disassembly/Reassembly Parts/Units Table 4-1. List of Disassembly/Reassembly Parts/Units (Main Unit)
Category Parts/units Reference
Table 4-1. List of Disassembly/Reassembly Parts/Units (Main Unit) ROS ROS P. 249
Category Parts/units Reference DRIVE ASSY DISP P. 206
UI PANEL ASSY P. 175 Dispenser MOTOR DISP P. 249
KIT COVER ASSY EXTENSION P. 175 CONNECTOR ASSY XERO P. 273
COVER ASSY-WINDOW ESS P. 175 Transfer ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU P. 175
KIT COVER ASSY REAR P. 181 Fusing FUSER UNIT P. 175
KIT COVER ASSY FRONT P. 186 CHUTE ASSY-DUP P. 320
COVER ASSY FRONT TOP P. 186 [AL-M300 Series] CHUTE ASSY EXIT P. 206
COVER MCU P. 186 Exit [AL-M400 Series] CHUTE ASSY EXIT P. 206
COVER SIDE R P. 196 KIT PINCH ASSY L P. 206
COVER COVER SIDE R REAR P. 196 KIT PINCH ASSY R P. 206
COVER SIDE L P. 196 DRIVE ASSYMAIN LM P. 225
COVER SIDE L REAR P. 196 KIT AC INLET P. 225
Drive
LVPS FAN [FAN SUB] P. 196 HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT OUT P. 273
FRAME ASSY-TOP MSI P. 206 GEAR-DUP IN P. 225
COVER ASSY TOP SFP LOW P. 225 PWB ASSY ESS P. 181
HOUSING ASSY CRUM P. 249 PWBA MCU P. 186
Electrical
REAR FAN P. 320 KIT LVPS (including the Front I/F) P. 196
KIT RETARD ROLL MSI ASSY P. 329 HVPS P. 206
MSI KIT MSI COVER P. 329
SOLENOID FEED MSI P. 225
CASSETTE ASSY 250 IOT P. 329
Tray HOLDER ASSY RETARD CST P. 329
ROLL ASSY FEED P. 329
TRANSPORT ASSY-REGI FDR P. 295
Registration HARNESS ASSY INTLK P. 225
ROLL ASSY FEED (2 pieces) P. 192
PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT P. 186
Xerographics
TONER CARTRIDGE P. 186
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY List of Disassembly/Reassembly Parts/Units 173

Confidential
Table 4-2. List of Disassembly/Reassembly Parts/Units (Option Feeder 250)

Parts/units Reference
COVER SIDE L OPT 250 MAT P. 334
COVER SIDE R OPT 250 MAT P. 334
PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY P. 334
ROLL ASSY FEED (2 pieces) P. 334
MOTOR-ASSY OPTION P. 339
CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED P. 339
COVER-REAR OPT 250 MAT P. 339
FEEDER ASSY-OPT 250 MAIN P. 339
Table 4-3. List of Disassembly/Reassembly Parts/Units (Option Feeder 550)

Parts/units Reference
COVER-SIDE L OPT 550 P. 346
COVER-SIDE R OPT 550 P. 346
PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY P. 346
ROLL ASSY FEED P. 346
MOTOR-ASSY OPTION P. 351
CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED P. 351
COVER-REAR OPT 550 P. 351
FEEDER ASSY-OPT 550 P. 351
CLUTCH ASSY REGI P. 360
CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT P. 360
NO PAPER SENSOR P. 360
PRE REGI SENSOR P. 360
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY List of Disassembly/Reassembly Parts/Units 174

Confidential
4.3 Disassembly/Reassembly - Main Unit A PANEL ASSY D FUSER UNIT
4.3.1 Group 1
CONTENT
PANEL ASSY A
KIT COVER ASSY EXTENSION B
COVER ASSY-WINDOW ESS C
FUSER UNIT D
ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU E B E
KIT COVER ASSY EXTENSION ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU
C
COVER ASSY-WINDOW ESS

Confidential
DISASSEMBLY FLOWCHART
Start
A1 B1 C1 D1
Open the COVER KIT COVER ASSY COVER ASSY- Open the KIT COVER
FRONT TOP ALL EXTENSION WINDOW ESS E1 ASSY REAR
ASSY (P. 177) (P. 178) (P. 179) (P. 179)
A2 PANEL ASSY D2 FUSER UNIT E2 ROLL ASSY-TRANS

(P. 177) (P. 180) CRU (P. 180)

Confidential
A1 Open the COVER FRONT TOP A2

PANEL ASSY
ALL ASSY
㪧㪘㪥㪜㪣㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪝㪩㪦㪥㪫㩷㪫㪦㪧㩷㪘㪣㪣㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪉㪇
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪈㪇㪈㪜㪙
1. Open the COVER FRONT TOP ALL ASSY. 1. Disengage the three hooks that secure the PANEL ASSY to the printer, and disconnect the
connector (P/J220).
2. Remove the PANEL ASSY.

Confidential
B1
KIT COVER ASSY EXTENSION 㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪜㪯㪫㪜㪥㪪㪠㪦㪥㩷㪉㪥㪛
㪢㪠㪫㩷㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪜㪯㪫㪜㪥㪪㪠㪦㪥㩷
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪜㪯㪫㪜㪥㪪㪠㪦㪥㩷㪣㪦㪮㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪐㪇㪐㪘㪘
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪐㪇㪈㪜㪙
1. Warp the KIT COVER ASSY EXTENSION slightly, and release one of the bosses from 2. Slightly warp the COVER EXTENSION 2 ND attached on the COVER EXTENSION
the bearing hole. LOW to release one of the bosses from the bearing hole, and separate them apart.

Confidential
C1
COVER ASSY-WINDOW ESS Open the KIT COVER ASSY REAR
D1 E1
㪢㪠㪫㩷㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪩㪜㪘㪩
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪮㪠㪥㪛㪦㪮㩷㪜㪪㪪
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪐㪇㪌㪜㪙
1. Loosen the sum screw that secures the COVER ASSY WINDOW ESS to the printer. 1. Open the KIT COVER ASSY REAR.
2. Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW ESS.

Confidential
FUSER UNIT ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU

D2 E2
㪩㪦㪣㪣㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㪄㪫㪩㪘㪥㪪㩷㪚㪩㪬
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㪝㪬㪪㪜㪩㩷㪬㪥㪠㪫
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪎㪇㪈㪜㪘㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪍㪇㪈㪜㪙
1. Turn the levers that secure the FUSER UNIT to the printer on both sides in the directions 1. Release both two hooks on the sides that secure the ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU by
shown above to unlock the FUSER UNIT, then remove the FUSER UNIT. pushing them, then rotate the ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU around the bosses and remove
the ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU.
A D J U S T M E N T
R E Q U IR E D
When replacing the FUSER UNIT with a new one, reset its life counter by panel
operation.

Confidential
4.3.2 Group 2
A PWB ASSY ESS
CONTENT
PWB ASSY ESS A

KIT COVER ASSY REAR B
B KIT COVER ASSY REAR

Confidential
Start
A1 B1
COVER ASSY- Open the KIT COVER
WINDOW ESS ASSY REAR
(P. 183) (P. 184)
A2 PWB ASSY ESS B2 KIT COVER ASSY

(P. 183) REAR
(P. 184)

Confidential
A1 A2
COVER ASSY-WINDOW ESS PWB ASSY ESS
㻼㻸㻭㼀㻱㻌㻱㻿㻿㻌㼀㻻㻼
㻔㻹㻟㼤㻠㼙㼙㻕
㻼㼃㻮㻌㻭㻿㻿㼅㻌㻱㻿㻿㼇㻭㻸㻙㻹㻟㻜㻜㻌㻿㼑㼞㼕㼑㼟㼉
㻲㼞㼛㼚㼠
㻼㼃㻮㻌㻭㻿㻿㼅㻌㻱㻿㻿㼇㻭㻸㻙㻹㻠㻜㻜㻌㻿㼑㼞㼕㼑㼟㼉
㼆㼍㻿㻜㻠㻝㻤㻜㻝㻱㻭
1. Loosen the sum screw that secures the COVER ASSY WINDOW ESS to the printer. When removing and installing circuit boards, make sure to wear a wrist band to
2. Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW ESS. protect the boards from static electricity.
1. Remove the two screws (silver, M3, 6 mm) that secure the PLATE ESS TOP to the printer,
and remove the PLATE ESS TOP.
2. Disconnect all the connectors connected to the PWB ASSY ESS.
3. Remove the nine screws (silver, M3, 6 mm) and one (AL-M300 Series: three) screw
(silver, M3, 4 mm) that secure the PWB ASSY ESS to the printer, and remove the PWB
ASSY ESS.

Confidential
B1 B2
Open the KIT COVER ASSY REAR KIT COVER ASSY REAR
㪪㪫㪩㪘㪧㩷㪩㪜㪘㪩
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪋㪇㪈
㪢㪠㪫㩷㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰
㪩㪜㪘㪩㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪐㪇㪋㪜㪘
1. Open the KIT COVER ASSY REAR. 1. Disengage the three hooks that secure the connector cover, and remove the connector
cover.
2. Disconnect the connector (P/J2401) connected to the KIT COVER ASSY REAR.
3. Remove the KIT COVER ASSY REAR by turning the STRAP REAR that secures the KIT
COVER ASSY REAR to the printer in the direction of the arrow.
4. Disengage the hook on the KIT COVER ASSY REAR, and release one of the bosses from
the hole on the printer and disengage the hook on the printer from the SPRING EARTH
DTS OUT, then remove the KIT COVER ASSY REAR.

Confidential
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㪪㪧㪩㪠㪥㪞㩷㪜㪘㪩㪫㪟㩷㪛㪫㪪㩷㪦㪬㪫
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪢㪠㪫㩷㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪩㪜㪘㪩㩷㪪㪝㪧
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪍㪇㪈㪜㪙
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪐㪈㪇㪜㪘
5. Release both two hooks on the sides that secure the ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU by When installing the KIT COVER ASSY REAR, make sure to engage the SPRING
pushing them, then rotate the ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU around the bosses and remove EARTH DTS OUT on the hook on the frame of the printer.
the ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU from the KIT COVER ASSY REAR.

Confidential
4.3.3 Group 3 PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT/

A TONER CARTRIDGE
CONTENT
PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT/
TONER CARTRIDGE A
COVER ASSY FRONT TOP B
B
COVER ASSY FRONT TOP
C
COVER MCU/PWBA MCU

Confidential
Start
A1 B1
Open the COVER
C1 FRONT TOP ALL
ASSY (P. 188)
A2 B2
PHOTOCONDUCTOR
C2 UNIT / TONER
CARTRIDGE (P. 188)
B3
Remove the CASSETTE
C3 ASSY 250 IOT and the
TRAY ASSY MSI
(P. 189)
B4 C4
KIT COVER ASSY COVER MCU/
FRONT/COVER ASSY PWBA MCU
FRONT TOP (P. 190)
(P. 189)

Confidential
A1 B1 A2 B2
C1 C2
㪫㪦㪥㪜㪩㩷㪚㪘㪩㪫㪩㪠㪛㪞㪜
㪧㪟㪦㪫㪦㪚㪦㪥㪛㪬㪚㪫㪦㪩㩷㪬㪥㪠㪫
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪏㪇㪈㪜㪙
1. Open the KIT COVER ASSY REAR. Do not touch the drum of the PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT. And also, take care not
1. Release the lock that secures the PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT to the TONER
2. Remove the PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT.
If the COVER LINK is pressed down, the PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT is (still)

Confidential
B3 Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250 IOT B4 KIT COVER ASSY FRONT/
and the TRAY ASSY MSI COVER ASSY FRONT TOP
C3
㪫㪩㪘㪰㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪤㪪㪠
㪚㪘㪪㪪㪜㪫㪫㪜㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪉㪌㪇㩷㪠㪦㪫㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪐㪇㪉㪜㪙
2. Pull out the TRAY ASSY MSI from the printer. LINK on the printer, then remove the COVER FRONT TOP ALL SFP ASSY.
3. Pull out the CASSETTE ASSY 250 IOT. 2. Warp the COVER FRONT TOP ALL SFP ASSY slightly and release one of the bosses
printer.

Confidential
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪝㪩㪦㪥㪫㩷㪫㪦㪧 COVER MCU/PWBA MCU

C4
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪤㪚㪬㪧㪉㪊
㪧㪈㪇㪧㪉㪎㪧㪉㪉㪧㪉㪋
㪧㪈㪊㪧㪉㪌
㪧㪉㪇
㪧㪈㪌㪧㪈㪐
㪧㪈㪍
㪧㪈㪎㪧㪈㪉㪧㪉㪍
㪧㪈㪈㪧㪉㪈
㪧㪈㪋
㪧㪮㪙㪘㩷㪤㪚㪬㪧㪈㪏
㪢㪠㪫㩷㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪝㪩㪦㪥㪫㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪏㪇㪌㪘㪘
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪐㪇㪊㪜㪙
 Do not replace both PWBA ESS and PWBA MCU together at once. If both have
failed at the same time, first replace the PWBA ESS and turn on the printer. Then,
3. Remove the four screws that secure the KIT COVER ASSY FRONT to the COVER ASSY turn it off once and replace the PWBA MCU.
FRONT TOP (silver, tapping, 8 mm).  When replacing the PWBA MCU, first perform "MCU DATA Backup" in the
4. Release the two bosses of the COVER ASSY FRONT TOP from the two holes on the KIT maintenance menu before removing it to store the information on the equipment on
COVER ASSY FRONT. the PWBA ESS.
 When removing and installing circuit boards, make sure to wear a wrist band to
protect the boards from static electricity.
1. Release the three hooks that secure the COVER MCU to the printer, and remove the
COVER MCU.
2. Disconnect all the connectors connected to the PWBA MCU.
3. Remove the four screws (silver, M3, 6 mm) that secure the PWBA MCU to the printer and
remove the PWBA MCU.

Confidential
 Be careful not to connect the connectors with the same number of pins to the
wrong sockets. The color of the connectors (P/J12) is white and the color of the
connectors (P/J15) is black.
 When replacing the PWBA MCU, make sure to use a new one.
 After installing the PWBA MCU, perform "MCU DATA Restore" in the
maintenance menu to configure the information on the printer before replacement.

Confidential
4.3.4 Group 4
CONTENT
ROLL ASSY FEED (2 pieces) A
A
ROLL ASSY FEED (2 pieces)

Confidential
Start
A1
Open the COVER
FRONT TOP ALL
ASSY (P. 194)
A2
PHOTOCONDUCTOR
UNIT / TONER
CARTRIDGE (P. 194)
A3 Remove the CASSETTE

ASSY 250 IOT and the
TRAY ASSY MSI
(P. 195)
A4
ROLL ASSY FEED
(2 pieces)
(P. 195)

Confidential
A1 A2
1. Open the COVER FRONT TOP ALL ASSY. Do not touch the drum of the PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT. And also, take care not

Confidential
A3 Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250 IOT A4

ROLL ASSY FEED (2 pieces)
and the TRAY ASSY MSI
Rear
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪙㪩㪘㪚㪢㪜㪫㩷㪥㪬㪛㪞㪜㪩㩷㪘㪛
㪲㪘㪣㪄㪤㪊㪇㪇㩷㪪㪼㫉㫀㪼㫊㪴
㪚㪘㪪㪪㪜㪫㪫㪜㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪉㪌㪇㩷㪠㪦㪫㪩㪦㪣㪣㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪝㪜㪜㪛㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪈㪐㪜㪙
1. Open the COVER MSI. 1. Place the printer on its right side.
2. Pull out the TRAY ASSY MSI from the printer. [AL-M300 Series only] Make sure to remove the BRACKET NUDGER AD in the
3. Pull out the CASSETTE ASSY 250 IOT. next step.
2. [AL-M300 Series only] Remove the BRACKET NUDGER AD.

3. From the bottom of the printer, release the hooks (one each) that secure the ROLL ASSY
FEED and remove the ROLL ASSY FEED.
A D J U S T M E N T
R E Q U IR E D
When replacing the ROLL ASSY FEED with a new one, reset its life counter by panel
operation.

Confidential
4.3.5 Group 5
CONTENT C KIT LVPS (including the Front I/F) A
Guide COVER SIDE R/
Parts/Units to be Disassembled COVER SIDE R REAR
COVER SIDE R/COVER SIDE R REAR A

COVER SIDE L/COVER SIDE L REAR/LVPS FAN
[FAN SUB] B
KIT LVPS (including the Front I/F) C
B
COVER SIDE L/COVER SIDE L REAR/
LVPS FAN [FAN SUB]

Confidential
Start
A1 B1 A6 B6 FUSER UNIT
Open the COVER
C1 FRONT TOP ALL C6
(P. 202)
ASSY (P. 198)
A2 B2 A7 B7
PHOTOCONDUCTOR PANEL ASSY
C2 UNIT / TONER C7 (P. 202)
CARTRIDGE (P. 198)
A3 B3 Remove the CASSETTE A8 B8

ASSY 250 IOT and the COVER ASSY TOP SFP
C3 TRAY ASSY MSI C8 LOW (P. 203)
(P. 199)
A4 B4 KIT COVER ASSY B9 C9 COVER ASSY-

A9 COVER SIDE R/
FRONT/COVER ASSY WINDOW ESS COVER SIDE R REAR
C4 FRONT TOP (P. 204) (P. 203)
(P. 199)
A5 B5 B10 C10
KIT COVER ASSY COVER SIDE L/ KIT LVPS
C5 REAR/ROLL ASSY- COVER SIDE L REAR/ (including the Front I/F)
TRANS CRU LVPS FAN [FAN SUB] (P. 205)
(P. 200) (P. 204)

Confidential
A1 B1 A2 B1
C1 C2
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪝㪩㪦㪥㪫㩷㪫㪦㪧㩷㪘㪣㪣㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㪧㪟㪦㪫㪦㪚㪦㪥㪛㪬㪚㪫㪦㪩㩷㪬㪥㪠㪫

Confidential
A3 B3 Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250 IOT A4 B4 KIT COVER ASSY FRONT/
C3 C4
printer.

Confidential
A5 B5 KIT COVER ASSY REAR /

㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪝㪩㪦㪥㪫㩷㪫㪦㪧 ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU
C5
㪢㪠㪫㩷㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪝㪩㪦㪥㪫
3. Remove the four screws that secure the KIT COVER ASSY FRONT to the COVER ASSY 1. Disengage the three hooks that secure the connector cover, and remove the connector
FRONT TOP (silver, tapping, 8 mm). cover.
4. Release the two bosses of the COVER ASSY FRONT TOP from the two holes on the KIT 2. Disconnect the connector (P/J2401) connected to the KIT COVER ASSY REAR.
COVER ASSY FRONT.

Confidential
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋

Confidential
A6 B6 A7 B7
FUSER UNIT PANEL ASSY
C6 C7
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪉㪇
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪎㪇㪈㪜㪘㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪈㪇㪈㪜㪙
1. Turn the levers that secure the FUSER UNIT to the printer on both sides in the directions 1. Disengage the three hooks that secure the PANEL ASSY to the printer, and disconnect the
shown above to unlock the FUSER UNIT, then remove the FUSER UNIT. connector (P/J220).
A D J U S T M E N T When replacing the FUSER UNIT with a new one, reset its life counter by panel 2. Remove the PANEL ASSY.
R E Q U IR E D
operation.

Confidential
A8 B8 A9
COVER ASSY TOP SFP LOW COVER SIDE R/COVER SIDE R REAR
C8
㻯㻻㼂㻱㻾㻌㻭㻿㻿㼅㻌㼀㻻㻼㻌㻿㻲㻼㻌㻸㻻㼃
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪪㪠㪛㪜㩷㪩㩷㪪㪝㪧
㼆㼍㻿㻜㻠㻝㻥㻜㻢㻭㻭
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪐㪈㪍㪜㪘
1. Remove the two screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secure the COVER ASSY TOP SFP 1. Remove the two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that secure the COVER SIDE R SFP to the
LOW Series to the printer, and remove the COVER ASSY TOP SFP AL-M300 Series. printer.
2. Release the four holes on the COVER SIDE R SFP from the bosses on the printer, then
disengage the two hooks.

Confidential
B9 B10 COVER SIDE L/COVER SIDE L REAR/

LVPS FAN [FAN SUB]
C9
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪪㪠㪛㪜㩷㪣
㪚㪘㪙㪣㪜㩷㪙㪘㪥㪛
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪋㪈
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪐㪇㪌㪜㪙㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪐㪇㪏㪜㪘
1. Loosen the sum screw that secures the COVER ASSY WINDOW ESS to the printer. 1. Remove the screw (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secures the COVER ASSY SIDE L to the
2. Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW ESS. printer.
2. Release the four holes on the COVER ASSY SIDE L from the bosses on the printer, and
3. Release the CABLE BAND that secures the harness of the fan and disconnect the
connector (P/J241) connected to the PWB LVPS, then remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L.

Confidential
KIT LVPS (including the Front I/F)

C10
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪊㪇㪧㪆㪡㪉㪋㪇
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪈㪈㪧㪆㪡㪉㪈㪉㪧㪆㪡㪉㪌㪇
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪈㪊
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪋㪈
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪈㪇㪲㪛㪧㪧㪊㪌㪌㪴
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪉㪇
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪇㪈
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪇㪇
㪙㪣㪘㪚㪢㪜㪫
㪠㪥㪫㪜㪩㪣㪦㪚㪢㩷㪪㪮㪠㪫㪚㪟
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪧㪮㪙㩷㪣㪭㪧㪪㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪏㪇㪉㪘㪙
1. Disconnect all the connectors connected to the PWB LVPS. (P/J241: AL-M300 Series
only)
2. Remove the eight screws (silver, M3, 6 mm) that secure the PWB LVPS and also remove
the two screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secure the BLACKET INTERLOCK SWITCH
to the printer, then remove the PWB LVPS.

Confidential
4.3.6 Group 6
B
CONTENT FRAME ASSY-TOP MSI
HVPS A
FRAME ASSY-TOP MSI B
DRIVE ASSY DISP C
[AL-M300 Series]/[AL-M400 Series]
CHUTE ASSY EXIT D
KIT PINCH ASSY L/KIT PINCH ASSY R E
C
DRIVE ASSY DISP
E KIT PINCH ASSY L/KIT PINCH ASSY R

D
[AL-M300 Series]/[AL-M400 Series]
CHUTE ASSY EXIT
A HVPS

Confidential
Start
A1 B1 A6 B6 FUSER UNIT
Open the COVER
C1 D1 FRONT TOP ALL C6 D6 (P. 212)
E1 ASSY (P. 208)
E6
A2 B2 A7 B7
PHOTOCONDUCTOR PANEL ASSY
C2 D2 UNIT / TONER C7 D7 (P. 212)
E2 CARTRIDGE (P. 208) E7
A3 B3 A8 B8
Remove the CASSETTE COVER ASSY TOP SFP
C3 D3 ASSY 250 IOT and the C8 D8
LOW (P. 213)
E3
TRAY ASSY MSI E8
(P. 209)
A9 B9 D9 [AL-M400 Series]
A4 B4
COVER SIDE R/
KIT COVER ASSY C9 COVER SIDE R REAR E9 CHUTE ASSY EXIT
C4 D4 FRONT/COVER ASSY (P. 213) (P. 222)
FRONT TOP [AL-M300 Series]
E4 (P. 209) CHUTE ASSY EXIT
(P. 223)
A10 B10 HVPS C10 LINK SHAFT R
A5 B5 (P. 214) (P. 221)
KIT COVER ASSY E10
C5 D5 REAR/ROLL ASSY- KIT PINCH ASSY L/
TRANS CRU KIT PINCH ASSY R
E5 (P. 224)
(P. 210)
B11 FRAME ASSY-TOP C11 DRIVE ASSY DISP
MSI (P. 215) (P. 221)

Confidential
A1 B1 C1 Open the COVER FRONT TOP ALL A2 B2 C2 PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT /

ASSY TONER CARTRIDGE
D1 E1 D2 E2

Confidential
A3 B3 C3 Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250 IOT A4 B4 C4 KIT COVER ASSY FRONT/
D3 E3 D4 E4
printer.

Confidential
A5 B5 C5 KIT COVER ASSY REAR/

D5 E5
COVER ASSY FRONT.

Confidential
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋

Confidential
A6 B6 C6 A7 B7 C7
D6 E6 D7 E7
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪉㪇
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
R E Q U IR E D
operation.

Confidential
A8 B8 C8 A9 B9 C9
COVER ASSY TOP SFP LOW COVER SIDE R/COVER SIDE R REAR
D8 E8
1. Remove the two screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secure the COVER ASSY TOP SFP 1. Remove the two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that secure the COVER SIDE R SFP to the
LOW Series to the printer, and remove the COVER ASSY TOP SFP AL-M300 Series. printer.

Confidential
A10 B10
HVPS
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪍㪈
㪟㪭㪧㪪㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪏㪇㪊㪘㪘
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J261) connected to the HVPS. When installing the HVPS, make sure the three conductive springs sticking out from
2. Remove the seven screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm), and remove the HVPS from the printer. the frame are in contact with the HVPS, and also check the positions of the
SENSROR and SHUTTER SENSOR REGI are correct.

Confidential
B11 FRAME ASSY-TOP MSI

(TRANSPORT ASSY-REGI FDR)
㪝㪩㪘㪤㪜㩷㪫㪦㪧㩷㪤㪪㪠
㪧㪮㪙㪘㩷㪤㪚㪬㩷
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪤㪚㪬
㪧㪆㪡㪈㪉㪧㪆㪡㪈㪋
㪞㪜㪘㪩㩷㪪㪜㪞㪤㪜㪥㪫㩷㪤㪪㪠㩷㪉
㪪㪦㪣㪜㪥㪦㪠㪛㩷㪝㪜㪜㪛㩷㪤㪪㪠㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪞㪜㪘㪩㩷㪪㪜㪞㪤㪜㪥㪫㩷㪤㪪㪠㩷㪈
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪇㪈㪘㪘
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪇㪌㪜㪙
1. Disengage the four hooks that secure the FRAME TOP MSI to the printer, and remove the 3. Remove the screw (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secures the SOLENOID FEED MSI, and
FRAME TOP MSI. remove the SOLENOID FEED MSI.
2. Remove the COVER MCU while disengaging the hooks on it, and disconnect the 4. Remove the GEAR SEGMENT MSI 1, GEAR SEGMENT MSI 2, and GEAR FEED MSI.
connectors (P/J12) and (P/J14) connected to the PWBA MCU, then release the harness of
the TRANSPORT ASSY-REGI FDR from the harness guide

Confidential
㪪㪫㪦㪧㪧㪜㪩㩷㪣㪠㪝㪫㪜㪩㩷㪤㪪㪠
㪪㪧㪩㪠㪥㪞㩷㪝㪜㪜㪛㩷㪤㪪㪠
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋㪪㪟㪬㪫㪫㪜㪩㩷㪪㪜㪥㪪㪦㪩㩷㪩㪜㪞㪠
㪘㪩㪤㩷㪣㪠㪝㪫㪜㪩㩷㪤㪪㪠㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪉㪈㪘㪘㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪈㪇㪘㪙
5. Disengage the SPRING FEED MSI hooked on the ARM LIFTER MSI, and remove the 6. Disengage the hooks that secure the SHUTTER SENSOR REGI, and remove the
ARM LIFTER MSI and LEVER LIFTER MSI. SHUTTER SENSOR REGI.

Confidential
㩿㪈㪀
㪫㪩㪘㪥㪪㪧㪦㪩㪫㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪩㪜㪞㪠㩷㪝㪛㪩㩷
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪜㪘㪩㪫㪟㩷㪧㪣㪘㪫㪜㩿㪉㪀
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪈㪈㪘㪘
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪈㪉㪘㪙
7. Remove the screw (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secures the EARTH PLATE, and remove 8. Remove the three screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secure the TRANSPORT ASSY-
the EARTH PLATE. REGI FDR, and remove the TRANSPORT ASSY-REGI FDR.

Confidential
㪫㪩㪘㪥㪪㪧㪦㪩㪫㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪩㪜㪞㪠㩷㪝㪛㪩
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪪㪟㪬㪫㪫㪜㪩㩷㪪㪜㪥㪪㪦㪩㩷㪩㪜㪞㪠
㪟㪦㪣㪛㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪧㪠㪚㪢㩷㪬㪧
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪈㪌㪘㪙㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪈㪊㪘㪘
When installing the TRANSPORT ASSY REGI FDR, pay attention to the locations of When attaching the STOPPER LIFTER MSI, set it with the HOLDER ASSY PICK
bosses and the attachment position of the SHUTTER SENSOR REGI. UP as shown in the figure.

Confidential
㪪㪧㪩㪠㪥㪞㩷㪝㪜㪜㪛㩷㪤㪪㪠㩷
㪘㪩㪤㩷㪣㪠㪝㪫㪜㪩㩷㪤㪪㪠㩷㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪇㪎㪘㪘
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪇㪍㪘㪘
When installing the ARM LIFTER MSI, make sure to engage the SPRING FEED When assembling the GEAR SEGMENT MSI 1 and GEAR SEGMENT MSI 2, align
MSI. the two bosses on the GEAR SEGMENT MSI 1 with the holes for them on the GEAR
SEGMENT MSI 2.

Confidential
㪣㪦㪚㪢㩷㪤㪪㪠㩷㪠㪥
㪘㪚㪫㪬㪘㪫㪦㪩㩷㪥㪦㩷㪧㪘㪧㪜㪩㩷㪤㪪㪠
㪞㪜㪘㪩㩷㪪㪜㪞㪤㪜㪥㪫㩷㪤㪪㪠㩷㪈㪃㩷㪉㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪈㪋㪘㪘㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪊㪈㪉㪘㪘
When attaching the GEAR SEGMENT MSI 1, 2, set it with the actuator as shown in When installing the FRAME TOP MSI, set it with the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI
the figure. mounted on it into the hole on the printer.

Confidential
C10 C11
LINK SHAFT R DRIVE ASSY DISP
㩿㪉㪀
㩿㪈㪀
㪣㪠㪥㪢㩷㪪㪟㪘㪝㪫㩷㪩
㪛㪩㪠㪭㪜㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪛㪠㪪㪧
㪣㪠㪥㪢㩷㪝㪩㪦㪥㪫㩷㪩㪣㪠㪥㪢㩷㪚㪦㪥㪥㪜㪚㪫㪦㪩㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪌㪇㪉㪘㪘㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪌㪇㪊㪘㪘
1. Disengage the hook on the LINK CONNECTOR, and remove the LINK FRONT R. 1. Remove the two screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY DISP, and
2. Warp the LINK SHAFT R slightly from the inside of the printer to the outside, and remove remove the DRIVE ASSY DISP.
it.

Confidential
[AL-M400 Series] CHUTE ASSY EXIT

D9 E9
㪞㪜㪘㪩㩷㪜㪯㪠㪫
㪙㪜㪘㪩㪠㪥㪞㩷㪜㪯㪠㪫㪪㪧㪩㪠㪥㪞㩷㪜㪘㪩㪫㪟㩷㪪㪜㪥㪪㪦㪩
㪚㪟㪬㪫㪜㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪜㪯㪠㪫
㪩㪦㪣㪣㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪜㪯㪠㪫
㪢㪠㪫㩷㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪪㪠㪛㪜㩷㪣
㪙㪜㪘㪩㪠㪥㪞㩷㪜㪯㪠㪫
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪎㪈
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪎㪉
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪎㪇㪌㪘㪘
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪎㪇㪋㪘㪘
1. Remove the two screws (silver, M3, 6 mm) that secure the CHUTE ASSY EXIT to the When installing the CHUTE ASSY EXIT, make sure the tip of the SPRING EARTH
printer, and lift the CHUTE ASSY EXIT from the main body of the EXIT in the direction SENSOR is in contact with the plate on the frame.
of the arrow, then disconnect the connector (P/J272) connected to the FULL STACK
SENSOR.
2. Release the two bosses on the CHUTE ASSY EXIT from the printer by warping the COVER ASSY
SIDE L slightly, then lift the CHUTE ASSY EXIT in the direction of the arrow.
3. Remove the Disconnect the connector (P/J271) connected to the EXIT SENSOR, and
remove the CHUTE ASSY EXIT.
4. Remove the GEAR EXIT and release the hook (one each) on the BEARING EXIT (one
each) on both sides, then remove the BEARING EXIT and ROLL ASSY EXIT.

Confidential
[AL-M300 Series] CHUTE ASSY EXIT

D9 E9
㪞㪜㪘㪩㩷㪜㪯㪠㪫㪪㪧㪩㪠㪥㪞㩷㪜㪘㪩㪫㪟㩷㪪㪜㪥㪪㪦㪩
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪈㪎
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪎㪇㪊㪘㪘
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪎㪇㪉㪘㪘
of the arrow, then disconnect the connector (P/J271) connected to the EXIT SENSOR.
2. Release the two bosses on the CHUTE ASSY EXIT from the printer by warping the
COVER ASSY SIDE L slightly, then remove the CHUTE ASSY EXIT.

Confidential
KIT PINCH ASSY L/

KIT PINCH ASSY R
E10
㪢㪠㪫㩷㪧㪠㪥㪚㪟㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪣
㪢㪠㪫㩷㪧㪠㪥㪚㪟㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪩
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪎㪇㪈㪘㪘
1. Release the hooks (one each) on the KIT PINCH ASSY L and KIT PINCH ASSY R, then
remove them.
When installing the KIT PINCH ASSY L and KIT PINCH ASSY R, be careful not to
damage the hooks because they are fragile.

Confidential
4.3.7 Group 7
B DRIVE ASSYMAIN LM/KIT AC INLET
CONTENT
COVER ASSY TOP SFP LOW A

DRIVE ASSYMAIN LM/KIT AC INLET B
GEAR-DUP IN C
HARNESS ASSY INTLK D
SOLENOID FEED MSI E
C GEAR-DUP IN A COVER ASSY TOP SFP LOW

D HARNESS ASSY INTLK
E SOLENOID FEED MSI

Confidential
Start
A1 B1 A7 B7 B12
Open the COVER PANEL ASSY DRIVE ASSYMAIN
C1 D1 FRONT TOP ALL C7 D7 (P. 231) C12 LM/KIT AC INLET
E1 ASSY (P. 227) E7 D12 (P. 234)
E12
A2 B2 A8 B8
PHOTOCONDUCTOR COVER ASSY TOP SFP E13 C13
C2 D2 UNIT / TONER C8 D8 COVER SIDE R/ GEAR-DUP IN
LOW (P. 232) COVER SIDE R REAR (P. 235)
E2 CARTRIDGE (P. 227) E8
(P. 239)
A3 B3 B9
Remove the CASSETTE COVER ASSY- D13 HARNESS ASSY
C3 D3 ASSY 250 IOT and the C9 D9 E14 HVPS
WINDOW ESS (P. 240) INTLK
E3 TRAY ASSY MSI E9 (P. 232) (P. 236)
(P. 228)
E15 FRAME ASSY-TOP

B10 MSI
COVER SIDE L/
A4 B4 C10 D10 COVER SIDE L REAR/ (P. 241)
KIT COVER ASSY LVPS FAN [FAN SUB]
C4 D4 FRONT/COVER ASSY E10
(P. 233)
E4 FRONT TOP
(P. 228) E16
SOLENOID FEED
MSI
B11 PWB ASSY ESS (P. 247)
A5 B5 C11 D11 (P. 233)
KIT COVER ASSY
C5 D5 E11
REAR/ROLL ASSY-
E5 TRANS CRU
(P. 229)
A6 B6
FUSER UNIT
C6 D6 (P. 231)
E6

Confidential
A1 B1 C1 Open the COVER FRONT TOP ALL A2 B2 C2 PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT /

D1 E1 D2 E1

Confidential
A3 B3 C3 Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250 IOT A4 B4 C4 KIT COVER ASSY FRONT/
D3 E3 D4 E4
printer.

Confidential
A5 B5 C5 KIT COVER ASSY REAR/

D5 E5
COVER ASSY FRONT.

Confidential
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋

Confidential
A6 B6 C6 A7 B7 C7
D6 E6 D7 E7
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪉㪇
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
R E Q U IR E D
operation.

Confidential
A8 B8 C8 B9 C9
COVER ASSY TOP SFP LOW COVER ASSY-WINDOW ESS
D8 E8 D9 E9
1. Remove the two screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secure the COVER ASSY TOP SFP 1. Loosen the sum screw that secures the COVER ASSY WINDOW ESS to the printer.
LOW Series to the printer, and remove the COVER ASSY TOP SFP AL-M300 Series. 2. Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW ESS.

Confidential
B10 C10 COVER SIDE L/COVER SIDE L REAR/ B11 C11

PWB ASSY ESS
LVPS FAN [FAN SUB]
D10 E10 D11 E11
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪋㪈㻼㼃㻮㻌㻭㻿㻿㼅㻌㻱㻿㻿㼇㻭㻸㻙㻹㻟㻜㻜㻌㻿㼑㼞㼕㼑㼟㼉
㻲㼞㼛㼚㼠
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪐㪇㪏㪜㪘
1. Remove the screw (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secures the COVER ASSY SIDE L to the When removing and installing circuit boards, make sure to wear a wrist band to
printer. protect the boards from static electricity.
disengage the two hooks. 1. Remove the two screws (silver, M3, 6 mm) that secure the PLATE ESS TOP to the printer,
3. Release the CABLE BAND that secures the harness of the fan and disconnect the and remove the PLATE ESS TOP.
connector (P/J241) connected to the PWB LVPS, then remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L. 2. Disconnect all the connectors connected to the PWB ASSY ESS.
ASSY ESS.

Confidential
B12 C12 DRIVE ASSYMAIN LM/

KIT AC INLET
D12 E12
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋㪙㪦㪯㩷㪜㪪㪪
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪊㪉㪌㪜㪙
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪊㪇㪉㪘㪘
1. Release all the harnesses routed through the BOX ESS by opening the clamp, then 2. Remove the five screws (silver, M3, 6 mm) that secure the BOX ESS to the printer, and
disconnect the relay connector secured to the BOX ESS. remove the BOX ESS by releasing the two tabs from the frame.

Confidential
㪣㪠㪥㪢 C13
GEAR-DUP IN
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪊㪀㩿㪉㪀
㪢㪠㪫㩷㪘㪚㩷㪠㪥㪣㪜㪫
㪟㪦㪣㪛㪜㪩㪄㪞㪜㪘㪩㩷㪛㪬㪧
㪧㪆㪡㪈㪇㪈
㪛㪩㪠㪭㪜㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪤㪘㪠㪥㩷㪣㪤
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪲㪘㪣㪄㪤㪋㪇㪇㩷㪪㪼㫉㫀㪼㫊㪴㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪊㪇㪊㪜㪙
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪊㪈㪊㪘㪘
3. [AL-M300 Series] Move the KIT AC INLET and GUIDE HARNESS slightly to the left. 1. Rotate the HOLDER-GEAR DUP clockwise while pulling the tab.
4. [AL-M400 Series] Release the harness from the clamp.
5. Remove the four screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY MAIN LM
to the printer, and disconnect the connector (P101) connected to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN
LM, then remove the DRIVE ASSY MAIN LM.
Keep the LINK inside the frame of the main body.

Confidential
HARNESS ASSY INTLK

D13
㪞㪜㪘㪩㪄㪛㪬㪧㩷㪠㪥㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪊㪈㪋㪘㪘
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
2. Remove the GEAR DUP IN from the HOLDER-GEAR DUP. 1. Open the clamp and disconnect all harnesses routed through the BOX ESS, and disconnect
the relay secured to the BOX ESS.

Confidential
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪇㪈㩷
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪊㪉㪌㪜㪙㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪉㪉㪘㪘
2. Remove the five screws (silver, M3, 6 mm) that secure the BOX ESS to the printer, and 3. Disconnect the connector (P201) connected to the PWB LVPS, and move the GUIDE
remove the BOX ESS by disengaging the two tabs from the frame. HARNESS.

Confidential
㪧㪉㪊㪇
㪟㪘㪩㪥㪜㪪㪪㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪠㪥㪫㪜㪩㪣㪦㪚㪢
㪧㪮㪙㩷㪣㪭㪧㪪
㪢㪠㪫㩷㪠㪥㪫㪜㪩㪣㪦㪚㪢㩷㪪㪮㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪩㪜㪘㪩
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋㪢㪠㪫㩷㪠㪥㪫㪜㪩㪣㪦㪚㪢㩷㪪㪮㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪩㪜㪘㪩㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪈㪍㪘㪘

㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪇㪉㪘㪘
4. Disconnect the connector (P230) connected to the PWB LVPS, and release the harness of 6. Remove the HARNESS ASSY INTLK from the KIT INTERLOCK SW ASSY REAR.
the KIT INTERLOCK SW ASSY REAR from the harness guide secured to the printer.
5. Remove the screw (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secures the KIT INTERLOCK SW ASSY
REAR to the printer, then remove the KIT INTERLOCK SW ASSY REAR by rotating it
around the boss.

Confidential
COVER SIDE R/COVER SIDE R REAR

E13
㩿㪉㪀
㪟㪘㪩㪥㪜㪪㪪㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪠㪥㪫㪣㪢㩿㪈㪀
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪈㪎㪘㪘
When installing the HARNESS ASSY INTLK to the KIT INTERLOCK SW ASSY 1. Remove the two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that secure the COVER SIDE R SFP to the
REAR, do it as shown in the figure. printer.

Confidential
HVPS
E14
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪍㪈
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J261) connected to the HVPS. When installing the HVPS, make sure the three conductive springs sticking out from
2. Remove the seven screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm), and remove the HVPS from the printer. the frame are in contact with the HVPS, and also check the positions of the

Confidential
FRAME ASSY-TOP MSI

E15
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪇㪈㪘㪘
1. Disengage the four hooks that secure the FRAME TOP MSI to the printer, and remove the 3. Remove the screw (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secures the SOLENOID FEED MSI, and
FRAME TOP MSI. remove the SOLENOID FEED MSI.
2. Remove the COVER MCU while disengaging the hooks on it, and disconnect the 4. Remove the GEAR SEGMENT MSI 1, GEAR SEGMENT MSI 2, and GEAR FEED MSI.

Confidential
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋㪪㪟㪬㪫㪫㪜㪩㩷㪪㪜㪥㪪㪦㪩㩷㪩㪜㪞㪠
㪘㪩㪤㩷㪣㪠㪝㪫㪜㪩㩷㪤㪪㪠㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪉㪈㪘㪘㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪈㪇㪘㪙
5. Disengage the SPRING FEED MSI hooked on the ARM LIFTER MSI, and remove the 6. Disengage the hooks that secure the SHUTTER SENSOR REGI, and remove the
ARM LIFTER MSI and LEVER LIFTER MSI. SHUTTER SENSOR REGI.

Confidential
㩿㪈㪀
㪫㪩㪘㪥㪪㪧㪦㪩㪫㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪩㪜㪞㪠㩷㪝㪛㪩㩷
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪜㪘㪩㪫㪟㩷㪧㪣㪘㪫㪜㩿㪉㪀
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪈㪈㪘㪘
7. Remove the screw (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secures the EARTH PLATE, and remove 8. Remove the three screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secure the TRANSPORT ASSY-
the EARTH PLATE. REGI FDR, and remove the TRANSPORT ASSY-REGI FDR.

Confidential
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪪㪟㪬㪫㪫㪜㪩㩷㪪㪜㪥㪪㪦㪩㩷㪩㪜㪞㪠
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪈㪌㪘㪙㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪈㪊㪘㪘
When installing the TRANSPORT ASSY REGI FDR, pay attention to the locations of When attaching the STOPPER LIFTER MSI, set it with the HOLDER ASSY PICK
bosses and the attachment position of the SHUTTER SENSOR REGI. UP as shown in the figure.

Confidential
㪘㪩㪤㩷㪣㪠㪝㪫㪜㪩㩷㪤㪪㪠㩷㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪇㪎㪘㪘
When installing the ARM LIFTER MSI, make sure to engage the SPRING FEED When assembling the GEAR SEGMENT MSI 1 and GEAR SEGMENT MSI 2, align
MSI. the two bosses on the GEAR SEGMENT MSI 1 with the holes for them on the GEAR
SEGMENT MSI 2.

Confidential
㪞㪜㪘㪩㩷㪪㪜㪞㪤㪜㪥㪫㩷㪤㪪㪠㩷㪈㪃㩷㪉㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪈㪋㪘㪘㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪊㪈㪉㪘㪘
When attaching the GEAR SEGMENT MSI 1, 2, set it with the actuator as shown in When installing the FRAME TOP MSI, set it with the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI
the figure. mounted on it into the hole on the printer.

Confidential
SOLENOID FEED MSI

E16
㪧㪆㪡㪈㪌㪧㪮㪙㪘㩷㪤㪚㪬㩷
㪪㪦㪣㪜㪥㪦㪠㪛㩷㪝㪜㪜㪛㩷㪤㪪㪠
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪊㪇㪋㪜㪘㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪉㪋㪘㪘
9. Remove the COVER MCU while disengaging the hooks on it, and disconnect the 10. Remove the screw (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secures the SOLENOID FEED MSI, and
connector (P/J15) connected to the PWBA MCU, then release the harness of the remove the SOLENOID FEED MSI.
SOLENOID FEED MSI from the harness guide.

Confidential
㪪㪦㪣㪜㪥㪦㪠㪛㩷㪝㪜㪜㪛㩷㪤㪪㪠
㪘㪚㪫㪬㪘㪫㪦㪩㩷
㪞㪜㪘㪩㩷㪪㪜㪞㪤㪜㪥㪫㩷㪤㪪㪠
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪉㪊㪘㪘
When attaching the SOLENOID FEED MSI, engage the latch arm with the GEAR
SEGMENT.

Confidential
4.3.8 Group 8 B ROS A HOUSING ASSY CRUM
CONTENT
HOUSING ASSY CRUM A

ROS B
MOTOR DISP C
C MOTOR DISP

Confidential
Start
A1 A12
Open the COVER A7 A18
B1
PANEL ASSY DRIVE ASSYMAIN HOUSING ASSY
FRONT TOP ALL B7 (P. 255) B12 LM/KIT AC INLET
ASSY (P. 251) CRUM
C1 (P. 258)
C7 C12 (P. 268)
A2
PHOTOCONDUCTOR A8 A13
B2 UNIT / TONER KIT LVPS
B8
COVER ASSY TOP SFP B13
C2 CARTRIDGE (P. 251) LOW (P. 256) (including the Front I/F) B18 ROS
C8 C13 (P. 259) (P. 270)

ASSY 250 IOT and the A9 A14
B3
TRAY ASSY MSI COVER ASSY- FRAME ASSY-TOP
C3 B9 WINDOW ESS B14 MSI/COVER MCU C18
(P. 252) COVER SIDE R/
C9 (P. 256) C14 (P. 260) COVER SIDE R REAR
(P. 271)
A4 A10
KIT COVER ASSY COVER SIDE L/ A15
B4 FRONT/COVER ASSY B10 Disconnect the
COVER SIDE L REAR/ B15 connectors of the PWBA C19
C4 FRONT TOP C10 LVPS FAN [FAN SUB] MOTOR DISP
(P. 252) C15 MCU (P. 264) (P. 272)
(P. 257)
A16
A5 A11 PLATE LVPS
PWB ASSY ESS B16 (P. 265)
B5 KIT COVER ASSY B11
REAR/ROLL ASSY- (P. 257) C16
C5 C11
TRANS CRU
(P. 253)
A17
HOUSING MCU/
B17 PWBA MCU
A6 C17 (P. 267)
FUSER UNIT
B6 (P. 255)
C6

Confidential
A1 B1 A2 B2
C1 C2

Confidential
C3 C4
printer.

Confidential
A5 B5 KIT COVER ASSY REAR/

C5
COVER ASSY FRONT.

Confidential
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋

Confidential
A6 B6 A7 B7
C6 C7
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪉㪇
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
R E Q U IR E D
operation.

Confidential
A8 B8 A9 B9
C8 C9

Confidential
A10 B10 COVER SIDE L/COVER SIDE L REAR/ A11 B11

PWB ASSY ESS
LVPS FAN [FAN SUB]
C10 C11
㻲㼞㼛㼚㼠
ASSY ESS.

Confidential
A12 B12 DRIVE ASSYMAIN LM/

KIT AC INLET
C12
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋

Confidential
㪣㪠㪥㪢 A13 B13

C13
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪊㪀㩿㪉㪀
㪧㪆㪡㪈㪇㪈
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋

Confidential
A14 B14
FRAME ASSY-TOP MSI/COVER MCU
C14
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
2. Remove the GEAR DUP IN from the HOLDER-GEAR DUP. 1. Release all the harnesses routed through the BOX ESS by opening the clamp.
2. After releasing the harnesses, disconnect the relay connector secured to the BOX ESS.

Confidential
㪧㪮㪙㪘㩷㪤㪚㪬
㪧㪆㪡㪈㪍
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋㪙㪦㪯㩷㪜㪪㪪㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋

㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪊㪉㪌㪜㪙㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪊㪇㪐㪘㪙
3. Remove the five screws (silver, M3, 6 mm) that secure the BOX ESS to the printer, and 4. Release the four hooks that secure the FRAME TOP MSI to the printer, and remove the
remove the BOX ESS by releasing the two tabs from the frame. FRAME TOP MSI.
5. Release the three hooks that secure the COVER MCU to the printer and remove the
COVER MCU, then disconnect the connector (P/J16) connected to the PWBA MCU, and
release the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY INVERT T24 from the GUIDE HARNESS.

Confidential
㪚㪣㪬㪫㪚㪟㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪠㪥㪭㪜㪩㪫㩷㪫㪉㪋
㪟㪦㪣㪛㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪛㪩㪠㪭㪜㩷㪜㪯㪠㪫㩷㪠㪥
㪞㪜㪘㪩㩷㪜㪋
㪞㪜㪘㪩㩷㪜㪌
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪞㪜㪘㪩㩷㪜㪯㪠㪫㪍
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪊㪈㪇㪘㪘㪟㪦㪣㪛㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪛㪩㪠㪭㪜㩷㪜㪯㪠㪫㩷㪠㪥
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪊㪈㪈㪘㪘
6. Remove the screw (silver, tapping, 6 mm) that secures the HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT 7. Release the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY INVERT T24 from the HOLDER ASSY
IN to the printer and release the two hooks, then release the harness of the CLUTCH DRIVE EXIT IN.
ASSY EXIT and remove the HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT IN. 8. Release the hook on the shaft of the GEAR E5, and remove the CLUTCH ASSY INVERT
T24.

Confidential
㪚㪣㪬㪫㪚㪟㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪜㪯㪠㪫
㪟㪦㪣㪛㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪛㪩㪠㪭㪜㩷㪜㪯㪠㪫㩷㪦㪬㪫
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪊㪇㪏㪘㪘
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪊㪈㪍㪘㪘
When installing the CLUTCH ASSY INVERT T24, set it while aligning the tab with When installing the HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT OUT, align the shaft on the
the stopper on the HOLDER ASSY DRIVE IN. HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT IN with the D-cut hole on the CLUTCH ASSY EXIT.

Confidential
㪟㪦㪣㪛㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪧㪠㪚㪢㩷㪬㪧 A15 B15 Disconnect the connectors on the

PWBA MCU
C15
㪧㪈㪊㪧㪉㪌
㪧㪉㪇
㪧㪈㪌㪧㪈㪐
㪧㪈㪍
㪣㪦㪚㪢㩷㪤㪪㪠㩷㪠㪥㪧㪈㪎㪧㪈㪉㪧㪉㪍
㪧㪈㪈㪧㪉㪈
㪧㪈㪋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪏㪇㪌㪘㪘
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪊㪈㪉㪘㪘  Do not replace both PWBA ESS and PWBA MCU together at once. If both have
When installing the FRAME TOP MSI, place the printer on its right side and attach turn it off once and replace the PWBA MCU.
 When replacing the PWBA MCU, first perform "MCU DATA Backup" in the
the FRAME TOP MSI so that the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSIon it can be set into
the hole on the printer and the LOCK MSI IN can touch the HOLDER ASSY PICK maintenance menu before removing it to store the information on the equipment on
UP. the PWBA ESS.
COVER MCU.

Confidential
A16 B16
PLATE LVPS
C16
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪤㪚㪬㩷
㪪㪚㪩㪜㪮
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪋㪇㪈㪜㪘
 Be careful not to connect the connectors with the same number of pins to the 1. Remove the COVER MCU, and remove the two screws on the left.
wrong sockets. The color of the connectors (P/J12) is white and the color of the
Be careful not to catch the wire in between with the screws.
connectors (P/J15) is black.
 When replacing the PWBA MCU, make sure to use a new one.
 After installing the PWBA MCU, perform "MCU DATA Restore" in the

Confidential
㪧㪣㪘㪫㪜㩷㪣㪭㪧㪪
㪣㪠㪥㪢㩷㪝㪩㪦㪥㪫㩷㪣
㩿㪈㪀
㪣㪠㪥㪢㩷㪚㪦㪥㪥㪜㪚㪫㪦㪩
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋㪣㪠㪥㪢㩷㪪㪟㪘㪝㪫㩷㪣
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪋㪇㪊㪘㪘
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪋㪇㪉㪘㪘
2. Remove the PLATE LVPS. 3. Pull out the LINK toward the front of the printer, and remove the LINK CONNECTOR
and LINK FRONT L.

Confidential
A17 B17
㪟㪘㪩㪥㪜㪪㪪㩷㪞㪬㪠㪛㪜 HOUSING MCU/PWBA MCU
C17
㪧㪈㪊㪧㪉㪌
㪧㪉㪇
㪧㪈㪌㪧㪈㪐
㪧㪈㪍
㪧㪈㪎㪧㪈㪉㪧㪉㪍
㪧㪈㪈㪧㪉㪈
㪧㪈㪋
㪣㪠㪥㪢㩷㪪㪟㪘㪝㪫㩷㪣
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪏㪇㪌㪘㪘
㪟㪘㪩㪥㪜㪪㪪㩷㪞㪬㪠㪛㪜㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪪㪫㪦㪧㪧㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪯㪜㪩㪦㩷㪣
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪋㪇㪋㪘㪘  Do not replace both PWBA ESS and PWBA MCU together at once. If both have
4. Remove the STOPPER ASSY XERO L. turn it off once and replace the PWBA MCU.
5. Disengage the three hooks and remove the GUIDE HARNESS.  When replacing the PWBA MCU, first perform "MCU DATA Backup" in the
maintenance menu before removing it to store the information on the equipment on
6. Warp the LINK SHAFT L slightly from the inside of the printer to the outside, and remove
the PWBA ESS.
it.
COVER MCU.

Confidential
A18
HOUSING ASSY CRUM
㪚㪦㪥㪥㪜㪚㪫㪦㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㪄㪚㪩㪬㪤㪃㩷㪫㪦㪥㪜㪩
㪟㪦㪬㪪㪠㪥㪞㪄㪚㪩㪬㪤㩷㪪㪮㪠㪥㪞
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪌㪊
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪉㪇㪈㪘㪘
 Be careful not to connect the connectors with the same number of pins to the 1. Release the hook that secures the HOUSING ASSY CRUM, and open the HOUSING
wrong sockets. The color of the connectors (P/J12) is white and the color of the ASSY CRUM.
connectors (P/J15) is black. 2. Disconnect the CONNECTOR ASSY-CRUM, TONER from the HOUSING-CRUM,
 When replacing the PWBA MCU, make sure to use a new one. SWING.
 After installing the PWBA MCU, perform "MCU DATA Restore" in the 3. Disconnect the connector (P/J253).

Confidential
㪟㪦㪬㪪㪠㪥㪞㪄㪚㪩㪬㪤㪃㩷㪪㪮㪠㪥㪞
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪪㪧㪩㪠㪥㪞㩷㪚㪩㪬㪤
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪌㪇㪈㪘㪘㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪉㪇㪋㪘㪘
4. Disengage the two bosses from the HOUSING ASSY MCU, and remove the HOUSING- When closing the HOUSING ASSY CRUM, confirm the SPRING CRUM is engaged
CRUM, SWING. properly as shown above.

Confidential
B18
ROS 㩿㪉㪀
㩿㪈㪀
㪟㪦㪬㪪㪠㪥㪞㩷㪤㪚㪬㪟㪦㪬㪪㪠㪥㪞㩷㪤㪚㪬
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪉㪇㪌㪜㪙
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪉㪇㪉㪜㪙
1. Release the harness from the harness guide attached on the HOUSING MCU. 3. Rotate the HOUSING MCU in the direction of the arrow and release the hook, then
remove the HOUSING MCU.
2. Remove the two screws (silver, M3, 6 mm) that secure the HOUSING MCU.

Confidential
COVER SIDE R/COVER SIDE R REAR

㪧㪆㪡㪌㪇㪉㪩㪦㪪㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪱㪢㪩 C18
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪉㪇㪊㪜㪙
4. Remove the four screws (Silver, w/ fringe, M3, 10 mm) that secure the ROS ASSY ZKR 1. Remove the two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that secure the COVER SIDE R SFP to the
to the printer and disconnect the connector (P/J502), then remove the ROS ASSY ZKR. printer.

Confidential
MOTOR DISP
C19
㪧㪆㪡㪈㪈㪈
㪤㪦㪫㪦㪩㩷㪛㪠㪪㪧㩷㪥
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪌㪇㪋㪘㪘
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J111) connected to the MOTOR DISP.

2. Remove the screw (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secures the MOTOR DISP with the printer,
and remove the MOTOR DISP by rotating it in the direction of the arrow.

Confidential
4.3.9 Group 9 A CONNECTOR ASSY XERO
CONTENT
CONNECTOR ASSY XERO A

HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT OUT B
B HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT OUT

Confidential
Start
A1 A12
Open the COVER A7
B1 PANEL ASSY DRIVE ASSYMAIN
FRONT TOP ALL B7 (P. 279) B12
ASSY (P. 275) LM/KIT AC INLET
(P. 282)
A2
PHOTOCONDUCTOR A8 A13
B2 UNIT/TONER KIT LVPS
B8 COVER ASSY TOP SFP B13
CARTRIDGE (P. 275) LOW (P. 280) (including the Front I/F)
(P. 283)

B3 ASSY 250 IOT and the A9 A14
TRAY ASSY MSI COVER ASSY- FRAME ASSY-TOP
B9 WINDOW ESS B14 MSI/COVER MCU
(P. 276)
(P. 280) (P. 284)
A4 A10
KIT COVER ASSY COVER SIDE L/ A15 PLATE LVPS
B4 FRONT/COVER ASSY B10
COVER SIDE L REAR/ B15 (P. 288)
FRONT TOP LVPS FAN [FAN SUB]
(P. 276) (P. 281)
A5 A11 A16
PWB ASSY ESS CONNECTOR ASSY B16 HOLDER ASSY
B5 KIT COVER ASSY
REAR/ROLL ASSY- B11 (P. 281) XERO DRIVE EXIT OUT
TRANS CRU (P. 290) (P. 291)
(P. 277)
A6 FUSER UNIT
B6 (P. 279)

Confidential
A1 B1 A2 B2

Confidential
]
printer.

Confidential

COVER ASSY FRONT.

Confidential
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋

Confidential
A6 B6 A7 B7
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪉㪇
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
R E Q U IR E D
operation.

Confidential
A8 B8 A9 B9

Confidential
A10 B10 COVER SIDE L/COVER SIDE L REAR/ A11 B11

PWB ASSY ESS
LVPS FAN [FAN SUB]
㻲㼞㼛㼚㼠
ASSY ESS.

Confidential
A12 B12 DRIVE ASSYMAIN LM/

KIT AC INLET
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋

Confidential
㪣㪠㪥㪢 A13 B13

㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪊㪀㩿㪉㪀
㪧㪆㪡㪈㪇㪈
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋

Confidential
A14 B14
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
2. Remove the GEAR DUP IN from the HOLDER-GEAR DUP. 1. Release all the harnesses routed through the BOX ESS by opening the clamp.

Confidential
㪧㪆㪡㪈㪍


Confidential
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
T24.

Confidential

Confidential
㪟㪦㪣㪛㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪧㪠㪚㪢㩷㪬㪧 A15 B15

PLATE LVPS
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪤㪚㪬㩷
㪪㪚㪩㪜㪮
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪊㪈㪉㪘㪘
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪋㪇㪈㪜㪘
When installing the FRAME TOP MSI, place the printer on its right side and attach 1. Remove the COVER MCU, and remove the two screws on the left.
the FRAME TOP MSI so that the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSIon it can be set into
Be careful not to catch the wire in between with the screws.
the hole on the printer and the LOCK MSI IN can touch the HOLDER ASSY PICK
UP.

Confidential
㪧㪣㪘㪫㪜㩷㪣㪭㪧㪪
㪣㪠㪥㪢㩷㪝㪩㪦㪥㪫㩷㪣
㩿㪈㪀
㪣㪠㪥㪢㩷㪚㪦㪥㪥㪜㪚㪫㪦㪩
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋㪣㪠㪥㪢㩷㪪㪟㪘㪝㪫㩷㪣
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪋㪇㪊㪘㪘
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪋㪇㪉㪘㪘
2. Remove the PLATE LVPS. 3. Pull out the LINK toward the front of the printer, and remove the LINK CONNECTOR
and LINK FRONT L.

Confidential
A16
㪟㪘㪩㪥㪜㪪㪪㩷㪞㪬㪠㪛㪜 CONNECTOR ASSY XERO
㪟㪘㪩㪥㪜㪪㪪㪚㪦㪥㪥㪜㪚㪫㪦㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪯㪜㪩㪦
㪣㪠㪥㪢㩷㪪㪟㪘㪝㪫㩷㪣
㩷㪧㪆㪡㪉㪌㪋
㪟㪘㪩㪥㪜㪪㪪㩷㪞㪬㪠㪛㪜㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪪㪫㪦㪧㪧㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪯㪜㪩㪦㩷㪣㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㩷㪧㪆㪡㪉㪌
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪋㪇㪋㪘㪘
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪌㪇㪌㪘㪘
4. Remove the STOPPER ASSY XERO L. 1. Release the three hooks that secure the COVER MCU to the printer, and remove the
5. Disengage the three hooks and remove the GUIDE HARNESS. COVER MCU.
6. Warp the LINK SHAFT L slightly from the inside of the printer to the outside, and remove 2. Disconnect the connector (P/J25) on the PWBA MCU.
it. 3. Release the yellow harness from the harness guide(s) around the PWBA MCU.
4. Release the hook that secures the CONNECTOR ASSY XERO to the printer, and remove
the CONNECTOR ASSY XERO.
5. Pull out the yellow harness from the chassis slightly to give slack on the harness, then
disconnect the connector (P/J254).

Confidential
B16
HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT OUT
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
1. Release all the harnesses routed through the BOX ESS by opening the clamp. 3. Remove the five screws (silver, M3, 6 mm) that secure the BOX ESS to the printer, and
remove the BOX ESS by releasing the two tabs from the frame.

Confidential
㪧㪆㪡㪈㪎
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪊㪊
㪞㪬㪠㪛㪜㩷㪟㪘㪩㪥㪜㪪㪪
㪟㪘㪩㪥㪜㪪㪪
㪘㪪㪪㪰
㪝㪪㪩
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪊㪇㪋㪘㪘㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪊㪇㪌㪘㪘
4. Release the two hooks on the HARNESS ASSY FSR that secure the assy to the printer in 6. Release the four hooks that secure the FRAME TOP MSI to the printer, and remove the
the order from the upper one and the lower one, and remove the HARNESS ASSY FSR, FRAME TOP MSI.
then disconnect the connector (P/J233) connected to the HARNESS ASSY FSR. 7. Release the three hooks that secure the COVER MCU to the printer and remove the
5. Release the two hooks that secure the GUIDE HARNESS to the printer, and remove the COVER MCU, then disconnect the connector (P/J17) connected to the PWBA MCU, and
GUIDE HARNESS. release the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY EXIT from the GUIDE HARNESS.

Confidential
㪞㪜㪘㪩㩷㪜㪊㩷㪱
㪞㪜㪘㪩㩷㪜㪉
㪜㪘㪩㪫㪟㩷㪧㪣㪘㪫㪜㪚㪣㪬㪫㪚㪟㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪜㪯㪠㪫
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪟㪦㪣㪛㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪜㪯㪠㪫㩷㪦㪬㪫
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪊㪇㪍㪘㪘
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪊㪇㪎㪘㪘
When reassembling, insert the EARTH PLATE between the frame and the PWB 9. Release the hook that secures the GEAR E2 and remove the GEAR E2 from the HOLDER
LVPS. ASSY DRIVE EXIT OUT, then remove the GEAR E3 Z and CLUTCH ASSY EXIT.
8. Remove the two screws (silver, tapping, 6 mm) that secure the HOLDER ASSY DRIVE
EXIT OUT to the printer and release the hook, then release the harness of the CLUTCH
ASSY EXIT and remove the HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT OUT.

Confidential
㪟㪦㪣㪛㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪛㪩㪠㪭㪜㩷㪜㪯㪠㪫㩷㪠㪥㪟㪦㪣㪛㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪧㪠㪚㪢㩷㪬㪧
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
When installing the HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT OUT, align the shaft on the When installing the FRAME TOP MSI, place the printer on its right side and attach
HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT IN with the D-cut hole on the CLUTCH ASSY EXIT. the FRAME TOP MSI so that the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI on it can be set into
UP.

Confidential
4.3.10 Group 10
A TRANSPORT ASSY-REGI FDR
CONTENT
TRANSPORT ASSY-REGI FDR A

Confidential
Start
A1 KIT COVER ASSY A13

Open the COVER A7 A18 CHUTE ASSY-DUP
FRONT TOP ALL FRONT/COVER ASSY FRAME ASSY-TOP
FRONT TOP MSI/COVER MCU (P. 312)
ASSY (P. 297)
(P. 300) (P. 305)
A19 TRANSPORT ASSY-

A2
PHOTOCONDUCTOR A14 REGI FDR
UNIT/TONER A8 KIT COVER ASSY COVER ASSY- (P. 313)
CARTRIDGE (P. 297) REAR/ROLL ASSY- WINDOW ESS
TRANS CRU (P. 309)
(P. 301)
ASSY 250 IOT and the A15
TRAY ASSY MSI COVER SIDE L/
A9 COVER SIDE L REAR/
(P. 298) COVER ASSY TOP SFP LVPS FAN [FAN SUB]
LOW (P. 302) (P. 310)
A4 PANEL ASSY
(P. 298) A10 A16
CHTUTE ASSY EXIT PWB ASSY ESS
(P. 303) (P. 310)
A5 A17
Open the KIT COVER A11
COVER SIDE R/ DRIVE ASSYMAIN
ASSY REAR COVER SIDE R REAR LM/KIT AC INLET
(P. 299) (P. 304) (P. 311)
A6 FUSER UNIT A12 HVPS

(P. 299) (P. 304)

Confidential
A1 A2
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪝㪩㪦㪥㪫㩷㪫㪦㪧㩷㪘㪣㪣㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㪧㪟㪦㪫㪦㪚㪦㪥㪛㪬㪚㪫㪦㪩㩷㪬㪥㪠㪫

Confidential
A3 Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250 IOT A4

PANEL ASSY
and the TRAY ASSY MSI
㪫㪩㪘㪰㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪤㪪㪠㪧㪆㪡㪉㪉㪇
㪚㪘㪪㪪㪜㪫㪫㪜㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪉㪌㪇㩷㪠㪦㪫㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪈㪇㪈㪜㪙
1. Open the COVER MSI. 1. Disengage the three hooks that secure the PANEL ASSY to the printer, and disconnect the
2. Pull out the TRAY ASSY MSI from the printer. connector (P/J220).
3. Pull out the CASSETTE ASSY 250 IOT. 2. Remove the PANEL ASSY.

Confidential
A5 A6
Open the KIT COVER ASSY REAR FUSER UNIT
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪎㪇㪈㪜㪘
1. Open the KIT COVER ASSY REAR. 1. Turn the levers that secure the FUSER UNIT to the printer on both sides in the directions
shown above to unlock the FUSER UNIT, then remove the FUSER UNIT.
A D J U S T M E N T
R E Q U IR E D
When replacing the FUSER UNIT with a new one, reset its life counter by panel
operation.

Confidential
A7 KIT COVER ASSY FRONT/

COVER ASSY FRONT TOP 㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪝㪩㪦㪥㪫㩷㪫㪦㪧
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪐㪇㪉㪜㪙
1. Open the COVER FRONT TOP ALL SFP ASSY and disengage the hook of the COVER 3. Remove the four screws that secure the KIT COVER ASSY FRONT to the COVER ASSY
LINK on the printer, then remove the COVER FRONT TOP ALL SFP ASSY. FRONT TOP (silver, tapping, 8 mm).
2. Warp the COVER FRONT TOP ALL SFP ASSY slightly and release one of the bosses 4. Release the two bosses of the COVER ASSY FRONT TOP from the two holes on the KIT
from the bearing hole, then remove the COVER FRONT TOP ALL SFP ASSY from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
printer.

Confidential
A8 KIT COVER ASSY REAR/

ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪢㪠㪫㩷㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪍㪇㪈㪜㪙
1. Disengage the three hooks that secure the connector cover, and remove the connector 5. Release both two hooks on the sides that secure the ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU by
cover. pushing them, then rotate the ROLL ASSY-TRANS CRU around the bosses and remove
2. Disconnect the connector (P/J2401) connected to the KIT COVER ASSY REAR.

Confidential
A9
COVER ASSY TOP SFP LOW
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪐㪈㪇㪜㪘㼆㼍㻿㻜㻠㻝㻥㻜㻢㻭㻭
When installing the KIT COVER ASSY REAR, make sure to engage the SPRING 1. Remove the two screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secure the COVER ASSY TOP SFP
EARTH DTS OUT on the hook on the frame of the printer. LOW Series to the printer, and remove the COVER ASSY TOP SFP AL-M300 Series.

Confidential
A10
CHUTE ASSY EXIT
㪞㪜㪘㪩㩷㪜㪯㪠㪫㪪㪧㪩㪠㪥㪞㩷㪜㪘㪩㪫㪟㩷㪪㪜㪥㪪㪦㪩
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪈㪎
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪎㪇㪊㪘㪘
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪎㪇㪉㪘㪘
of the arrow, then disconnect the connector (P/J271) connected to the EXIT SENSOR.
2. Release the two bosses on the CHUTE ASSY EXIT from the printer by warping the
COVER ASSY SIDE L slightly, then remove the CHUTE ASSY EXIT.

Confidential
A11 A12
COVER SIDE R/COVER SIDE R REAR HVPS
㪧㪆㪡㪉㪍㪈
1. Remove the two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that secure the COVER SIDE R SFP to the 1. Disconnect the connector (P/J261) connected to the HVPS.
printer. 2. Remove the seven screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm), and remove the HVPS from the printer.

Confidential
A13
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
When installing the HVPS, make sure the three conductive springs sticking out from 1. Release all the harnesses routed through the BOX ESS by opening the clamp.
the frame are in contact with the HVPS, and also check the positions of the 2. After releasing the harnesses, disconnect the relay connector secured to the BOX ESS.

Confidential
㪧㪆㪡㪈㪍


Confidential
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
T24.

Confidential

Confidential
㪟㪦㪣㪛㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪧㪠㪚㪢㩷㪬㪧 A14
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪊㪈㪉㪘㪘㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪮㪠㪥㪛㪦㪮㩷㪜㪪㪪
When installing the FRAME TOP MSI, place the printer on its right side and attach 1. Loosen the sum screw that secures the COVER ASSY WINDOW ESS to the printer.
the FRAME TOP MSI so that the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSIon it can be set into 2. Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW ESS.
UP.

Confidential
A15 COVER SIDE L/COVER SIDE L REAR/ A16

PWB ASSY ESS
LVPS FAN [FAN SUB]
㻲㼞㼛㼚㼠
ASSY ESS.

Confidential
A17 DRIVE ASSY MAIN LM/

KIT AC INLET
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋

Confidential
㪣㪠㪥㪢 A18
CHUTE ASSY-DUP
㪚㪟㪬㪫㪜㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㪄㪛㪬㪧
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㪢㪠㪫㩷㪘㪚㩷㪠㪥㪣㪜㪫㩿㪉㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㪧㪆㪡㪈㪇㪈
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪪㪧㪩㪠㪥㪞㩷㪜㪘㪩㪫㪟㩷㪛㪫㪪㩷㪦㪬㪫㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪋㪇㪈㪘㪘
3. [AL-M300 Series] Move the KIT AC INLET and GUIDE HARNESS slightly to the left. 1. Remove the screw (silver, tapping, 4 mm) that secures the SPRING EARTH DTS OUT to
4. [AL-M400 Series] Release the harness from the clamp. the KIT COVER ASSY REAR, and remove the SPRING EARTH DTS OUT from the
5. Remove the four screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY MAIN LM KIT COVER ASSY REAR.
to the printer, and disconnect the connector (P101) connected to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN 2. Disengage the two hooks that secure the CHUTE ASSY-DUP to the KIT COVER ASSY
LM, then remove the DRIVE ASSY MAIN LM. REAR, and remove the CHUTE ASSY-DUP by sliding the four bosses on it in the
Keep the LINK inside the frame of the main body. direction of the arrow.

Confidential
A19
TRANSPORT ASSY-REGI FDR
When attaching the SPRING EARTH DTS OUT to the KIT COVER ASSY REAR, 1. Disengage the four hooks that secure the FRAME TOP MSI to the printer, and remove the
attach the parts in the order of the SPRING EARTH DTS, SPRING EARTH DTS FRAME TOP MSI.
OUT, and the screw. 2. Remove the COVER MCU while disengaging the hooks on it, and disconnect the

Confidential
㪞㪜㪘㪩㩷㪪㪜㪞㪤㪜㪥㪫㩷㪤㪪㪠㩷㪈㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪇㪈㪘㪘㪘㪩㪤㩷㪣㪠㪝㪫㪜㪩㩷㪤㪪㪠㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪉㪈㪘㪘
3. Remove the screw (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secures the SOLENOID FEED MSI, and 5. Disengage the SPRING FEED MSI hooked on the ARM LIFTER MSI, and remove the
remove the SOLENOID FEED MSI. ARM LIFTER MSI and LEVER LIFTER MSI.
4. Remove the GEAR SEGMENT MSI 1, GEAR SEGMENT MSI 2, and GEAR FEED MSI.

Confidential
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪪㪟㪬㪫㪫㪜㪩㩷㪪㪜㪥㪪㪦㪩㩷㪩㪜㪞㪠㪜㪘㪩㪫㪟㩷㪧㪣㪘㪫㪜
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪈㪇㪘㪙㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪈㪈㪘㪘
6. Disengage the hooks that secure the SHUTTER SENSOR REGI, and remove the 7. Remove the screw (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secures the EARTH PLATE, and remove
SHUTTER SENSOR REGI. the EARTH PLATE.

Confidential
㩿㪈㪀
㪫㪩㪘㪥㪪㪧㪦㪩㪫㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪩㪜㪞㪠㩷㪝㪛㪩㩷㪪㪟㪬㪫㪫㪜㪩㩷㪪㪜㪥㪪㪦㪩㩷㪩㪜㪞㪠
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㩿㪉㪀
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪈㪌㪘㪙
8. Remove the three screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secure the TRANSPORT ASSY- When installing the TRANSPORT ASSY REGI FDR, pay attention to the locations of
REGI FDR, and remove the TRANSPORT ASSY-REGI FDR. bosses and the attachment position of the SHUTTER SENSOR REGI.

Confidential
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪘㪩㪤㩷㪣㪠㪝㪫㪜㪩㩷㪤㪪㪠㩷
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪈㪊㪘㪘
When attaching the STOPPER LIFTER MSI, set it with the HOLDER ASSY PICK When installing the ARM LIFTER MSI, make sure to engage the SPRING FEED
UP as shown in the figure. MSI.

Confidential
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪇㪎㪘㪘
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪞㪜㪘㪩㩷㪪㪜㪞㪤㪜㪥㪫㩷㪤㪪㪠㩷㪈㪃㩷㪉㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪈㪋㪘㪘
When assembling the GEAR SEGMENT MSI 1 and GEAR SEGMENT MSI 2, align When attaching the GEAR SEGMENT MSI 1, 2, set it with the actuator as shown in
the two bosses on the GEAR SEGMENT MSI 1 with the holes for them on the GEAR the figure.
SEGMENT MSI 2.

Confidential
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
When installing the FRAME TOP MSI, set it with the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI
mounted on it into the hole on the printer.

Confidential
4.3.11 Group 11
B REAR FAN
CONTENT
CHUTE ASSY-DUP A
REAR FAN B
A
CHUTE ASSY-DUP

Confidential
Start
A1 A6 CHUTE ASSY-DUP
Open the COVER
B1 FRONT TOP ALL B6 (P. 326)
ASSY (P. 322)
A2 PHOTOCONDUCTOR B7 REAR FAN

B2 UNIT / TONER (P. 327)
CARTRIDGE (P. 322)
A3
Remove the CASSETTE
B3 ASSY 250 IOT and the
TRAY ASSY MSI
(P. 323)
A4
KIT COVER ASSY
B4 FRONT/COVER ASSY
FRONT TOP
(P. 323)
A5
KIT COVER ASSY
B5 REAR/ROLL ASSY-
TRANS CRU
(P. 324)

Confidential
A1 B1 Open the COVER FRONT TOP ALL A2 B2 PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT/


Confidential
printer.

Confidential

COVER ASSY FRONT.

Confidential
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋

Confidential
A6 B6
CHUTE ASSY-DUP
㪚㪟㪬㪫㪜㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㪄㪛㪬㪧
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪈㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㩿㪉㪀
㪪㪧㪩㪠㪥㪞㩷㪜㪘㪩㪫㪟㩷㪛㪫㪪㩷㪦㪬㪫㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪋㪇㪈㪘㪘
1. Remove the screw (silver, tapping, 4 mm) that secures the SPRING EARTH DTS OUT to When attaching the SPRING EARTH DTS OUT to the KIT COVER ASSY REAR,
the KIT COVER ASSY REAR, and remove the SPRING EARTH DTS OUT from the attach the parts in the order of the SPRING EARTH DTS, SPRING EARTH DTS
KIT COVER ASSY REAR. OUT, and the screw.
2. Disengage the two hooks that secure the CHUTE ASSY-DUP to the KIT COVER ASSY
REAR, and remove the CHUTE ASSY-DUP by sliding the four bosses on it in the
direction of the arrow.

Confidential
B7
REAR FAN
㪣㪘㪫㪚㪟㩷㪣㪜㪭㪜㪩
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪋㪇㪋㪘㪘
1. Disengage the two hooks that secure the harness guide, and remove the harness guide. 3. Turn the LATCH LEVER in the direction of the arrow and disengage the two hooks, then
remove the LATCH LEVER.
2. Disenge the two hooks that secure the CHUTE DUP OUT to the KIT COVER ASSY
REAR, then release the four bosses from the holes and remove the CHUTE DUP OUT.

Confidential
㪩㪜㪘㪩㩷㪝㪘㪥㩷㪲㪝㪘㪥㩷㪪㪬㪙㪴
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪋㪇㪌㪘㪘
4. Remove the two screws (silver, tapping, 22 mm) that secure the REAR FAN to the KIT
COVER ASSY REAR, and release the harness from the harness guide, then remove the
REAR FAN.

Confidential
4.3.12 Group 12
CONTENT B KIT RETARD ROLL MSI ASSY/
KIT MSI COVER
CASSETTE ASSY 250 IOT A

KIT RETARD ROLL MSI ASSY/KIT MSI COVER B
HOLDER ASSY RETARD CST C
ROLL ASSY FEED D
D ROLL ASSY FEED
HOLDER ASSY
C RETARD CST
A
CASSETTE ASSY 250 IOT

Confidential
Start
A1 Remove the TRAY B1

CASSETTE ASSY
ASSY MSI C1 250 IOT
(P. 331) D1 (P. 332)
KIT RETARD C2
A2 HOLDER ASSY
ROLLMSI ASSY/KIT D2 RETARD CST
MSI COVER (P. 332)
(P. 331)
D3 ROLL ASSY FEED

(P. 333)

Confidential
A1 A2 KIT RETARD ROLLMSI ASSY/

Remove the TRAY ASSY MSI
KIT MSI COVER
㩿㪉㪀
㩿㪈㪀
㪢㪠㪫㩷㪩㪜㪫㪘㪩㪛㩷㪩㪦㪣㪣㩷㪤㪪㪠㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰
㪢㪠㪫㩷㪤㪪㪠㩷㪝㪩㪘㪤㪜㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰
㪫㪩㪘㪰㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪤㪪㪠㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪊㪇㪈㪜㪙
㪢㪠㪫㩷㪤㪪㪠㩷㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪊㪇㪉㪘㪘
1. Open the COVER MSI. 1. Disengage the hook that secure the KIT RETARD ROLL MSI ASSY to the KIT MSI
2. Pull out the TRAY ASSY MSI from the printer. FRAME ASSY, and remove the KIT RETARD ROLL MSI ASSY by turning it in the
2. Remove the COVER MSI by releasing the holes on it from the bosses on the KIT MSI
FRAME ASSY that secure the COVER MSI.
A D J U S T M E N T
R E Q U IR E D
When replacing the KIT RETARD ROLL MSI ASSY with a new one, reset its life
counter by panel operation.

Confidential
B1
CASSETTE ASSY 250 IOT HOLDER ASSY RETARD CST
C1 D1 C2 D2
㪟㪦㪣㪛㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪩㪜㪫㪘㪩㪛㩷㪚㪪㪫
㩿㪉㪀
㩿㪈㪀
㪚㪘㪪㪪㪜㪫㪫㪜㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪉㪌㪇㩷㪠㪦㪫
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪇㪐㪇㪈㪜㪙
1. Pull out the CASSETTE ASSY 250 IOT. 1. Disengage the hook that secures the HOLDER ASSY RETARD CST to the CASSETTE
ASSY 250/550 IOT and rotate the HOLDER ASSY RETARD CST around the axis, then
remove it by sliding it in the direction of the arrow.
A D J U S T M E N T
R E Q U IR E D
When replacing the HOLDER ASSY RETARD CST with a new one, reset its life
counter by panel operation.

Confidential
ROLL ASSY FEED

D3
Rear
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪙㪩㪘㪚㪢㪜㪫㩷㪥㪬㪛㪞㪜㪩㩷㪘㪛
㪲㪘㪣㪄㪤㪊㪇㪇㩷㪪㪼㫉㫀㪼㫊㪴
㪩㪦㪣㪣㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪝㪜㪜㪛㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪌㪈㪐㪜㪙
1. Place the printer on its right side.

[AL-M300 Series only] Make sure to remove the BRACKET NUDGER AD in the
next step.
2. [AL-M300 Series only] Remove the BRACKET NUDGER AD.

3. From the bottom of the printer, release the hooks (one each) that secure the ROLL ASSY
FEED and remove the ROLL ASSY FEED.
A D J U S T M E N T
R E Q U IR E D
operation.

Confidential
4.3.13 Group 13
CONTENT
A COVER SIDE L OPT 250 MAT
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide B COVER SIDE R OPT 250 MAT
COVER SIDE L OPT 250 MAT A

COVER SIDE R OPT 250 MAT B
PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY C
ROLL ASSY FEED (2 pieces) D
C PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY
D ROLL ASSY FEED (2 pieces)

Confidential
Start
A1 A1
Removing the
C1 D1 CASSETTE ASSY 250
IOT (Option) (P. 336)
A2 B2
FEEDER ASSY OPT
C2 D2
250 SFP (P. 336)
A3 C3 D3
COVER SIDE L OPT COVER SIDE R OPT ROLL ASSY FEED
B3 250 MAT 250 MAT (2 pieces)
(P. 337) (P. 338) (P. 338)
B4
PWBA ASSY OPT
TRAY
(P. 337)

Confidential
A1 B1 A2 B2
Removing the CASSETTE ASSY 250 IOT (Option) FEEDER ASSY OPT 250 SFP
C1 D1 C2 D2
㪢㪠㪫㩷㪪㪚㪩㪜㪮㩷㪣㪦㪚㪢
㪢㪠㪫㩷㪪㪚㪩㪜㪮㩷㪣㪦㪚㪢㪠㪦㪫
㪝㪜㪜㪛㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪦㪧㪫㩷㪉㪌㪇
㪚㪘㪪㪪㪜㪫㪫㪜㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪉㪌㪇㩷㪠㪦㪫㩷㩿㪦㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅㪀㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪇㪇㪌㪜㪚
㪝㪜㪜㪛㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪦㪧㪫㩷㪉㪌㪇㩷㪪㪝㪧㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪇㪇㪈㪜㪙
1. Pull out the CASSETTE ASSY 250 IOT (Option) from the FEEDER ASSY OPT 250. 1. Open the COVER MSI.
2. Pull out the TRAY ASSY MSI from the printer.
3. Pull out the CASSETTE ASSY 250 IOT.
4. Release the two KIT SCREW LOCK that secure the FEEDER ASSY OPT 250 SFP to the
printer and release the five bosses on the FEEDER ASSY OPT 250 SFP through the holes
on the IOT, then lift the IOT and remove the FEEDER ASSY OPT 250 SFP.

Confidential
A3 B3 B4
COVER SIDE L OPT 250 MAT PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY
㪧㪆㪡㪋㪈㪐
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪧㪮㪙㪘㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪦㪧㪫㩷㪫㪩㪘㪰
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㪄㪪㪠㪛㪜㩷㪣㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪦㪧㪫㩷㪉㪌㪇㪧㪆㪡㪋㪉㪇
㪧㪆㪡㪋㪉㪉
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪇㪇㪉㪘㪙㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪇㪇㪊㪘㪘
1. Remove the screw (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secures the COVER-SIDE L OPT 250 to 1. Disconnect all the connectors connected to the PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY.
the COVER-SIDE L OPT 250 and release the hooks through the two holes, then remove 2. Remove the three screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secure the PWBA ASSY OPT
the COVER-SIDE L OPT 250. TRAY, and remove the PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY.

Confidential
COVER SIDE R OPT 250 MAT ROLL ASSY FEED (2 pieces)

C3 D3
㪩㪦㪣㪣㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪝㪜㪜㪛
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㪄㪪㪠㪛㪜㩷㪩㩷㪦㪧㪫㩷㪉㪌㪇㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪇㪇㪋㪘㪙㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪇㪈㪇㪘㪘
1. Remove the screw that secures the COVER-SIDE R OPT 250 (silver, tapping, 8 mm) and 1. Disengage the hooks (one each) that secure the ROLL ASSY FEED, and remove the
release the hooks through the three holes, then remove the COVER-SIDE R OPT 250. ROLL ASSY FEED.
A D J U S T M E N T
R E Q U IR E D
operation.

Confidential
4.3.14 Group 14
CONTENT
B CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED
D FEEDER ASSY-OPT 250 MAIN
A
MOTOR-ASSY OPTION A MOTOR-ASSY OPTION
CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED B

COVER-REAR OPT 250 MAT C
FEEDER ASSY-OPT 250 MAIN D
C COVER-REAR OPT 250 MAT

Confidential
Start
A1 A1 Removing the
A2 B2
FEEDER ASSY OPT
C2 D2 250 SFP (P. 341)
A3 B3 COVER SIDE L D5
MOTOR-ASSY
C3 D3 OPT 250 MAT OPTION
(P. 342) (P. 344)
A4 MOTOR-ASSY C4 D6
COVER SIDE R CLUTCH ASSY
B4 OPTION D4 OPT 250 MAT OPT FEED
(P. 342) (P. 343) (P. 345)
B5 C5 D7
CLUTCH ASSY COVER-REAR FEEDER ASSY-OPT
OPT FEED OPT 250 MAT 250 MAIN
(P. 343) (P. 344) (P. 345)

Confidential
A1 B1 A2 B2
C1 D1 C2 D2
㪢㪠㪫㩷㪪㪚㪩㪜㪮㩷㪣㪦㪚㪢㪠㪦㪫
㪝㪜㪜㪛㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪦㪧㪫㩷㪉㪌㪇
㪚㪘㪪㪪㪜㪫㪫㪜㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪉㪌㪇㩷㪠㪦㪫㩷㩿㪦㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅㪀㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪇㪇㪌㪜㪚
㪝㪜㪜㪛㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪦㪧㪫㩷㪉㪌㪇㩷㪪㪝㪧㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪇㪇㪈㪜㪙

Confidential
A3 B3 A4 B4
COVER SIDE L OPT 250 MAT MOTOR-ASSY OPTION
C3 D3
㪧㪆㪡㪋㪉㪉㪈
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪦㪧㪫㩷㪉㪌㪇
㪤㪦㪫㪦㪩㪄㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪦㪧㪫㪠㪦㪥㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪇㪇㪎㪘㪘
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪇㪇㪉㪘㪙
1. Remove the screw (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secures the COVER-SIDE L OPT 250 to 1. Disconnect the connector (P/J4221) connected to the MOTOR-ASSY OPTION.
the COVER-SIDE L OPT 250 and release the hooks through the two holes, then remove 2. Remove the three screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secure the MOTOR-ASSY OPTION
the COVER-SIDE L OPT 250. ASSY, and remove the MOTOR-ASSY OPTION ASSY.

Confidential
B5
CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED COVER SIDE R OPT 250 MAT
C4 D4
㪚㪣㪬㪫㪚㪟㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪦㪧㪫㩷㪝㪜㪜㪛
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪧㪆㪡㪋㪉㪇㪈㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪇㪇㪐㪘㪘
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㪄㪪㪠㪛㪜㩷㪩㩷㪦㪧㪫㩷㪉㪌㪇㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪇㪇㪋㪘㪙
1. Release the clamp that secures the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED from the 1. Remove the screw that secures the COVER-SIDE R OPT 250 (silver, tapping, 8 mm) and
harness and disconnect the relay connector (P/J4201), then release the harness from the release the hooks through the three holes, then remove the COVER-SIDE R OPT 250.
harness guide on the frame.
2. Remove the E-RING that secures the CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED, and remove the
CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED.

Confidential
COVER-REAR OPT 250 MAT MOTOR-ASSY OPTION

C5 D5
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋㪧㪆㪡㪋㪉㪉㪈
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㪄㪩㪜㪘㪩㩷㪦㪧㪫㩷㪉㪌㪇㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪇㪇㪍㪘㪙
㪤㪦㪫㪦㪩㪄㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪦㪧㪫㪠㪦㪥㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪇㪇㪎㪘㪘
1. Remove the two screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secure the COVER-REAR OPT 250 1. Disconnect the connector (P/J4221) connected to the MOTOR-ASSY OPTION.
and release the four bosses through the holes on the frame, then remove the COVER- 2. Remove the three screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secure the MOTOR-ASSY OPTION
REAR OPT 250. ASSY, and remove the MOTOR-ASSY OPTION ASSY.

Confidential
CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED FEEDER ASSY-OPT 250 MAIN

D6 D7
㪝㪜㪜㪛㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㪄㪦㪧㪫㩷㪉㪌㪇㩷㪤㪘㪠㪥
㪙㪜㪘㪩㪠㪥㪞
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪧㪆㪡㪋㪉㪇㪈㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪇㪇㪐㪘㪘㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋

㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪇㪇㪏㪘㪘
1. Release the clamp that secures the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED from the 1. Remove the BEARING from the shaft of the FEEDER ASSY-OPT 250 MAIN.
harness and disconnect the relay connector (P/J4201), then release the harness from the 2. Release the harnesses from the harness guide on the frame.
harness guide on the frame. 3. Remove the two screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secure the FEEDER ASSY-OPT 250
2. Remove the E-RING that secures the CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED, and remove the MAIN and release the four holes from the bosses on the frame, then remove the FEEDER
CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED. ASSY-OPT 250 MAIN.

Confidential
4.3.15 Group 15
CONTENT
C PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY
A
COVER-SIDE L OPT 550 D ROLL ASSY FEED
COVER-SIDE L OPT 550 A
B
COVER-SIDE R OPT 550 COVER-SIDE R OPT 550
B
PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY C
ROLL ASSY FEED D

Confidential
Start
A1 A1
Removing the
A2 B2
FEEDER ASSY OPT
C2 D2 550 SFP (P. 348)
A3 C3 D3
COVER-SIDE L OPT PWBA ASSY OPT ROLL ASSY FEED
B3 550 TRAY (P. 350)
(P. 349) (P. 350)
B4
COVER-SIDE R OPT
550
(P. 349)

Confidential
A1 B1 A2 B2
C1 D1 C2 D2
㪠㪦㪫
㪝㪜㪜㪛㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪦㪧㪫㩷㪌㪌㪇
㪚㪘㪪㪪㪜㪫㪫㪜㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪌㪌㪇㩷㪠㪦㪫
㪚㪘㪪㪪㪜㪫㪫㪜㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪌㪌㪇㩷㪠㪦㪫㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪇㪌㪜㪙㪝㪜㪜㪛㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪦㪧㪫㩷㪌㪌㪇㩷㪪㪝㪧㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪇㪈㪜㪙

Confidential
A3 B3 B4
COVER-SIDE L OPT 550 COVER-SIDE R OPT 550
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪦㪧㪫㩷㪌㪌㪇
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪇㪉㪘㪙㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㪄㪪㪠㪛㪜㩷㪩㩷㪦㪧㪫㩷㪌㪌㪇㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪇㪋㪘㪙
1. Open the CHUTE COVER, remove the screw (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secures the 1. Remove the screw that secures the COVER-SIDE R OPT 550 (silver, tapping, 8 mm),
COVER-SIDE L OPT 550, release the hook from the boss and release the six bosses release the hook from the boss and release the six bosses through the holes, then remove
through the holes, then remove the COVER-SIDE L OPT 550. the COVER-SIDE R OPT 550.

Confidential
PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY ROLL ASSY FEED

C3 D3
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪧㪆㪡㪋㪈㪐
㪧㪮㪙㪘㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪦㪧㪫㩷㪫㪩㪘㪰
㪧㪆㪡㪋㪉㪇㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪧㪆㪡㪋㪉㪉
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪇㪇㪊㪘㪘㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪈㪇㪘㪘
1. Disconnect all the connectors connected to the PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY. 1. Disengage the hooks (one each) that secure the ROLL ASSY FEED, and remove the
2. Remove the three screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secure the PWBA ASSY OPT ROLL ASSY FEED.
TRAY, and remove the PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY. A D J U S T M E N T When replacing the ROLL ASSY FEED with a new one, reset its life counter by panel
R E Q U IR E D
operation.

Confidential
4.3.16 Group 16
CONTENT
B CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide A MOTOR-ASSY OPTION
MOTOR-ASSY OPTION D FEEDER ASSY-OPT 550

A
CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED B
COVER-REAR OPT 550 C
FEEDER ASSY-OPT 550 D
C COVER-REAR OPT 550

Confidential
Start
A1 A1 Removing the
A2 B2
FEEDER ASSY OPT
C2 D2 550 SFP (P. 353)
A3 B3 D5
COVER-SIDE L OPT MOTOR-ASSY
C3 D3 550 OPTION
(P. 354) (P. 357)
A4 C4 D6
MOTOR-ASSY COVER-SIDE R OPT CLUTCH ASSY
B4 OPTION D4 550 OPT FEED
(P. 354) (P. 356) (P. 358)
B5 C5 D7
CLUTCH ASSY COVER-REAR OPT FEEDER ASSY-OPT
OPT FEED 550 550
(P. 355) (P. 356) (P. 358)

Confidential
A1 B1 A2 B2
C1 D1 C2 D2
㪠㪦㪫

Confidential
A3 B3 A4 B4
COVER-SIDE L OPT 550 MOTOR-ASSY OPTION
C3
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩
㪜㪘㪩㪫㪟㩷㪧㪣㪘㪫㪜
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㪄㪪㪠㪛㪜㩷㪣
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪇㪉㪘㪙㪤㪦㪫㪦㪩㪄㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪦㪧㪫㪠㪦㪥㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪇㪎㪘㪘
1. Open the CHUTE COVER, remove the screw (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secures the 1. Remove the screw (silver, tapping, 8 mm) and remove the cover while pulling up the
COVER-SIDE L OPT 550, release the hook from the boss and release the six bosses EARTH PLATE.
through the holes, then remove the COVER-SIDE L OPT 550. 2. Disconnect the connector (P/J4221) connected to the MOTOR-ASSY OPTION.
3. Remove the four screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secure the MOTOR-ASSY OPTION
ASSY, and remove the MOTOR-ASSY OPTION ASSY.

Confidential
B5
CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED
㪤㪦㪫㪦㪩㪄㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪦㪧㪫㪠㪦㪥㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰
㪤㪦㪫㪦㪩㩷㪙㪩㪘㪚㪢㪜㪫
㪞㪜㪘㪩㩷㪦㪧㪫㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪈㪈㪘㪘
㪧㪆㪡㪋㪉㪇㪈㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪇㪐㪘㪘
4. Remove the GEAR OPT and remove the three screws (silver, M3, 4 mm) that secure the 1. Release the clamp that secures the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED from the
MOTOR-ASSY OPTION, then remove the MOTOR-ASSY OPTION from the MOTOR harness and disconnect the relay connector (P/J4201), then release the harness from the
BRACKET. harness guide on the frame.

Confidential
COVER-SIDE R OPT 550 COVER-REAR OPT 550

C4 D4 C5
㪪㪧㪩㪠㪥㪞㩷㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪩㪜㪘㪩
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㪄㪪㪠㪛㪜㩷㪩㩷㪦㪧㪫㩷㪌㪌㪇㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪇㪋㪘㪙㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㩷㪩㪜㪘㪩㩷㪦㪧㪫㩷㪌㪌㪇㩷㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪇㪍㪘㪙
1. Remove the screw that secures the COVER-SIDE R OPT 550 (silver, tapping, 8 mm), 1. Disengage one end of the SPRING COVER REAR from the COVER REAR OPT 550.
release the hook from the boss and release the six bosses through the holes, then remove 2. Release the boss on the left through the hole, and remove the COVER REAR OPT 550.
the COVER-SIDE R OPT 550.

Confidential
MOTOR-ASSY OPTION
D5 㪤㪦㪫㪦㪩㪄㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪦㪧㪫㪠㪦㪥㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩
㪞㪜㪘㪩㩷㪦㪧㪫
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪤㪦㪫㪦㪩㪄㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪦㪧㪫㪠㪦㪥㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪇㪎㪘㪘
1. Remove the screw (silver, tapping, 8 mm) and remove the cover while pulling up the 4. Remove the GEAR OPT and remove the three screws (silver, M3, 4 mm) that secure the
EARTH PLATE. MOTOR-ASSY OPTION, then remove the MOTOR-ASSY OPTION from the MOTOR
BRACKET.
2. Disconnect the connector (P/J4221) connected to the MOTOR-ASSY OPTION.

Confidential
CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED FEEDER ASSY-OPT 550

D6 D7
㪧㪆㪡㪋㪉㪈㪊
㪧㪆㪡㪋㪉㪈㪋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪧㪆㪡㪋㪉㪇㪉
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪈㪉㪘㪙
1. Release the clamp that secures the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED from the 1. Disconnect the relay connectors (P/J4202, P/J4213, P/J4214) of the FEEDER ASSY-OPT
harness and disconnect the relay connector (P/J4201), then release the harness from the 550.

Confidential
㪝㪜㪜㪛㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㪄㪦㪧㪫㩷㪌㪌㪇
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪇㪏㪘㪙
2. Release the harness from the harness guide of the frame.

3. Remove the two screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secure the FEEDER ASSY-OPT 550
and release the four holes from the bosses on the frame, then remove the FEEDER ASSY-
OPT 550.

Confidential
4.3.17 Group 17
CONTENT
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide A CLUTCH ASSY REGI C NO PAPER SENSOR
CLUTCH ASSY REGI A

D PRE REGI SENSOR
CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT B
NO PAPER SENSOR C
PRE REGI SENSOR D
B CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT

Confidential
Start
A1 A1
Removing the
A2 B2
FEEDER ASSY OPT
C2 D2 550 SFP (P. 362)
A3 B3 C3 D3
COVER-SIDE L OPT CASSETTE ASSY 550 NO PAPER SENSOR PRE REGI SENSOR
550 IOT (P. 367) (P. 368)
(P. 363) (P. 367)
A4 COVER-SIDE R OPT A6 A8
CLUTCH ASSY CLUTCH ASSY REGI
550 OPT FEED (P. 366)
(P. 363) (P. 365)
A5 A7
MOTOR-ASSY FEEDER ASSY-OPT
OPTION 550
(P. 364) (P. 365)

Confidential
A1 B1 A2 B2
C1 D1 C2 D2
㪠㪦㪫

Confidential
A3 A4
COVER-SIDE L OPT 550 COVER-SIDE R OPT 550
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪇㪉㪘㪙㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㪄㪪㪠㪛㪜㩷㪩㩷㪦㪧㪫㩷㪌㪌㪇㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪇㪋㪘㪙
1. Open the CHUTE COVER, remove the screw (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secures the 1. Remove the screw that secures the COVER-SIDE R OPT 550 (silver, tapping, 8 mm),
COVER-SIDE L OPT 550, release the hook from the boss and release the six bosses release the hook from the boss and release the six bosses through the holes, then remove
through the holes, then remove the COVER-SIDE L OPT 550. the COVER-SIDE R OPT 550.

Confidential
A5
MOTOR-ASSY OPTION
㪤㪦㪫㪦㪩㪄㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪦㪧㪫㪠㪦㪥㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩
㪞㪜㪘㪩㩷㪦㪧㪫
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪤㪦㪫㪦㪩㪄㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪦㪧㪫㪠㪦㪥㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪇㪎㪘㪘
1. Remove the screw (silver, tapping, 8 mm) and remove the cover while pulling up the 4. Remove the GEAR OPT and remove the three screws (silver, M3, 4 mm) that secure the
EARTH PLATE. MOTOR-ASSY OPTION, then remove the MOTOR-ASSY OPTION from the MOTOR
BRACKET.
2. Disconnect the connector (P/J4221) connected to the MOTOR-ASSY OPTION.

Confidential
A6 A7
CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED FEEDER ASSY-OPT 550
㪧㪆㪡㪋㪉㪈㪊
㪧㪆㪡㪋㪉㪈㪋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪧㪆㪡㪋㪉㪇㪉
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪈㪉㪘㪙
1. Release the clamp that secures the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED from the 1. Disconnect the relay connectors (P/J4202, P/J4213, P/J4214) of the FEEDER ASSY-OPT
harness and disconnect the relay connector (P/J4201), then release the harness from the 550.

Confidential
㪝㪜㪜㪛㪜㪩㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㪄㪦㪧㪫㩷㪌㪌㪇 A8
CLUTCH ASSY REGI
㪠㪛㪣㪜㪩㩷㪞㪜㪘㪩
㪚㪣㪬㪫㪚㪟㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪩㪜㪞㪠
㪧㪣㪘㪫㪜
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪇㪏㪘㪙
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪈㪊㪘㪙
2. Release the harness from the harness guide of the frame. 1. Remove the IDLER GEAR and remove the screw (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secures the
3. Remove the two screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm) that secure the FEEDER ASSY-OPT 550 PLATE, then remove the PLATE.
and release the four holes from the bosses on the frame, then remove the FEEDER ASSY- 2. Remove the E-RING, and remove the CLUTCH ASSY REGI.
OPT 550.

Confidential
B3
CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT NO PAPER SENSOR
C3
㪧㪆㪡㪋㪉㪇㪊
㪥㪦㩷㪧㪘㪧㪜㪩㩷㪪㪜㪥㪪㪦㪩
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪚㪘㪪㪪㪜㪫㪫㪜㩷㪘㪪㪪㪰㩷㪌㪌㪇㩷㪠㪦㪫㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪇㪌㪜㪙㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪈㪋㪘㪘

3. Pull out the CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT from the FEEDER ASSY-OPT 550. 1. Disengage the three hooks, and remove the NO PAPER SENSOR from the bracket.
2. Release the harness from the clamp.
3. Disconnect the connector (P/J4203) connected to the sensor.
1. Connect the connector (P/J4203) to the NO PAPER SENSOR, and route the
harness.
2. Attach the NO PAPER SENSOR from the shaft on the left of the bracket first.

Confidential
PRE REGI SENSOR

D3
㪧㪆㪡㪋㪉㪈㪉
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋
㪧㪩㪜㩷㪩㪜㪞㪠㩷㪪㪜㪥㪪㪦㪩
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪋㪈㪈㪈㪌㪘㪘
1. Remove the two screws (silver, tapping, 8 mm) and remove the cover.
2. Disconnect the connector (P/J4212) connected to the sensor.
3. Remove the PRE REGI SENSOR.

Confidential
CHAPTER
5
ADJUSTMENT
Confidential
5.1 Adjustment Item

The table below shows the adjustment item (including life counter clear) required when the specified part/unit is fixed or replaced.
Table 5-1. Adjustment Item

Part/Unit Component Timing Item Adjustment Procedure Required Jig & Tool Reference
HOLDER ASSY PICK UP/KIT
 Pickup Roll After replaced Run it from the Reset menu of the
REATRD ROLL MSI ASSY Reset Life Counter N/A
 Separation Roll with a new one control panel.
(MP tray)
ROLL ASSY FEEDs/HOLDER  Pickup Roll After replaced Run it from the Reset menu of the
Reset Life Counter N/A P.371
ASSY RETARD (C1)  Separation Roll with a new one control panel.
 Feed Roll
ROLL ASSY FEEDs (C2 to After replaced Run it from the Reset menu of the
 Nudger Roll Reset Life Counter N/A
C4) with a new one control panel.
 Separation Roll
EPSON Page Printer
After replaced
PWBA ASSY ESS ESS PWBA Writing of USB-ID Run it from the dedicated program. Main Board P.372
with a new one
Initialization Tool
ADJUSTMENT Adjustment Item 370

Confidential
5.2 Adjustment PROCEDURE (FOR SERVICE)
1. Keep pressing the [ ][ ][ ][ ] button and turn the printer on.

5.2.1 Reset Life Counter
2. Release the buttons when the printer starts up and “MAINTENANCE MODE” is
displayed on the LCD panel.
PURPOSE
3. Press the [ ] button to display the menu.
Whenever a part (unit) which saves the life counter (consumption) in the
4. Press the [ ] or [ ] buttons some times to select “Maintenance Menu”, and
printer is replaced with a new one, the life counter of the corresponding part
press the [OK] button.
should be reset (set to “0”).
5. Press the [ ] or [ ] buttons some times to select “Reset XXXXX Counter”,
RESET MENU and press the [OK] button to reset the counter.
Table 5-2. Reset Life Counter

Menu Name (Printer Adjust
Replacement Part
Menu)
FEED ROLLER/RETARD ROLLER (MP tray) Reset MP Counter
FEED ROLLER/RETARD ROLLER (C1) Reset C1 Counter
FEED ROLLER/RETARD ROLLER (C2) Reset C2 Counter
FEED ROLLER/RETARD ROLLER (C3)* Reset C3 Counter
FEED ROLLER/RETARD ROLLER (C4)* Reset C4 Counter
Note "*": AL-M400 Series only
ADJUSTMENT Adjustment 371

Confidential
5.2.2 Writing USB-ID INSTALLING THE PROGRAM & BASIC OPERATION
PURPOSE 1. Copy a set of files of “Main Board Initialization Tool” to a folder created on the
PC.
This printer includes USB interface as standard. An unique USB ID has been
assigned to each printer to be identified by a host PC connected via the USB
C H E C K The set of files of “Main Board Initialization Tool” must be
interface. The USB ID information is stored on the nonvolatile memory on the P O IN T stored in one folder.
Main Board. Therefore, whenever the Main Board is replaced, the ID must be
written to the new board.
REQUIRED TOOL 2. Double click on the program icon [ ] to start up the program, and select the
model name in the [Model Selection].
The program to be used for writing the USB-ID and the required operating
environment are as follows: 3. In the [Port Selection], select the port connected to the printer.
 Program name C H E C K The “Auto selection” allows you to search printers connected
P O IN T to the PC, and establish a connection with the first detected
EPSON Page Printer Main Board Initialization Tool
printer. When multiple printers are connected, however,
 Operating environment specify the port name rather than using the “Auto selection”
 OS since a printer detected by the auto detection varies according
to the communication status.
Windows95/OSR2.0 or later, Windows98, Windows Me, Windows
2000/XP
 Interface to be used
USB
Figure 5-1. Basic Operation

Confidential
WRITING METHOD
The method of writing USB ID differs according to the condition of the main board. Referring to the following table, figure out what to do depending on the
condition.
For the operational procedure, follow the instructions shown by the program.
Table 5-3. Writing Method

Writing method
Condition of Main Board Check of the previous ID Description
(button name)
The previous ID can be confirmed by a status
sheet or any other sheet that has already been Store optional ID Enter the previous ID to write it to the new Main Board.
Communication between PC and the printed out.
Main Board is impossible.
Store auto-generated The program automatically creates the new ID from the serial number of the
There is no way to confirm the previous ID.
NEW ID printer and write it into the new Main Board.
Communication between PC and the (The previous ID can be retrieved from the OLD ID Retrieval/ Retrieve the ID from the old board, and then enter the retrieved ID into the
Main Board is possible. previous Main Board.) Restore new board.
 Store optional ID  Store auto-generated NEW ID  OLD ID Retrieval/Restore
Figure 5-2. “Store optional ID” screen Figure 5-4. “OLD ID Retrieval/Restore” screen
Figure 5-3. “Store auto-generated NEW ID” screen

Confidential
CONFIRMING THE WRITTEN ID
When writing USB ID is finished, print a status sheet to confirm that the serial
number printed on the sheet is identical to that on the label attached to the
printer. (Refer to ?7.5.1 Configuration Status Sheet? (p.411))

Confidential
5.3 Updating Firmware

This section explains how to update the firmwares. The firmwares vary in data format and the update method differs by the format. See ? UPDATE PROCEDURE?
(p.376) to find the correct update method.
Table 5-4. Updating Firmware

Unit Data format Panel operation Tool Updating method
EFU Not required Epson Firmware Updater Update Method 2 (P. 379)
Controller
CRB Required Firmware Update Tool Update Method 1 (P. 377)
Controller + MCU EFU Not required Epson Firmware Updater Update Method 2 (P. 379)
ADJUSTMENT Updating Firmware 375

Confidential
UPDATE PROCEDURE  Updating MCU or Controller + MCU firmware
The flowchart below shows the firmware update procedure. Make sure to Start
follow the flowchart or the firmware cannot be updated properly.
 Updating Controller firmware EFU format (Controller +
MCU) (P. 379)
Start
EFU format (Controller) Updated Yes

End
(P. 379) successfully?
No
Updated Yes CRB format (Controller)

successfully? End (P. 377)
No
CRB format (Controller) Updated Yes EFU format (Controller +
(P. 377) successfully? MCU) (P. 379)
No
Updated Yes Replace the main board. Updated
successfully? End
successfully? No
No Yes
Replace the main board. End
When the printer cannot be started up due to an update

failure using the EFU format file, update Controller firmware
using CRB format file and then update the firmwares again
using the EFU format file.

Confidential
UPDATE METHOD 1 Step Explanation LCD Panel

Start up the Firmware Update Tool.
Do not open the printer cover or remove the cassettes while Specify the port and the firmware update
file on the selection window of the tool.
updating the firmwares. Updating may fail if the printer is
operated during the update.
5 ---
 Required Tool
 Computer
 USB cable
 Firmware Update Tool Click [Send] on the Firmware Update
 Control Panel Special Operation Tool screen.
Program Device
Required Version XX.XX [MXXXXXX]
OLD: XXXX NEW: XXXX
Step Explanation LCD Panel 6
Print a Configuration Status Sheet, and
1 ---
check the current version.
After turning the power off for both the
printer and computer, connect them with a
USB cable.
“Completion” pop-up window will be
displayed when the data transfer is Program Device
Before connecting the USB ---
2 Version XX.XX [MXXXXXX]
cable, make sure to disconnect finished. Click [OK].
Clr & Write Complex
other interface cables from the
printer.
Turn the computer on and copy the

3 firmware data file (CRB format) to any --- 7
directory of the computer. Program Device
Turn the printer ON while holding down Version XX.XX [MXXXXXX]
the [Start/Stop], [Pause/Cancel], and [ ] Program Device Confirm that both the old and new PRG XXXXXXXX
buttons. Version XX.XX [MXXXXXX] firmware versions are displayed on the
(The printer will start up in “Controller Please Send Data LCD, and press the [ ] button on the
4 control panel to start the firmware update. RAXX ROXX COXXXXX
Firmware Update Mode”.)

Confidential
Step Explanation LCD Panel

When the update is finished, the
checksum will be indicated on the LCD. Program Device
Version XX.XX [MXXXXXX]
Confirm the checksum. Code=
XXXX, XXXX, XXXX, XXXX
8 Total=
XXXX, XXXX, XXXX, XXXX
Headers [00] No check
RAXX ROXX COXXXXX XXX
9 Turn the printer off and back on. ---

10 Print a Configuration Status Sheet. ---
Compare the firmware version printed on
the status sheet with that on the sheet
11 printed at step 1, to confirm the firmware ---
is updated. (Refer to "7.5.1 Configuration
Status Sheet" (p.411))

Confidential
UPDATE METHOD 2 Step Explanation LCD Panel

Agree to the Software licence agreement
Do not open the printer cover or remove the cassettes while and click [Next].
updating the firmwares. Updating may fail if the printer is operated
during the update.
4
 Required Tool
 Computer
 USB cable
Select the Firmware data (EFU format)
 Epson Firmware Updater and click [Next].
 Control Panel Special Operation
Not required 5

After turning the power off for both the
printer and computer, connect them with
a USB cable.
1 --- Check the Attention and click [Next].
Before connecting the USB
cable, make sure to disconnect
other interface cables from
the printer.
Turn the power on for both the printer 6
2 ---
and computer.
Activate Epson Firmware Updater and
click [Next].

Confidential

Select the printer you want to update and
click [Start].
When the update is finished, the printer

reboots automatically. When the screen
on the right appears, print the
Configuration Status Sheet and confirm
that the firmware version is updated.
8 Click [Finish].

Confidential
CHAPTER
6
MAINTENANCE
Confidential
6.1 Cleaning PRINTER EXTERIOR SURFACE
Clean the parts listed below according to the printer condition. Wipe the surface carefully with a soft, clean cloth moistened with a mild
detergent.
Table 6-1. Cleaning
Unit Cleaning point Cleaning point when;
Printer exterior surface The surface is contaminated.
Main unit
Feed roller (MP Tray) An abnormality is observed in paper
Main unit & feeding/conveying operations.
optional paper Feed roller (Paper Cassette)  Paper jam frequently occurs
cassette  Paper cannot be fed normally
Before cleaning, make sure to turn the power OFF and

unplug the power code to avoid electric shock, burn or any
other injuries.
 Do not use alcohol, thinner, or any other solvents.

Figure 6-1. Cleaning the Printer Surface
 Be extremely careful not to let the internal parts of the
printer get wet.
 Do not use a hard brush or cloth to wipe the product
because it can scratch the surface.
MAINTENANCE Cleaning 382

Confidential
PICKUP ROLLERS FOR MP TRAY RETARD ROLLER FOR MP TRAY
Gently wipe the rubber parts of the two pickup rollers behind the MP Tray inside the Gently wipe the rubber parts of the retard roller on the MP tray with a well-wrung wet
printer with a well-wrung wet cloth. cloth.
Rotate the retard roller in

the direction of the arrow.
Pickup rollers
Retard roller
(MP Tray)
Figure 6-2. Cleaning the Pickup Rollers (MP Tray)
Figure 6-3. Cleaning the Retard Roller (MP Tray)

Confidential
PICKUP ROLLERS FOR PAPER CASSETTE RETARD ROLLERS FOR PAPER CASSETTE
Gently wipe the rubber parts of the two pickup rollers behind the Paper Cassette inside Gently wipe the rubber parts of the retard rollers on the Paper Cassette with a well-
the printer with a well-wrung wet cloth. wrung wet cloth.
Rotate the retard rollers in the

Retard rollers (Paper Cassette)
Pickup rollers
Figure 6-4. Cleaning the Pickup Rollers (Paper Cassette)
Figure 6-5. Cleaning the Retard Rollers (Paper Cassette)

Confidential
CHAPTER
7
APPENDIX
Confidential
7.1 Connector Locations

A B C D E F G H I J K L
PRINTER
116
<Engine (FRONT)>
117
101
<Engine (LEFT)>
118
102
119
103
120
104
121
251
105
122 HVPS
106
123
107
124
108
261
125 22 24 25 20 30
109 213 211 230 212 240 250 23
241
126
210 27
110 19
220 10
127
111 MCU 18
13
LVPS 128
201 21
112 15
129
113 14 17 16 12 26 11
200
130
114
ZaS07002EB
115
ZaS07001EB
APPENDIX Connector Locations 386

Confidential
A B C D E F G H I J K L A B C D E F G H I J K L
131
<Engine (TOP)> 146 <Engine (RIGHT)>
501 502
132 147
272 (AL-M400 Series)

133 148
271
101
134 149
135 150
136 151
137 152
138 153
139 154
140 155
141 156
142 157
2401 233
143 158
144 159
145 160
ZaS07003EA ZaS07004EA

Confidential
Table 7-1. Printer P/J (Printer)

P/J Coordinates Description
A B C D E F G H I J K L 10 A-127 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY MAIN MOT
11 F-128 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY DISP MOT
161 <Engine (FRONT)>
12 D-128 Connects PWBA MCU and REGI CLUTCH
162 13 A-127 Not connected with PWBA MCU
14 B-128 Connects PWBA MCU and CST FEED CLUTCH
163 15 A-128 Connects PWBA MCU and SOLENOID FEED MSI
16 C-128 Connects PWBA MCU and CLUTCH ASSY EXIT
164 254
17 C-128 Connects PWBA MCU and CLUTCH ASSY INVERT
18 F-127 Connects PWBA MCU and ROS ASSY
165
19 F-126 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ROS-MCU
166
20 E-126 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ESS
21 F-128 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY MCU24V
167 22 B-126 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY LV
23 A-126 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY FSR
168 24 C-126 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY OP FDR
25 D-126 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY XERO CRUM
169
26 E-128 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY HV
27 B-127 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY SENS EXIT
170
30 F-126 Not connected with PWBA MCU
171 Connects DRIVE ASSY MAIN and HARNESS ASSY MAIN
101 F-152
MOT
172 253
111 F-169 Connects MOTOR DISP and HARNESS ASSY DISP MOT
200 I-114 Connects PWBA LVPS and KIT AC INLET
111
173 201 G-112 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY FSR
210 G-110 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY MCU24V
174
211 H-109 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY ESS PWR
212 I-109 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY MAIN MOT
175
213 H-109 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY OP FDR
ZaS07005EA 220 G-110 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY LV
230 H-109 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY INTLK

Confidential
Table 7-1. Printer P/J (Printer)

233 F-153 Connects FUSER UNIT and HARNESS ASSY FSR
240 I-109 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY REAR FAN
241 J-109 Connects PWBA LVPS and LVPS FAN
250 J-109 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY TEST RLY
251 F-104 HARNESS ASSY TEST RLY Test Port
Connects CONNECTOR ASSY-CRUM TONER and HARNESS
253 F-168
ASSY XERO CRUM
Connects CONNECTOR ASSY XERO and HARNESS ASSY
254 D-166
XERO CRUM
261 G-122 Connects HVPS and HARNESS ASSY HV
271 E-152 Connects EXIT SENSOR and HARNESS ASSY SENS EXIT
Connects FULL STACK SENSOR and HARNESS ASSY SENS
272 F-152
EXIT (Mid Model)
501 D-133 Connects ROS ASSY and HARNESS ROS-MCU
502 E-134 Connects ROS ASSY and HARNESS VIDEO
Connects Rear Fan [FAN SUB] and HARNESS ASSY REAR
2401 D-155
FAN

Confidential
OPTIONAL PAPER CASSETTE UNIT Table 7-2. Printer P/J (Optional 250 Sheet Feeder (AL-M300 Series only))
 Optional 250 Sheet Feeder (AL-M300 Series only)
243 J-181 Connects HARNESS ASSY FDR DRAWER 1 and HARNESS
ASSY OP FDR
Connects PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY and HARNESS ASSY FDR
419 H-182
176 <250 FEEDER> DRAWER 1
Connects PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY and HARNESS ASSY OP L
420 G-182
177 COMP
421 G-182 Not connected with PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY
178
422 G-182 Connects PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY and HARNESS ASSY TRAY
421 MOT
179
4200 D-181 Connects No Paper Sensor and HARNESS ASSY OP L COMP
Connects CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED and HARNESS ASSY OP
180 4201 F-183
L COMP
Connects MOTOR ASSY OPTION and HARNESS ASSY TRAY
181 4221 F-182
MOT
182
183 243
4200 419
420
184 422
4201
4221
185
186
187
188
189
190
ZaS07006AA

Confidential
 Optional 550 Sheet Feeder (AL-M400 Series only) Table 7-3. Printer P/J (Optional 550 Sheet Feeder (AL-M400 Series only))
243 K-207 Connects HARNESS ASSY FDR DRAWER 1 and HARNESS

ASSY OP FDR
201
<550 FEEDER> Connects PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY and HARNESS ASSY FDR
419 H-208
DRAWER 1
202 Connects PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY and HARNESS ASSY C2
420 G-208
TURN
203 Connects PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY and HARNESS ASSY C2
421 G-208
FEED
204 4221 4201 421 Connects PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY and HARNES ASSY TRAY
4203 422 G-208
423 MOT
205 419 Connects PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY and HARNESS ASSY FDR
423 H-208
243 DROWER 2
206 Connects CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED and HARNESS ASSY C2
4201 F-209
TURN
207 4203 D207 Connects No Paper Sensor and HARNESS ASSY C2 TURN
4212 D-208 Connects Path Sensor and HARNESS ASSY OPT LEG
208
4213 F-209 Connects Take Away Clutch [CLUTCH ASSY REGI] and
HARNESS ASSY C2 FEED
209
Connects HARNESS ASSY C2 FEED and HARNESS ASSY OPT
4214 F-209
LEG
210 4212
4231 Connects MOTOR ASSY OPTION and HARNES ASSY TRAY
4221 F-209
MOT
420
211 422
4214 Connects HARNESS ASSY FDR DRAWER 2 and HARNESS
4213 4231 J-209
ASSY FDR DRAWER 1
212
213
214
215
ZaS07007EB

Confidential
7.2 Wiring Diagrams Table 7-4. Symbols

Symbol Description
7.2.1 Overall Connection Wiring Diagrams

SYMBOLS Represents a part with its name shown inside.
The table below shows how to interpret the Overall Connection Wiring
Diagrams.
Table 7-4. Symbols

Symbol Description
Represents a functional part in a component, with its name
Represents connection of components by harness, wire, or function name shown inside.
etc.
Represents connection that differs between models.
Represents connection between parts with a conductive

part such as a leaf spring. Represents a section in 7.3 Wiring Diagrams of
Components. Also indicates its section No.
Represents connection between parts with screws.
Represents a frame ground. Represents a screw that secures conductive parts such as
harnesses or leaf springs.
Represents a connector, with the connector No. shown

inside. Represents a conductive part such as a leaf spring.
Represents a contact terminal with a leaf spring or the like

on a circuit board, with the connector (terminal) No. shown
inside.
Represents a soldered connector, with the connector No.

shown inside.
APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams 392

Confidential
APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams 393

Confidential
7.3 Wiring Diagrams of Components Table 7-5. Connection Wiring Diagrams of Components
Symbol Description
The table on the right shows how to interpret the Connection Diagrams of Represents the function and logic value of the signal
Components described in the following pages. EXIT PAPER SENSED(L)+3.3VDC when the function is being detected (Low: L, High: H).
The given voltage is for signal in high status. The arrow
Table 7-5. Connection Wiring Diagrams of Components indicates the direction of signal.
Symbol Description
Represents a connection between wires.
Represents plug.
I/L +24VDC Represents DC voltage when the interlock switch is ON.
Represents jack. +5VDC

Represents DC voltage.
+3.3VDC
SG Represents signal ground.
P/JXX
Represents Pin yy and Jack yy of connector Pxx and
YY Jxx. AG Represents analog ground.
RTN Represents return.
PWBA HNB DRV

(PL X.Y.Z) Represents parts.
Heater Represents a functional part in a component, with its

name or function name shown inside.
Control Represents control in PWB, with its overview shown

inside.
Represents a component connected by harness, wire,

DEVE_A
etc. Also indicates signal name and details.
An arrow indicates the direction of the signal.
Represents the function and logic value of the signal to
REGI CLUTCH ON(L)+24VDC operate the function (Low: L, High: H). The given
voltage is for signal in high status. The arrow indicates
the direction of signal.
APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams of Components 394

Confidential
CONFIGURATION OF WIRING DIAGRAMS OF COMPONENTS No. Section Connection Reference

Connects PWBA MCU and Controller
Divide wiring diagrams into 8 sections, then represents connection of 6 Controller P.401
components. Connects PWB LVPS and Controller
Connects PWB LVPS and PWB ASSY OPT TRAY
No. Section Connection Reference Connects PWBA MCU and PWB ASSY OPT TRAY
Connects POWER CORD and KIT AC INLET Optional 250 Connects PWB ASSY OPT TRAY and MOTOR
Connects KIT AC INLET and PWB LVPS Sheet Feeder ASSY OPTION
7 P.402
(AL-M300 Connects PWB ASSY OPT TRAY and CLUTCH
1 Power Connects PWB LVPS and PWBA MCU P.396 Series) ASSY OPT FEED
Connects PWB LVPS and HARNESS ASSY INTLK
Connects PWB ASSY OPT TRAY and No Paper
Connects PWB LVPS and LVPS FAN Sensor
Connects PWB LVPS and DRIVE ASSY MAIN Connects PWB LVPS and PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY
Connects PWBA MCU and DRIVE ASSY MAIN Connects PWBA MCU and PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY
Connects PWBA MCU and MOTOR DISP Connects PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY and CLUTCH
Connects PWBA MCU and REGI. CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED
2 Drive P.397 Optional 550
Connects PWBA MCU and CST FEED CLUTCH Connects PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY and No Paper
Sheet Feeder
8 Sensor P.403
Connects PWBA MCU and SOLENOID FEED MSI (AL-M400
Series) Connects PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY and Take Away
Connects PWBA MCU and CLUTCH ASSY EXIT Clutch [CLUTCH ASSY REGI]
Connects PWBA MCU and CLUTCH ASSY INVERT Connects PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY and Path Sensor
Connects PWBA MCU and ROS ASSY Connects PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY and MOTOR
3 ROS P.398
Connects Controller and ROS ASSY ASSY OPTION
Connects PWBA MCU and CONNECTOR ASSY-
CRUM TONER
4 Xero/HVPS Connects PWBA MCU and CONNECTOR ASSY P.399
Xero
Connects PWBA MCU and PWBA HVPS
Connects PWBA MCU and FUSER UNIT
Connects FUSER UNIT and PWB LVPS
Connects PWBA MCU and PWB LVPS
5 Fusing / Exit Connects PWB LVPS and Rear Fan [FAN SUB] P.400
Connects PWBA MCU and EXIT SENSOR

Connects PWBA MCU and FULL STACK SENSOR
(AL-M400 Series)

Confidential
7.3.1 Power OVER CURRENT PROTECTION CIRCUIT
The powers (+24VDC, +5VDC, and +3.3VDC) output from LVPS are shut down when
the line between LVPS and the earth or ground terminal is short-circuited.
OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION CIRCUIT
The powers (+24VDC, +5VDC, and +3.3VDC) output from LVPS are shut down when
an overvoltage are applied.
The operating voltages for overvoltage protection are as follows:
+24VDC: 27VDC to 36VDC
+5VDC: 7VDC
+3.3VDC: 4.6VDC
Table 7-6. Signal Wire of Power

Signal Wire Name Description
I/L R OPEN Signal to detect the opening/closing state of Rear Cover
I/L F OPEN Signal to detect the opening/closing state of Front Cover
ALM LV FAN
Control signal for FAN ASSY LVPS
LV FAN STOP
RDY PWR ON Control signal for LVPS

Confidential
7.3.2 Drive Table 7-7. Signal Wire of Drive

MAIN MOT CLOCK
Driver control signal of DRIVE ASSY MAIN
MAIN MOT ON
DISP XB
DISP B
Drive control signal of MOTOR DISP
DISP A
DISP XA
REGI CL ON ON/OFF control signal of REGI. CLUTCH
CST CL ON ON/OFF control signal of CST FEED CLUTCH
MSI FEED SOL ON ON/OFF control signal of SOLENOID FEED MSI
EXIT CL ON ON/OFF control signal of CLUTCH ASSY EXIT
INVERT CL ON ON/OFF control signal of CLUTCH ASSY INVERT

Confidential
7.3.3 ROS Table 7-8. Signal Wire of ROS

ROS MOT ON Control signal for MOTOR POLYGON
ROS CLOCK (PWBA MCU − MOTOR POLYGON ASSY)
SOS SNR
PCONT 1
VREF Control signal for ROS
MO2 (PWBA MCU − PWBA LDD)
PCONT 2
LDENB
DATA+1
DATA-1 Image data signal from the controller
DATA+2 (Controller − PWBA LDD)
DATA-2

Confidential
7.3.4 Xero/HVPS Table 7-9. Signal Wire of Xero/HVPS

CLOCK TONER
Control signal for TONER CRUM
DATA TONER
DATA XERO
Control signal for XERO CRUM
CLOCK XERO
ATC VOUT Toner density data measured by ATC Sensor
MSI NO PAPER SNR Paper detection signal from MSI No Paper Sensor
CST NO PAPER SNR Paper detection signal from CST No Paper Sensor
REGI SNR Paper detection signal from Regi. Sensor
Data of temperature inside the printer measured by Temp.
TEMP
Sensor
HUMI Data of humidity inside the printer measured by Humi. Sensor
TR+IMON
DA CR
DA DBDC
DA DBAC
Control signal for HVPS
DA TR+
DA TR-
HV CLK1
HV CLK2

Confidential
7.3.5 Fusing / Exit Table 7-10. Signal Wire of Fusing / Exit

Data of temperature measured by Temp. Sensor (Main) for
STS MAIN
temperature control
Data of temperature measured by Temp. Sensor (Side) for
STS SIDE
temperature control
(AL-M300 Series)
HEAT1 Control signal for Heater
HEATEN
(AL-M400 Series)
HEAT1(Short)
Control signal for Heater
HEAT2(Long)
HEATEN
ALM R FAN
R FAN LOW Control signal for FAN ASSY MAIN
R FAN STOP
EXIT SENSOR Paper ejection detection signal from EXIT SENSOR
FULL STACK
Paper detection signal from FULL STACK SENSOR
SENSOR (Mid Model)

Confidential
7.3.6 Controller Table 7-11. Signal Wire of Controller

LINE SYNC
PAGE SYNC
TEST PRINT
CMD READY Control signal for Controller
COMMAND
STATUS
IOT PWR STS
Control signal for LVPS
RDY PWR ON
(PWBA MCU − Controller)

Confidential
7.3.7 Optional 250 Sheet Feeder (Low Model) Table 7-12. Signal Wire of Optional 250 Sheet Feeder (Low Model)
FEED TRAY SENS
FEED RXD Control signal for PWB ASSY OPT TRAY
FEED TXD
OP FEED MOTOR ON
OP FEED MOTOR ALARM
Drive control signal of MOTOR ASSY OPTION
OP FEED MOTOR CLOCK
OP FEED MOTOR GAIN
FEED ROLL CLUTCH ON ON/OFF control signal for CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED
PAPER SENSED SIGNAL Paper detection signal from No Paper Sensor

Confidential
7.3.8 Optional 550 Sheet Feeder (Mid Model) Table 7-13. Signal Wire of Optional 550 Sheet Feeder (Mid Model)
FEED TRAY SENS
FEED RXD Control signal for PWB ASSY OPT TRAY
FEED TXD
ON/OFF control signal for CLUTCH ASSY OPT
CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED ON
FEED
OPT NO PAPER Paper detection signal from No Paper Sensor
ON/OFF control signal for Take Away Clutch
TAKE AWAY CLUTCH ON
[CLUTCH ASSY REGI]
Paper detection signal between the optional tray and
OPT PATH SNR
the paper feed position from Path Sensor
OP FEED MOTOR ON
OP FEED MOTOR ALARM
Drive control signal of MOTOR ASSY OPTION
OP FEED MOTOR CLOCK
OP FEED MOTOR GAIN

Confidential
7.4 Control Panel Special Operations

This printer provides the special functions listed in the following table by means of the special button operations.
Never disclose these special operations to the users, unless

instructed specially. They are intended to be used for product
development and service.
When the printer is operated in the support mode or the

maintenance mode, make sure to restart the printer after the
fixing is completed.
7.4.1 Functions & How to Start

Table 7-14. Control Panel Special Operations
Function Operation Method Explanation
[Support Menu] and [Printer Adjust Menu] are added to the Panel Menu. For more
Support mode Turn the power ON while holding down the [ ] button.
details, refer to ?7.4.2 Special Menu? (p.406).
All information stored in the EEPROM of the controller is cleared.
Turn the power ON while holding down the [OK], Note that information on the printer operational history such as total
Initialization of the EEPROM
[Pause/Release] and [ ] buttons. printed pages is also erased.
All the settings made by the control panel are returned to their default.
Initialization of the control panel Turn the power ON while holding down the [OK], C H E C K SSL certificates (CA certificate / Server certificate) are also initialized.
P O IN T
settings [ ] and [ ] buttons.
The printer enters into the mode for updating the controller firmware.
Turn the power ON while holding down the [OK],
Update of the controller firmware (Use this mode when updating the firmware using the files formatted in other than
[Pause/Release] and [ ] buttons.
RCC format.)
[Support Menu], [Printer Adjust Menu] and [Maintenance Menu] are added to the
Panel Menu. For more details, refer to ?7.4.2 Special Menu? (p.406).
Turn the power ON while holding down the [ ], [ ], [ ] and
Maintenance mode When start up the printer in the maintenance mode, service call error
[ ] buttons.
is not displayed. When printing, start the printer in the normal mode
and make sure that there is no error.
Update of the engine controller Turn the power ON while holding down the [OK],
The printer enters into the mode for updating the engine controller firmware.
firmware [Pause/Release], [ ] and [ ] buttons.
APPENDIX Control Panel Special Operations 404

Confidential
Table 7-14. Control Panel Special Operations

Function Operation Method Explanation
All sectors of RAM are checked when starting the printer. This function is executed
Turn the power ON while holding down the [OK], [ ], [ ] and
RAM check (all sectors) when a controller-related error occurs, and checks if RAM has the reason of the
[ ] buttons.
error.
Press the [Pause/Release], [ ], [ ], [ ] and [ ] buttons when a
CPU reset / Print the internal information for error analysis. (The printed internal information
service call error occurs.
Print an error sheet cannot be analyzed on site.)
After resetting CPU, press [ ] to print an error sheet.
While a service call error is occurring, the detailed information is displayed.
Display detailed information when Press the [Pause/Release], [ ] and [OK] buttons when a service call
However, this function is not used for the normal service since this is the function
a service call error occurs error occurs.
for particular cases.

Confidential
7.4.2 Special Menu Table 7-15. Support Menu

Setting item Settings Explanation
The following special adjustment menu is provided.
The underlined values are default values. Delete All CompactFlash Data* Execute Deletes all CompactFlash data.
Sets the operation of the printer when
the toner counter detects the
SUPPORT MENU
remaining amount of toner is none.
Off: Stops printing
Table 7-15. Support Menu
On: Continues printing
Extend Print Area Off, On
Setting item Settings Explanation Printing can be continued if On is
selected, but this setting may shorten
Support StatusSheet Execute Prints the Support Status Sheet.
the drum's life or contaminate the
Enable, Sets whether the printer enters Sleep inside of the printer, so the setting is
Sleep Mode
Disable Mode or not. not recommended.
Formats the CompactFlash. Sets whether to use Printer MIBv1
Format CompactFlash* Execute Executable only when a mode or not.
CompactFlash is inserted. Off: Operates in Printer MIBv2 mode
Formats the CompactFlash. (RFC3805). For this mode, new
Format PS3 CompactFlash* Execute Executable only when a definitions are added and some of the
CompactFlash+PS3 is inserted. Printer MIBv1 mode's standard
specifications are changed.
Printer MIBv1 Mode Off, On On: Operates in Printer MIBv1 mode
(RFC1759).
Note : Major difference between
MIBv1 mode and MIBv2
mode is that a unit of
consumables is changed
from MIBv1's % to pages in
MIBv2 mode.
*: AL-M400 only

Confidential
PRINTER ADJUST MENU Table 7-16. Printer Adjust Menu

Make sure that an engine-related error is not occurring, and 101 TR Plain1 1 - 6 - 16
then execute the Printer Adjust Menu. Do not open and close 102 TR Plain2 1 - 6 - 16
the cover or send print data. 103 TR SemiThk 1 - 6 - 16 Corrects the secondary transfer voltage
104 TR Labels 1 - 6 - 16 when printing on each type paper. 1
indicates the image density is the lightest,
Table 7-16. Printer Adjust Menu 105 TR Thick 1 - 6 - 16 and 16 does the image density is the
Setting item Settings Explanation 106 TR ExtraThck 1 - 6 - 16 darkest.
001 Plain 0-1 107 TR Thick3 1 - 6 - 16

003 Preprinted 0-1 Sets the paper type to be noticed to the 108 TR Envelope 1 - 6 - 16
004 Letterhead 0-1 engine when printing on each type paper. 151 Temp Plain1 -9 - 0 - 9
0: Plain-High
005 Recycled 0-1 152 Temp Plain2 -9 - 0 - 9
1: Plain-Medium
006 Color 0-1 2: Thick3 153 Temp SemiThk -9 - 0 - 9 Corrects the control temperature of Fuser
154 Temp Labels1 -9 - 0 - 9 Unit when printing on each type paper. For
020 Special 0 - 1- 2
fusing power, -9 is the weakest and 9 is the
051 Feed Offset -3.5 - 0 - 3.5 155 Temp Thick -9 - 0 - 9 strongest. The higher the temperature is, the
Sets the physical offset for the first page. stronger the curls become.
052 Scan Offset -3.5 - 0 - 3.5 156 Temp ExtraThck -9 - 0 - 9
053 Feed Offset2 -3.5 ~ 0 - 3.5 157 Temp Thick3 -9 - 0 - 9
Sets the physical offset for the second page.
054 Scan Offset2 -3.5 - 0 - 3.5 158 Temp Envelope -9 - 0 - 9
055 FeedOffsetMP -3.5 - 0 - 3.5 Corrects the bias output for use in a high
altitude place.
056 ScanOffsetMP -3.5 - 0 - 3.5 0: no correction
Feed xxx: 201 Highland 0-6
057 FeedOffsetC1 -3.5 - 0 - 3.5 Adjusts the top margin for each feeder. 2: 1000m
058 Scan OffsetC1 -3.5 - 0 - 3.5 4: 2000m
Scan xxx: 6: 3000m
059 FeedOffsetC2 -3.5 - 0 - 3.5
Adjusts the left margin for each feeder. Cleans the transfer unit. When the back side
060 Scan OffsetC2 -3.5 - 0 - 3.5 202 BTR Cleaning Execute of the paper is dirty, the symptom may be
061 FeedOffsetC3* -3.5 - 0 - 3.5 *: Paper is not clipped according to the improved.
paper size, so do not set the margins Idle Fuser Unit to stir the toner. If a
062 ScanOffsetC3* -3.5 - 0 - 3.5
larger than the paper size. symptom called fog * occurs when printing
063 FeedOffsetC4* -3.5 - 0 - 3.5
203 Dev Refresh Execute in low density, it may be improved.
064 ScanOffsetC4* -3.5 - 0 - 3.5 *: When fog occurs, toner is attached on the
entire paper surface lightly.

Confidential
Table 7-16. Printer Adjust Menu

Removes deteriorated toner. If one of the
following symptoms occurs when printing
in low density, it may be improved.
• Toner falls on paper or the inside of the
printer
204 Toner Refresh Execute
• Fog occurs (When it occurs, toner is
attached on the entire paper surface
lightly.)
Note that in order to consume the toner
when you run.
Sets the noise level for ASIC that creates
301 Noise Level 0-3-7
color screens.
302 Mono DiagnosisSht Execute Starts to print the Mono Diagnosis Sheet.
*: AL-M400 Series only

Confidential
MAINTENANCE MENU Table 7-17. Maintenance Menu

When start up the printer in the maintenance mode, service Prevents unexpected image from static
call error is not displayed. When printing, start up in Normal electricity on the drum by expanding the
interval between sheets when feeding them.
mode and confirm that there is no error before printing.
<OPC pitch ghost prevention>
Prevents the creation of a thick band on a half
tone image after one rotation of the drum.
Table 7-17. Maintenance Menu
 Cause:
Setting item Settings Explanation Effect of electric discharge from the end of
Prints the Maintenance Status Sheet. For 552 ElectroStatic 0, 1 paper when paper is peeled remains on the
501 MaintenanceStaSht Execute more details, refer to ?7.5.5 Maintenance drum.
Status Sheet? (p.415).  Operating specification:
Clears the Error Log List memorized to be Widens the page gap to more than the
502 Clear Error Log Execute circumference of the drum (twice than
printed on the Maintenance Status Sheet.
normal).
Resets the life counter of the feed roller (MP  Negative effect: PPM decreases. Life of
503 Reset MP Counter Execute
tray). the drum is shortened. (due to increase of
504 Reset C1 Counter Execute Resets the life counter of the feed roller (C1). rotation)
505 Reset C2 Counter Execute Resets the life counter of the feed roller (C2). 553 FSR RELAY ON 0, 1 Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)
506 Reset C3 Counter* Execute Resets the life counter of the feed roller (C3). 554 24V ON 0, 1 Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)
507 Reset C4 Counter* Execute Resets the life counter of the feed roller (C4). 555 MAIN FAN SP1 0, 1 Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)
Backs up the parameters stored in the engine 556 MAIN FAN SP2 0, 1 Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)
510 MCU DATA Backup Execute controller board (PWBA MCU). Perform this 557 SUB FAN SP1 0, 1 Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)
item before replacing PWBA MCU.
558 ROS MOT 0, 1 Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)
Writes the backed up parameters by [MCU
DATA Backup] to new engine controller 559 MAIN MOT SP1 0, 1 Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)
511 MCU DATA Restore Execute
board (PWBA MCU). Perform this item after 560 MAIN MOT SP2 0, 1 Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)
replacing PWBA MCU.
561 MAIN MOT SP3 0, 1 Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)
Sets whether the printer enters Condensation
562 MSI FEED SOL Execute Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)
Mode or not when it enters Sleep Mode.
551 Condensation 0, 1 563 CST FEED CLH 0, 1 Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)
0: Not enters Condensation Mode
1: Enters Condensation Mode 564 REGI CLH 0, 1 Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)
565 EXIT CLH1 0, 1 Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)
566 EXIT INV CLT 0, 1 Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)
567 Option1 MOT SP1 0, 1 Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)

Confidential
Table 7-17. Maintenance Menu Table 7-17. Maintenance Menu

Setting item Settings Explanation Setting item Settings Explanation
570 Option2 MOT SP1* 0, 1 Refer to ?Output Check? (p160) 617 Opt.1 ALM MOT -1, 0, 1 Refer to ?Input Check? (p166)
573 Option3 MOT SP1* 0, 1 Refer to ?Output Check? (p160) *: AL-M400 Series only
574 Option3 MOT SP2* 0, 1 Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)
575 Option3 MOT SP3* 0, 1 Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)
576 Option1 FEED SOL Execute Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)
577 Option2 FEED SOL* Execute Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)
578 Option3 FEED SOL* Execute Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)
579 Option1 TA CLH* 0, 1 Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)
582 TMOT Y SP1 0, 1 Refer to ?Output Check? (p160)
601 xFSR EN 0, 1 Refer to ?Input Check? (p166)
602 IL FRONT OPEN 0, 1 Refer to ?Input Check? (p166)
603 IL REAR OPEN 0, 1 Refer to ?Input Check? (p166)
604 Alm MAIN Fan 0, 1 Refer to ?Input Check? (p166)
605 Alm SUB FAN 0, 1 Refer to ?Input Check? (p166)
606 MSI NOPAPER SNR 0, 1 Refer to ?Input Check? (p166)
607 CST NOPAPER SNR 0, 1 Refer to ?Input Check? (p166)
608 REGI SNR 0, 1 Refer to ?Input Check? (p166)
609 EXIT SNR 0, 1 Refer to ?Input Check? (p166)
610 Opt.1 NO PPR -1, 0, 1 Refer to ?Input Check? (p166)
611 Opt.2 NO PPR* -1, 0, 1 Refer to ?Input Check? (p166)
612 Opt.3 NO PPR* -1, 0, 1 Refer to ?Input Check? (p166)
613 Opt.1 PATH PPR* -1, 0, 1 Refer to ?Input Check? (p166)
616 FULL STACK SNR* -1, 0, 1 Refer to ?Input Check? (p166)

Confidential
7.5 Information Sheet
7.5.1 Configuration Status Sheet

The information printed on the configuration status sheet are about the
hardware configuration and software settings.
Table 7-18. Sheet Explanation

Location Explanation
Hardware Configuration
The information of following items A
 Serial Number
 Memory
 RAM Disk
 Available Memory
 Main Version
 MCU Version
A
 Font Data Version
 LUT Version
 Printer Language
 Interface
 MAC Address
 LAN Version
 USB ID
 Printer Configuration (paper feeders, etc.)
Software Settings
B B
Prints various setting conditions of the printer.
Figure 7-1. Configuration Status Sheet
APPENDIX Information Sheet 411

Confidential
7.5.2 Supplies Status Sheet

The information printed on the supplies status sheet are about the consumable
parts; such as Toner Cartridge, and periodic replacement parts.

Toner Cartridge
The information of toner cartridge
 Remaining Level/Status
 Capacity A
 Part Order Number
A  Toner Kind
 Initial Installation Date
 Estimated Possible Prints Remaining
 Est. Prints/New Cart. for Last Job
 New Replacement Frequency
 Used Replacement Frequency
Other Consumables B
B
Information of the Photoconductor Unit and the waste toner collector are printed.
Periodic Replacement Parts
C
Information of the Periodic Replacement Parts are printed.
Figure 7-2. Supplies Status Sheet

Confidential
7.5.3 Usage History Sheet

Printer Information
 Serial Number
 Printer Installation Date
Total Print
 Total pages
A
System Log A
 Power On Frequency
 Sleep Frequency
 Most Recent Print Date
 Jam Frequency
Categories based on the number of pages to print
The number of pages according to the following categories are printed.
 Number of Prints by Paper Size
 Number of Prints by Mode
B  Number of Prints by Media Type
 Number of Prints by Paper Path
 Number of Prints by Printer Language
 Number of Prints by Job Size
 Number of Prints by Page Density
Figure 7-3. Usage History Sheet

Confidential
7.5.4 Support Status Sheet

This sheet can be printed from the support function menu.

Item Explanation
Serial Number Serial Number stored in the control board.
Hardware
USB ID USB ID.
Configuration
Device ID Device ID of IEEE1284.
Support Menu The values set by the support menu are printed.
The values set by the printer adjust menu are
Printer Adjust Menu
printed.
Figure 7-4. Support Status Sheet

Confidential
7.5.5 Maintenance Status Sheet

This sheet consists of 2 pages and can be printed from the maintenance function menu.

Count processing
Count
Item Explanation and Range Unit Clear conditions
conditions
storage location
Serial Number Serial number memorized in the controller Controller --- --- --- ---
Main Version Version for the controller firmware Controller --- --- --- ---
MCU Version Version for the MCU firmware MCU --- --- --- ---
Printer install date Date and time when the printer is installed. Controller --- --- --- ---
First print date Date and time when printing for the first time. Controller --- --- --- ---
Total Pages Total number of printed pages Controller 0 - 99,999,999 pages Printing (EEPROM initialization)
Number of dummy (empty) pages at the time
Dummy Pages Controller 0 - 99,999,999 pages Printing (EEPROM initialization)
Total Counts of duplex printing
Number of pages which have not been printed
Can't Completed Pages Controller 0 - 99,999,999 pages Printing (EEPROM initialization)
due to the cause other than paper jam
Number of pages which are jammed at the Paper jam is
Simplex Controller 0 - 999,999 pages (EEPROM initialization)
time of simplex printing occurring
Number of pages which are jammed at the Paper jam is
Jam Pages Duplex Controller 0 - 999,999 pages (EEPROM initialization)
time of duplex printing occurring
Paper jam is
Total Total number of pages which are jammed Controller 0 - 999,999 pages (EEPROM initialization)
occurring
Cancelling
Number of cancelling K Non-Genuine Toner Non- Genuine
Toner Cartridge KN Controller 0 - 255 times (EEPROM initialization)
Cartridge Toner Cartridge
error
Number of times of turning on Extended Entering the
Extended Mode Controller 0 - 999,999 times (EEPROM initialization)
Mode mode
% Rate of the Maintenance Unit consumption Controller 0 - 600 % Printing Counter reset
Maintenance Unit Number of replacements of the Maintenance Clearing the
Changes Controller 0 - 255 times (EEPROM initialization)
Unit counter
% Rate of the fuser unit consumption Controller 0 - 600 % Printing Counter reset
Fuser Unit Clearing the
Changes Number of replacements of the fuser unit Controller 0 - 255 times (EEPROM initialization)
counter

Confidential

Count processing
Count
conditions
storage location
Counter reset
% Rate of the feed roller MP consumption Controller 0 - 600 % Printing
Feed Roller (EEPROM initialization)
MP/C1/C2/C3/C4 Number of replacements of the feed roller Clearing the
Changes Controller 0 - 255 times (EEPROM initialization)
MP counter
Previous Job Coverage
Print coverage of the latest print job Controller 0.000 - 99.999 --- Printing (EEPROM initialization)
K
Average Coverage Average print coverage of toner which is Replacing the toner
Controller 0.000 - 99.999 --- Printing
(CurrentToner Cart) K currently installed (EEPROM initialization)
Coverage Ratio
Average Coverage
Average print coverage of the printer Controller 0.000 - 99.999 --- Printing (EEPROM initialization)
(Printer) K
Estimate Prints Remain
Number of printable pages of the printer Controller 0 - 99,999,999 --- Printing (EEPROM initialization)
(Printer) K
Type of current Toner Cartridge Replacing the
Current K G/N Controller G, N --- (EEPROM initialization)
toner
K Printed pages of current Toner Cartridge Controller 0 - 999,999 --- Printing (EEPROM initialization)
Type of previous Toner Cartridge Replacing the
1 record prior K G/N Controller G, N --- (EEPROM initialization)
Toner Cartridge toner
Tracking K Printed pages of previous Toner Cartridge Controller 0 - 999,999 --- Printing (EEPROM initialization)
Type of Toner Cartridge used before the Replacing the
2 record prior K G/N Controller G, N --- (EEPROM initialization)
previous one toner
Printed pages of Toner Cartridge used before
K Controller 0 - 999,999 --- Printing (EEPROM initialization)
the previous one

Confidential

Count processing
Count
conditions
storage location
An error
Code Status code for EJL Controller --- ---
occurs
An error
Sub Code Jam code (8-digit hexadecimal) Controller --- ---
occurs
Total number of complete printed pages when An error
Total pages Controller --- ---
an error occurs. occurs
Paper size and type when paper jam is
generated. Paper size is an English string An error
Information Controller --- ---
displayed on the panel. Paper type is a code occurs
Error Log of decimal.
An error
Generated Date Date when an error occurs. Controller --- ---
occurs
An error
Generated Time Time when an error occurs. Controller --- ---
occurs
An error
Released Date Date when an error is released. Controller --- ---
occurs
An error
Released Time Time when an error is released. Controller --- ---
occurs

Confidential
Figure 7-5. Maintenance Status Sheet 1/2 Figure 7-6. Maintenance Status Sheet 2/2

Confidential
7.6 Exploded Diagram / Parts List
7.6.1 AL-M300D Main Unit
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 419

Confidential
Only numbered Service Parts are available.
19-01-99
19-01-21
S
S Ref No.19
Ref No.11
19-01-12
19-01-11
19-01-10
S
19-01-15
S
S
19-01-16 19-01-14
19-01-09
19-01-04
19-01-02 S
19-01-03
Front
ZaS051901EA
19-01-91
LP-S340D / Epson AcuLaser M300D NO.01 Rev.01 CC63-CASE-011

Table 7-23. No.1

Ref. No. Parts Name
19-01-02 ACTUATOR INTERLOCK
19-01-03 SPRING INTERLOCK
19-01-04 HOLDER INTERLOCK
19-01-09 COVER SIDE R SFP LOW
19-01-10 COVER SIDE R REAR LOW
19-01-11 COVER SIDE L SFP LOW
19-01-12 COVER SIDE L REAR LOW
19-01-14 COVER FRONT TOP SFP LOW
19-01-15 COVER EXTENSION LOW
19-01-16 COVER EXTENSION 2ND
19-01-21 COVER ASSY TOP SFP LOW
19-01-91 KIT COVER ASSY F SFP
19-01-99 KIT COVER REAR ASSY S L

Confidential
01-01-01
01-01-02
Front
ZaS050101EA
LP-S340D / Epson AcuLaser M300D NO.02 Rev.01 CC63-MECH-011

Table 7-24. No.2

Ref. No. Parts Name
01-01-01 CONTROL PANEL
01-01-02 HARNESS ASSY UI SFP

Confidential
02-01-01
(J19)
S S
S
S
Front
ZaS050201EA

Table 7-25. No.3

Ref. No. Parts Name
02-01-01 ROS ASSY ZKR

Confidential
03-01-06
03-01-05
03-01-01
S 03-01-02
S
S
Front
S S
ZaS050301AA

Table 7-26. No.4

Ref. No. Parts Name
03-01-01 DRIVE ASSY MAIN LM
03-01-02 HOLDER ASSY DRIVE EXIT OUT
03-01-05 GEAR DUP IN
03-01-06 CLUTCH ASSY EXIT T21

Confidential
04-01-07
04-01-03
04-01-12
04-01-12
04-01-12
04-01-01
04-01-04
04-01-07
S
S
Front
ZaS050401EA

Table 7-27. No.5

Ref. No. Parts Name
04-01-01 LVPS FAN
04-01-03 LINK FRONT R
04-01-04 LINK FRONT L
04-01-07 LINK CONNECTOR
04-01-12 FOOT ASSY

Confidential
05-01-01
S
S
05-01-10
S
S
S
05-01-09 6
S
Front
05-01-05
ZaS050501AA

Table 7-28. No.6

Ref. No. Parts Name
05-01-01 HOUSING ASSY CRUM
05-01-05 DRIVE ASSY DISP
05-01-09 MOTOR ASSY DISP
05-01-10 CONNECTOR ASSY XERO

Confidential
06-01-01
Front
ZaS050601EA

Table 7-29. No.7

Ref. No. Parts Name
06-01-01 ROLL ASSY TRANS CRU

Confidential
09-01-97
09-01-21
09-01-95
09-01-10
09-01-03 09-01-11
09-01-06
09-01-23
09-01-08
09-01-07
09-01-12
09-01-13
Front
ZaS050901EA
09-01-01

Table 7-30. No.8

Ref. No. Parts Name
09-01-01 CASSETTE ASSY 250 IOT
09-01-03 HOLDER ASSY RETARD CST
09-01-06 CLUTCH FRICTION RTD Z
09-01-07 SPRING RETARD CST
09-01-08 HOLDER SPRING RETARD MSI
09-01-10 GUIDE SIDE L 250
09-01-11 GEAR PINION
09-01-12 GUIDE END 250
09-01-13 HANDLE GUIDE END
09-01-21 PAD PB
09-01-23 HANDLE-GD SD 250 MAT I
09-01-95 KIT GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 250
09-01-97 KIT ROLL ASSY FEED

Confidential
Ref No,12
13-01-23
13-01-15
13-01-97
13-01-05
S
13-01-06
Front
13-01-07
ZaS051301EA

Table 7-31. No.9

Ref. No. Parts Name
13-01-02 LOCK MSI IN
13-01-05 SOLENOID FEED MSI
13-01-06 GEAR SEGMENT MSI 1
13-01-15 HOLDER ASSY PICK UP
13-01-23 FLANGE PICK UP
13-01-97 FRAME ASSY TOP MSI

Confidential
13-02-98
13-02-95
13-02-09
13-02-05
13-02-20 13-02-96
13-02-99
Front
ZaS051302EA

Table 7-32. No.10

Ref. No. Parts Name
13-02-05 PAD
13-02-09 TRAY ASSY MSI
13-02-95 KIT GUIDE RETARD MSI
13-02-96 KIT MSI FRAME ASSY
13-02-98 KIT RETARD ROLL MSI ASSY
13-02-99 KIT MSI COVER

Confidential
Front
14-01-12
ZaS051401AA

Table 7-33. No.11

Ref. No. Parts Name
14-01-12 CHUTE ASSY DUP

Confidential
15-01-06
(Ref No.13)
15-01-04
S S
15-01-07 Front
15-01-07
ZaS051501AB

Table 7-34. No.12

Ref. No. Parts Name
15-01-04 HARNESS ASSY INTLK
15-01-06 TRANSPORT ASSY REGI FDR
15-01-07 LOCK TRAY

Confidential
15-02-04
(J12)
15-02-16
(J14)
15-02-99 (Ref No.14) Front

ZaS051502AA

Table 7-35. No.13

Ref. No. Parts Name
15-02-04 REGI. CLUTCH
15-02-16 CST FEED CLUTCH
15-02-99 KIT FEEDER ASSY

Confidential
Ref No.13
15-03-05
Front
15-03-05 ZaS051503AB

Table 7-36. No.14

Ref. No. Parts Name
15-03-05 ROLL ASSY FEED

Confidential
17-01-99
17-01-01
S
17-01-06
17-01-07
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋 ZaS051701AB

Table 7-37. No.15

Ref. No. Parts Name
17-01-01 SENSOR PHOTO
17-01-06 KIT PINCH ASSY L
17-01-07 KIT PINCH ASSY R
17-01-99 CHUTE ASSY EXIT

Confidential
19-02-09
(P2401)
19-02-07
Front
ZaS051902AA

Table 7-38. No.16

Ref. No. Parts Name
19-02-07 STRAP REAR
19-02-09 REAR FAN

Confidential
S S
S S
S S
S S S
S S
S S
S
S
S S S
S
S
S S S
S S
S S
5
S
S
S 18-01-99
S
S
18-01-02
18-01-15
18-01-19
Front
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪌㪈㪏㪇㪈㪜㪘
LP-S340D / Epson AcuLaser M300D NO.17 Rev.01 CC63-ELEC-011

Table 7-39. No.17

Ref. No. Parts Name
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
18-01-02
ASSEMBLY,MAIN
18-01-15 COVER ASSY WINDOW ESS
18-01-19 POWER CORD
18-01-99 KIT LVPS 100

Confidential
18-02-95
S
S 18-02-02
S
S
S S
S
S
S
S S
S
18-02-05
Front S 㪱㪸㪪㪇㪌㪈㪏㪇㪉㪘㪘

Table 7-40. No.18

Ref. No. Parts Name
18-02-02 PWBA MCU
18-02-05 HVPS
18-02-95 KIT COVER,MCU

Confidential
18-03-11 18-03-14
18-03-04
(P2401)
18-03-08
18-03-16
(P101) 18-03-01
18-03-12
(J272 MID) (J271)
18-03-15 18-03-03
P/J240 P/J241 18-03-09
P/J212 P/J250
P/J230
P/J211
P/J213
P/J210
P/J220
(J253)
P/J201 P/J200
P/J27 P/J23 P/J22 P/J24

P/J10 P/J25
P/J13 P/J20
P/J15 P/J19
P/J14 P/J18
18-03-05 (J261)
P/J17 P/J21
18-03-06 (J111)
P/J16 P/J12 P/J26 P/J11 18-03-13 18-03-10
㪱㪸㪪㪇㪌㪈㪏㪇㪊㪜㪘

Table 7-41. No.19

Ref. No. Parts Name
18-03-01 HARNESS ASSY INLET 100
18-03-03 HARNESS ASSY ESS
18-03-04 HARNESS ASSY ESS PWR SFP
18-03-05 HARNESS ASSY LV
18-03-06 HARNESS ASSY MCU 24V
18-03-08 HARNESS ASSY OP FDR
18-03-09 HARNESS ASSY FSR 100
18-03-10 HARNESS ASSY DISP MOT
18-03-11 HARNESS ASSY MAIN MOT
18-03-12 HARNESS ASSY XERO CRUM
18-03-13 HARNESS ASSY HV
18-03-14 HARNESS ASSY TEST RLY
18-03-15 HARNESS ASSY SENS EXIT
18-03-16 HARNESS ASSY REAR FAN L

Confidential
7.6.2 AL-M300DN Main Unit

Confidential
19-01-99
19-01-21
S
S Ref No.19
Ref No.11
19-01-12
19-01-11
19-01-10
S
19-01-15
S
S
19-01-16 19-01-14
19-01-09
19-01-04
19-01-02 S
19-01-03
Front
ZaS051901EA
19-01-91
LP-S340DN / Epson AcuLaser M300DN NO.01 Rev.01 CC64-CASE-011

Table 7-42. No.1

Ref. No. Parts Name
19-01-09 COVER SIDE R SFP LOW
19-01-10 COVER SIDE R REAR LOW
19-01-11 COVER SIDE L SFP LOW
19-01-12 COVER SIDE L REAR LOW
19-01-14 COVER FRONT TOP SFP LOW
19-01-21 COVER ASSY TOP SFP LOW
19-01-99 KIT COVER REAR ASSY S L

Confidential
01-01-01
01-01-02
Front
ZaS050101EA
LP-S340DN / Epson AcuLaser M300DN NO.02 Rev.01 CC64-MECH-011

Table 7-43. No.2

Ref. No. Parts Name

Confidential
02-01-01
(J19)
S S
S
S
Front
ZaS050201EA

Table 7-44. No.3

Ref. No. Parts Name

Confidential
03-01-06
03-01-05
03-01-01
S 03-01-02
S
S
Front
S S
ZaS050301AA

Table 7-45. No.4

Ref. No. Parts Name

Confidential
04-01-07
04-01-03
04-01-12
04-01-12
04-01-12
04-01-01
04-01-04
04-01-07
S
S
Front
ZaS050401EA

Table 7-46. No.5

Ref. No. Parts Name
04-01-01 LVPS FAN
04-01-12 FOOT ASSY

Confidential
05-01-01
S
S
05-01-10
S
S
S
05-01-09 6
S
Front
05-01-05
ZaS050501AA

Table 7-47. No.6

Ref. No. Parts Name
05-01-09 MOTOR ASSY DISP

Confidential
06-01-01
Front
ZaS050601EA

Table 7-48. No.7

Ref. No. Parts Name

Confidential
09-01-97
09-01-21
09-01-95
09-01-10
09-01-03 09-01-11
09-01-06
09-01-23
09-01-08
09-01-07
09-01-12
09-01-13
Front
ZaS050901EA
09-01-01

Table 7-49. No.8

Ref. No. Parts Name
09-01-12 GUIDE END 250
09-01-21 PAD PB

Confidential
Ref No.12
13-01-23
13-01-15
13-01-97
13-01-05
S
13-01-06
Front
13-01-07
ZaS051301EA

Table 7-50. No.9

Ref. No. Parts Name

Confidential
13-02-98
13-02-95
13-02-09
13-02-05
13-02-20 13-02-96
13-02-99
Front
ZaS051302EA

Table 7-51. No.10

Ref. No. Parts Name
13-02-05 PAD

Confidential
Front
14-01-12
ZaS051401AA

Table 7-52. No.11

Ref. No. Parts Name

Confidential
15-01-06
(Ref No.13)
15-01-04
S S
15-01-07 Front
15-01-07
ZaS051501AB

Table 7-53. No.12

Ref. No. Parts Name
15-01-07 LOCK TRAY

Confidential
15-02-04
(J12)
15-02-16
(J14)
15-02-99 (Ref No.14) Front

ZaS051502AA

Table 7-54. No.13

Ref. No. Parts Name

Confidential
Ref No.13
15-03-05
Front
15-03-05 ZaS051503AB

Table 7-55. No.14

Ref. No. Parts Name

Confidential
17-01-99
17-01-01
S
17-01-06
17-01-07

Table 7-56. No.15

Ref. No. Parts Name

Confidential
19-02-09
(P2401)
19-02-07
Front
ZaS051902AA

Table 7-57. No.16

Ref. No. Parts Name
19-02-07 STRAP REAR
19-02-09 REAR FAN

Confidential
S S
S S
S S
S S S
S S
S S
S
S
S S S
S
S
S S S
S S
S S
5
S
S
S 18-01-99
S
S
18-01-02
18-01-15 18-01-19
Front
LP-S340DN / Epson AcuLaser M300DN NO.17 Rev.01 CC64-ELEC-011

Table 7-58. No.17

Ref. No. Parts Name
18-01-02
ASSEMBLY,MAIN
18-01-19 POWER CABLE
18-01-99 KIT LVPS 200

Confidential
18-02-95
S
S 18-02-02
S
S
S S
S
S
S
S S
S
18-02-05

Table 7-59. No.18

Ref. No. Parts Name
18-02-02 PWBA MCU
18-02-05 HVPS

Confidential
18-03-11 18-03-14
18-03-04
(P2401)
18-03-08
18-03-16
(P101) 18-03-01
18-03-12
(J272 MID) (J271)
18-03-15 18-03-03
P/J240 P/J241 18-03-09
P/J212 P/J250
P/J230
P/J211
P/J213
P/J210
P/J220
(J253)
P/J201 P/J200
P/J27 P/J23 P/J22 P/J24

P/J10 P/J25
P/J13 P/J20
P/J15 P/J19
P/J14 P/J18
18-03-05 (J261)
P/J17 P/J21
18-03-06 (J111)
P/J16 P/J12 P/J26 P/J11 18-03-13 18-03-10

Table 7-60. No.19

Ref. No. Parts Name

Confidential
7.6.3 AL-M400DN Main Unit

Confidential
19-01-99
19-01-21
S
S Ref No.20
Ref No.12
19-01-12
19-01-11
19-01-10
S
19-01-15
S
S
19-01-16 19-01-14
19-01-09
19-01-04
19-01-02 S
19-01-03
Front
ZaS051901EA
19-01-91
LP-S440DN / Epson AcuLaser M400DN NO.01 Rev.01 CC65-CASE-011

Table 7-61. No.1

Ref. No. Parts Name
19-01-09 COVER SIDE R SFP MID
19-01-10 COVER SIDE R REAR MID
19-01-11 COVER SIDE L SFP MID
19-01-12 COVER SIDE L REAR MID
19-01-14 COVER FRONT TOP SFP MID
19-01-21 COVER ASSY TOP MID SEC
19-01-99 KIT COVER REAR ASSY S M

Confidential
01-01-01
01-01-02
Front
ZaS050101EA

Table 7-62. No.2

Ref. No. Parts Name

Confidential
02-01-01
(J19)
S S
S
S
Front
ZaS050201EA

Table 7-63. No.3

Ref. No. Parts Name

Confidential
03-01-06
03-01-05
03-01-01
S 03-01-02
S
S
Front
S S
ZaS050301AA

Table 7-64. No.4

Ref. No. Parts Name

Confidential
04-01-07
04-01-03
04-01-12
04-01-12
04-01-12
04-01-01
04-01-04
04-01-07
S
S
Front
ZaS050401EA

Table 7-65. No.5

Ref. No. Parts Name
04-01-01 LVPS FAN
04-01-12 FOOT ASSY

Confidential
05-01-01
S
S
05-01-10
S
S
S
05-01-09 6
S
Front
05-01-05
ZaS050501AA

Table 7-66. No.6

Ref. No. Parts Name
05-01-09 MOTOR DISP

Confidential
06-01-01
Front
ZaS050601EA

Table 7-67. No.7

Ref. No. Parts Name

Confidential
Front
07-01-01
ZaS050701EA

Table 7-68. No.8

Ref. No. Parts Name
07-01-01 FUSING UNIT 220V

Confidential
09-02-31
09-02-95
09-02-10
09-02-36
09-02-08
09-02-03
09-02-98
09-02-22
09-02-23
09-02-27
09-02-38
09-02-01
Front ZaS050902EA

Table 7-69. No.9

Ref. No. Parts Name
09-02-27 GUIDE END 550
09-02-31 PAD PB
09-02-36 HANDLE GD SD 550
09-02-38 HANDLE GUIDE END 550

Confidential
Ref No.13
13-01-23
13-01-15
13-01-97
13-01-05
S
13-01-06
Front
13-01-07
ZaS051301EA

Table 7-70. No.10

Ref. No. Parts Name

Confidential
13-02-98
13-02-95
13-02-09
13-02-05
13-02-20 13-02-96
13-02-99
Front
ZaS051302EA

Table 7-71. No.11

Ref. No. Parts Name
13-02-05 PAD

Confidential
Front
14-01-12
ZaS051401AA

Table 7-72. No.12

Ref. No. Parts Name

Confidential
15-01-06
(Ref No.14)
15-01-04
15-01-09
S S
Front
ZaS051501AB
15-01-11

Table 7-73. No.13

Ref. No. Parts Name
15-01-09 HOLDER CONNECTOR REAR FAN
15-01-11 STOPPER CST ZA S3

Confidential
15-02-04
(J12)
15-02-16
(J14)
15-02-99 (Ref No.15) Front

ZaS051502AA

Table 7-74. No.14

Ref. No. Parts Name

Confidential
Ref No.14
15-03-05
Front
15-03-05 ZaS051503AB

Table 7-75. No.15

Ref. No. Parts Name

Confidential
17-01-99
S 17-01-01
17-01-09 S
17-01-06
17-01-07

Table 7-76. No.16

Ref. No. Parts Name

Confidential
19-02-09
(P2401)
19-02-07
Front
ZaS051902AA

Table 7-77. No.17

Ref. No. Parts Name
19-02-07 STRAP REAR
19-02-09 REAR FAN

Confidential
S S
S S
S S
S S S
S S
S S
S
S
S S S
S
S
S S S
S S
S S
5
S
S
S 18-01-99
S
S
18-01-02 18-01-19
18-01-15
Front

Table 7-78. No.18

Ref. No. Parts Name
18-01-02
ASSEMBLY,MAIN
18-01-19 POWER CABLE
18-01-99 KIT LVPS 200

Confidential
18-02-95
S
S 18-02-02
S
S
S S
S
S
S
S S
S
18-02-05

Table 7-79. No.19

Ref. No. Parts Name
18-02-02 PWBA MCU
18-02-05 HVPS

Confidential
18-03-11 18-03-14
18-03-04
(P2401)
18-03-08
18-03-16
(P101) 18-03-01
18-03-12
(J272 MID) (J271)
18-03-15 18-03-03
P/J240 P/J241 18-03-09
P/J212 P/J250
P/J230
P/J211
P/J213
P/J210
P/J220
(J253)
P/J201 P/J200
P/J27 P/J23 P/J22 P/J24

P/J10 P/J25
P/J13 P/J20
P/J15 P/J19
P/J14 P/J18
18-03-05 (J261)
P/J17 P/J21
18-03-06 (J111)
P/J16 P/J12 P/J26 P/J11 18-03-13 18-03-10

Table 7-80. No.20

Ref. No. Parts Name

Confidential
7.6.4 AL-M300 Series 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit

Confidential
01-01-20 S
01-01-13
S S
PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY
P419
P422
P420
01-01-16
01-01-98
01-01-17 S (J420)
01-01-27 01-01-27
S
01-01-10 01-01-14
01-01-08
01-01-18
01-01-14
S
01-01-09
(J4201)
S 01-01-05 S
01-01-19 (J419) (DP243)
01-01-11
(J421)
(J422)
S
01-01-02
Front Ref No.02
ZaS051001AA
LPA4Z1CU4 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit NO.01 Rev.01 C802-OPTI-326

Table 7-81. No.1

Ref. No. Parts Name
01-01-02 COVER SIDE L OPT 250 MAT
01-01-05 PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY
01-01-08 CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED
01-01-09 GEAR OPT IDLER 250
01-01-10 GEAR OPT FEEDER 250
01-01-11 HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT
01-01-13 COVER SIDE R OPT 250 MAT
01-01-14 FOOT ASSY
01-01-16 COVER LIP TOP OPT MAT
01-01-17 COVER REAR OPT 250 MAT
01-01-18 HARNESS ASSY FDR DRAWER 1
01-01-19 MOTOR ASSY OPTION
01-01-20 FEEDER ASSY OPT 250 MAIN
01-01-27 LOCK TRAY
01-01-98 KIT SCREW LOCK

Confidential
02--01-97
02-01-21
02-01-95
02-01-10
02-01-03 02-01-11
02-01-06
02-01-23
02-01-08
02-01-07
02-01-12
02-01-13
Front
ZaS050901EA
02-01-01

Table 7-82. No.2

Ref. No. Parts Name
02-01-12 GUIDE END 250
02-01-21 PAD PB

Confidential
7.6.5 AL-M400 Series 550-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit

Confidential
P423
P419
P421 01-01-13
P422 S
01-01-20
P420
PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY S
01-01-08 S
01-01-16
01-01-98
(J4201)
01-01-17
01-01-27
S
01-01-10
01-01-14
SS
01-01-05
01-01-19 S S S
S
S S (J419) (DP243) 01-01-14
S 01-01-18
(J423)
(J4221) (J422) (J420)
Ref No.02
01-01-33
01-01-11 (DP4231)
01-01-31
S S
Front
01-01-02
ZaS051101AA

Table 7-83. No.1

Ref. No. Parts Name
01-01-02 COVER SIDE L OPT 550 MAT
01-01-05 PWBA ASSY OPT TRAY
01-01-08 CLUTCH ASSY OPT FEED
01-01-10 GEAR OPT
01-01-11 HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT
01-01-13 COVER SIDE R OPT 550 MAT
01-01-14 FOOT ASSY
01-01-16 COVER LIP TOP OPT MAT
01-01-17 COVER REAR OPT 550 MAT
01-01-19 MOTOR ASSY OPTION
01-01-20 FEEDER ASSY OPT 550
01-01-27 STOPPER CST
01-01-33 HARNESS ASSY C2 TURN
01-01-98 KIT SCREW LOCK

Confidential
02-02-31
02-02-95
02-02-10
02-02-36
02-02-08
02-02-03
02-02-98
02-02-22
02-02-23
02-02-27
02-02-38
02-02-01
Front ZaS050902EA

Table 7-84. No.2

Ref. No. Parts Name
02-01-27 GUIDE END 550
02-01-31 PAD PB
02-01-36 HANDLE GD SD 550
02-01-38 HANDLE GUIDE END 550

Confidential

Epson AL M300-M400 SM

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Epson AL M300-M400 SM

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Epson AL M300-M400 SM

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SERVICE MANUAL

A4 Monochrome Laser Printer

AL- M300 Series

Copyright © SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION 2013.

This manual consists of the following seven chapters:

Symbols Used in this Manual A D J U S T M E N T

Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or

Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or Name Function/Purpose

Rear Interlock Switch

Front Interlock Switch

Because high-temperature units are still hot after they complete an

 Never power on the printer with the REAR COVER removed.

To protect the service engineer from laser radiation risks, this

Laser beams have features as follows:

Do not use extension cords or power adapters to plug multiple

1.1 Product Specifications Table 1-1. General

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 18

Table 1-1. General ELECTRICAL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 19

OPTIONAL PAPER CASSETTE UNIT * MEMORY MODULES

 AL-M300 Series Table 1-7. Memory modules

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 20

EXTERNAL VIEW AND PART NAMES Table 1-9. Rear view

Figure 1-2. Rear view

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 21

Table 1-10. Inside the printer Table 1-11. Control panel

Figure 1-4. Control panel

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 22

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 23

INSTALLATION SPACE REQUIREMENTS

Figure 1-7. Installation Space Requirements

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 24

1.1.2 Paper Specifications

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 25

Width: 76.2 to 215.9 mm 60 - 80 g/m2

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 26

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 27

PRINTABLE AREA ENVELOPE ORIENTATION

Paper width: 210.9 mm x Length: 351.6 mm Feeding

Area excluding 4-mm margins on all four edges

 Load envelopes on the MP Tray with the side to be printed

optional paper cassette unit with the side to be printed up.

Figure 1-8. Guaranteed Print Area

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 28

1.1.3 Replacement Parts

Table 1-16. Capacity Table 1-17. AL-M300 Series

Thick 30 sheets 50 sheets High Capacity Toner Cartridge 10,000 pages *1

Envelope, Labels 12 sheets 20 sheets Photoconductor unit 120,000 pages

Note1: Print pages when printing ISO19752 pattern continuously

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 29

1.1.4 Controller Specifications

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 30

2. Exposure: The image is formed on the drum surface by a laser beam.

1.Charging 2. Exposure 3. Development 4. Transfer

6. Fusing Figure 2-1. Print Process

: Paper path Paper output

OPERATING PRINCIPLES Print Process 32

Figure 2-2. Charging Process